APPENDIX J: BIOLOGICAL REPORT - NT EPA
259
APPENDIX J: BIOLOGICAL REPORT
-
Upload
khangminh22 -
Category
Documents
-
view
1 -
download
0
Transcript of APPENDIX J: BIOLOGICAL REPORT - NT EPA
APPENDIX J: BIOLOGICAL REPORT
INSERT LOGO
2019
Darwin Processing Facility Biological Survey
Middle Arm, Darwin Harbour, N.T.
Prepared on behalf of TNG Limited by:
Animal Plant Mineral Pty Ltd
Darwin Processing Plant:
Lot 1817, Hundred of Ayers, Middle Arm Peninsula
of Darwin Harbour
October
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | i
Completed by: Animal Plant Mineral Pty Ltd
ABN: 86 886 455 949
Tel: (08) 6296 5155
Fax: (08) 6296 5199
Address: 47 Caroline Retreat
Henley Brook, Western Australia 6055
Website: www.animalplantmineral.com.au
For further information on this report please contact:
Ms Sharon Arena
Tel: 0419 934 461
Email: [email protected]
Disclaimer
This document is protected by legal professional privilege. To ensure privilege is not waived, please keep this document confidential and in a safe and secure place. This document should not be distributed, nor any reference to it made, to any person or organization not directly involved in making decisions upon the subject matter of this document. If this document is requested by a third party, legal advice should be immediately obtained prior to that person viewing or taking the document to ensure that any necessary disclosure occurs in an appropriate manner.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | ii
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
TNG Limited (TNG) is proposing to construct and operate the Darwin Processing Facility located on Middle Arm Peninsula of Darwin Harbour. Animal Plant Mineral Proprietary Limited (APM) was engaged by TNG in 2018 to provide a multiple-season terrestrial biological assessment to assist in the placement of the development and to support environmental approval applications for the proposed Project.
The current report includes the combined data from a range of surveys conducted at the site, including previously unreported vegetation, flora, fauna, and migratory shorebird surveys conducted in 2016 and 2017 by GHD Environmental Consultants, and flora and vegetation, targeted migratory shorebird, and mammal surveys conducted by APM in 2018 and 2019.
The site of the proposed Darwin Processing Facility has been heavily and extensively disturbed by previous use as a quarry, use by local residents for recreational activities (e.g. motorbike riding), and from illegal dumping of rubbish. However, the site retains biological values of conservation significance. Darwin Harbour is a site of both conservation and international significance. Sensitive and significant vegetation occurs in the Study area including riparian vegetation, Monsoon closed forest, and Eucalyptus woodland containing large trees with hollows suitable for fauna.
No critical habitats listed under the Territory Parks and Wildlife Conservation Act 2006 (TPWC Act), or ecological communities listed under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC Act), are present in the Study area, and no flora listed under the EPBC Act were detected in the Study area. Numerous plants listed under the TPWC Act were recorded, including Cycas armstrongii (Vulnerable) and Tricoryne elatior (Near Threatened). Targeted searches for Atalaya brevialata (Critically Endangered EPBC Act), Typhonium taylori (Endangered EPBC Act and TPWC Act), and Typhonium praetermissum (Vulnerable TPWC Act) failed to locate these species in the Study area. The Class B weed *Andropogon gayanus (Gamba Grass) occurs within the Study area at high densities along tracks and in areas not rehabilitated post-disturbance. Legislation requires that this weed be controlled.
Seven habitat types have been identified across the Study area and, when coupled with the adjacent waterways, support a diverse and abundant range of fauna. The assemblage of conservation significant birds at the site is predominantly migratory shorebirds, mostly occurring within the tidal waterways, including the mudflats and mangroves.
During field surveys, 33 fauna species of conservation significance have been recorded, including 22 birds, seven mammals, three reptiles, and one amphibian. Of particular note, the Eastern Curlew (Numenius madagascariensis), listed as Critically Endangered (EPBC Act), and the Black-footed Tree-rat (Mesembriomys gouldii gouldii), listed as Endangered (EPBC Act), have been recorded within the Study area. The Pale Field-rat (Rattus tunneyi) and Greater Sand Plover (Charadrius leschenaultii), both listed as Vulnerable (TPWC Act), have also been recorded. As the Study area hosts an abundance of Near Threated (TPWC Act) mammal species, a monitoring survey was established in 2019 involving trapping across the entire area. The Howard River Toadlet (Uperoleia daviesae), listed as Vulnerable (TPWC Act), may have been recorded in 2017; however, the identification was not confirmed using acoustic analysis, meaning a targeted survey will be conducted to validate the records.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | iii
CONTENTS
UNITS OF MEASURE ...................................................................................................................................... vii
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS ................................................................................................................................. vii
1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................ 9
1.1 Project and Location .............................................................................................................................. 9
1.2 Scope of Work ..................................................................................................................................... 13
1.2.1 Terrestrial Flora and Vegetation ..................................................................................................... 13
1.2.2 Terrestrial Fauna ............................................................................................................................. 13
2 Background and Supporting Information .................................................................................. 15
2.1 Relevant Legislation ............................................................................................................................. 15
2.1.1 Commonwealth Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 ........................ 15
2.1.2 Territory Parks and Wildlife Conservation Act 2006 ....................................................................... 16
2.1.3 Environmental Assessment Act 1982 and Environmental Assessment Administrative Procedures 1984 ........................................................................................................................................................ 16
2.1.4 Northern Territory Planning Act 2016 ............................................................................................. 17
2.1.5 Weeds Management Act 2001 ....................................................................................................... 17
2.1.6 Soil Conservation and Land Utilisation Act 2016 ............................................................................ 18
2.1.7 Northern Territory Policies and Guidelines .................................................................................... 18
2.1.8 Government Mapping..................................................................................................................... 18
2.2 Land Use .............................................................................................................................................. 19
2.3 Climate ................................................................................................................................................. 19
2.4 Biogeographic Regionalisation ............................................................................................................ 20
2.4.1 Land Systems .................................................................................................................................. 20
2.4.2 Land Units ....................................................................................................................................... 21
3 Methodology ............................................................................................................................. 25
3.1 Contributing Authors ........................................................................................................................... 25
3.2 Constraints ........................................................................................................................................... 26
3.3 Database Searches ............................................................................................................................... 28
3.4 Field Survey .......................................................................................................................................... 29
3.4.1 Flora and Vegetation Survey Timing ............................................................................................... 29
3.4.2 Flora and Vegetation Survey Methodology .................................................................................... 32
3.4.3 Conservation Significant Flora Targeted Searches .......................................................................... 34
3.4.4 Significant Vegetation ..................................................................................................................... 36
3.4.5 Flora and Vegetation Data Analysis ................................................................................................ 36
3.4.6 Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Survey Methodology ........................................................................ 36
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | iv
4 Flora and Vegetation Results ..................................................................................................... 45
4.1 Desktop Survey .................................................................................................................................... 45
4.1.1 Conservation Significant Flora ........................................................................................................ 45
4.1.2 Vegetation Mapping ....................................................................................................................... 63
4.1.3 Wetlands ......................................................................................................................................... 64
4.1.4 Introduced Flora ............................................................................................................................. 66
4.1.5 Fire .................................................................................................................................................. 67
4.2 Field Survey .......................................................................................................................................... 67
4.2.1 Vegetation ...................................................................................................................................... 67
4.2.2 Vegetation Condition ...................................................................................................................... 86
4.2.3 Conservation Significant Flora ........................................................................................................ 89
4.2.4 Sensitive and Significant Vegetation ............................................................................................... 91
4.2.5 Targeted Searches .......................................................................................................................... 91
4.2.6 Introduced Flora ............................................................................................................................. 91
5 Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Results ......................................................................................... 94
5.1 Desktop Survey .................................................................................................................................... 94
5.1.1 Database Searches .......................................................................................................................... 94
5.2 Field Survey .......................................................................................................................................... 94
5.2.1 Fauna Habitats ................................................................................................................................ 94
5.2.2 Avifauna ........................................................................................................................................ 106
5.2.3 Mammals ...................................................................................................................................... 106
5.2.4 Reptiles and Amphibians .............................................................................................................. 106
5.2.5 Introduced Species ....................................................................................................................... 106
5.3 Conservation Significant Fauna ......................................................................................................... 107
5.3.1 Conservation Significant Fauna Detailed Descriptions ................................................................. 123
6 Discussion and recommendations ........................................................................................... 128
6.1 Northern Territory Land Clearing Guidelines .................................................................................... 128
6.1.1 Sensitive Vegetation ..................................................................................................................... 128
6.1.2 Drainage Areas .............................................................................................................................. 128
6.2 Conservation Significant Vegetation and Flora.................................................................................. 128
6.3 Introduced Flora ................................................................................................................................ 130
6.4 Conservation Significance Fauna ....................................................................................................... 130
7 References .............................................................................................................................. 132
Appendices .............................................................................................................................................. 139
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | v
APPENDICES
Appendix A: Strike Database .................................................................................................................................... Appendix B: Species-by-Site Matrix and Species Accumulation Curve ..................................................................... Appendix C: PMST 100 km search ............................................................................................................................ Appendix D: PMST 1 km search ................................................................................................................................ Appendix E: PMST 10 km search .............................................................................................................................. Appendix F: NR Maps Species Atlas Search .............................................................................................................. Appendix G: Survey Site Details ................................................................................................................................ Appendix H: 2017 Bat Report ................................................................................................................................... Appendix I: 2019 Bat Report ..................................................................................................................................... Appendix J: Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 Definitions of Conservation Categories ................................................................................................................................................................. Appendix K: NT Government Definitions of Conservation Categories (following IUCN Red List Guidelines) .......... Appendix L: Introduced Flora Database Search ........................................................................................................ Appendix M: GHD 2017 Species-by-Site Matrix ....................................................................................................... Appendix N: Combined Fauna Results ......................................................................................................................
FIGURES
Figure 1-1. Regional setting, location, and extent of Lot 1817 Hundred of Ayres. ............................................... 10 Figure 1-2. Lot 1817 Hundred of Ayres and the proposed development areas. .................................................. 11 Figure 1-3. Land Use Mapping of Lot 1817 and surrounds. .................................................................................. 12 Figure 2-1. Climate data from Darwin Airport (BoM Station Number 14015), showing monthly rainfall records for 2018 and 2019, and long-term averages for rainfall and temperature. ......................................................... 20 Figure 2-2. Land Units of the Study area (DENR, 2000). ....................................................................................... 24 Figure 3-1. Distribution of vegetation survey sites across the Study area. .......................................................... 33 Figure 3-2. The location of terrestrial fauna sampling sites from all surveys in the Study area........................... 39 Figure 4-1. Darwin Harbour Site of Conservation Significance (black outline). The Study area (red shading) is identified as occurring within the boundaries of the Site. Map reproduced from DNRETAS. ............................. 65 Figure 4-2. Previously Disturbed and Undisturbed areas within the Study area. ................................................. 82 Figure 4-3. Vegetation Associations of the Study area – southern section. ......................................................... 83 Figure 4-4. Vegetation Associations of the Study area – northern section. ......................................................... 84 Figure 4-5. Mangrove Vegetation Associations of the Study area. ...................................................................... 85 Figure 4-6. Vegetation Condition of the Study area. ............................................................................................ 88 Figure 4-7. Locations of flora of conservation significance, and sensitive and significant vegetation within the Study area. ............................................................................................................................................................ 90 Figure 4-8. Track logs of targeted searches for flora of conservation significance. ............................................. 92 Figure 4-9. Distribution of *Andropogon gayanus, *Cenchrus ciliaris, and *Cenchrus polystachyos in the Study area. ...................................................................................................................................................................... 93 Figure 5-1. Fauna habitats and location of conservation significant fauna records. ............................................ 97
TABLES
Table 2-1. The four subunits of the Keefers Hut Land System from Wood et al. (1985). ..................................... 22 Table 2-2. The Land Units of the Study area (DENR, 2000). ................................................................................. 23
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | vi
Table 3-1. Biological Assessment personnel. ........................................................................................................ 25 Table 3-2. Constraints on the vegetation, flora, and fauna surveys conducted. .................................................. 27 Table 3-3. Field surveys carried out at the Study area relevant to the current survey. ....................................... 29 Table 3-4. Recorded periods of fertility (green squares) for flora of conservation significance identified in the Database Searches as occurring within 100 km of the Study area. Taxa with likelihood of occurrence rated as possible, likely, or present (Section 4.1) are in bold. ............................................................................................ 30 Table 3-5. Parameters recorded at each Survey location. .................................................................................... 34 Table 3-6. Details of targeted searches for conservation significant flora. .......................................................... 35 Table 3-7. The methodology and survey effort for each fauna survey. ............................................................... 37 Table 3-8. Locations of camera trap deployed within the Study area. ................................................................. 42 Table 3-9. Acoustic bat detector locations. .......................................................................................................... 44 Table 4-1. Conservation status, biology/ecology, distribution and likelihood of occurrence in the Study area for flora of conservation significance identified in the Database Searches as occurring within 100 km of the site. . 46 Table 4-2. NVIS Level V Vegetation Descriptions for the Study area, returned from the database search results. .............................................................................................................................................................................. 63 Table 4-3. Pest plants identified from the Database Searches. ............................................................................ 66 Table 4-4. Vegetation Associations of the Study area. ......................................................................................... 68 Table 4-5. General vegetation condition of the vegetation associations. ............................................................ 86 Table 4-6. Population sizes of conservation significant flora detected in the Study area. ................................... 89 Table 5-1. Number of captures of fauna across the six habitat types, plus in undescribed habitat, sampled in field surveys. ....................................................................................................................................................... 100 Table 5-2. Conservation significant species identified in database and field searches, and the likelihood of occurrence within the Study area....................................................................................................................... 108
PLATES
Plate 4-1. Eucalyptus woodland. .......................................................................................................................... 70 Plate 4-2. Regenerating Eucalyptus woodland. .................................................................................................... 71 Plate 4-3. Melaleuca woodland/open forest. ....................................................................................................... 73 Plate 4-4. Grevillea open shrubland. .................................................................................................................... 75 Plate 4-5. Disturbed rehabilitated Acacia shrubland. ........................................................................................... 76 Plate 4-6. Disturbed not rehabilitated. ................................................................................................................. 77 Plate 4-7. Sub-association 1: Mixed species low closed forest. ............................................................................ 78 Plate 4-8. Sub-association 3: Tecticornia open samphire shrubland and salt flat areas. ..................................... 79 Plate 4-9. Monsoon closed forest. ........................................................................................................................ 80 Plate 4-10. Tussock grassland. .............................................................................................................................. 81 Plate 5-1. Mixed woodland habitat. ..................................................................................................................... 95 Plate 5-2. Mangrove Habitat. ............................................................................................................................... 98 Plate 5-3. Melaleuca woodland habitat. ............................................................................................................... 99 Plate 5-4. Disturbed habitat, showing use as an infrastructure corridor and illegal dumping of rubbish and vehicles. ................................................................................................................................................................ 99 Plate 5-5. The Cane Toad (Rhinella marina) was recorded frequently across all habitat types within the Study area, even in cage traps. ..................................................................................................................................... 107 Plate 5-6. The Black-footed Tree-rat (M. g. gouldii) during the 2019 trapping survey. ..................................... 124 Plate 5-7. The Northern Brown Bandicoot is the most frequently recorded terrestrial species at the Study area. ............................................................................................................................................................................ 126
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | vii
UNITS OF MEASURE
Unit Measure
% Percentage
°C Degrees Celsius
DBH Diameter at breast height
ha Hectare
ha-1 Per hectare
km Kilometre
m Metre
mm Millimetre
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
Abbreviation Meaning
APM Animal Plant Mineral Pty Ltd
BoM Bureau of Meteorology
DEE Department of the Environment and Energy (Cth)
DENR Department of Environment and Natural Resources (NT)
DIPL Department of Infrastructure, Planning and Logistics (NT)
DLPE Department of Lands, Planning and the Environment (NT)
DNRETAS Department of Natural Resources, Environment, the Arts and Sport (NT)
DPIR Department of Primary Industry and Resources (NT)
EA Act Environmental Assessment Act 1982 (NT)
EAAP Environmental Assessment Administrative Procedures 1984
EIS Environmental Impact Statement
EPA Environmental Protection Authority
EPBC Act Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (Cth)
GHD GHD Environmental Consultants
MNES Matters of National Environmental Significance
NAFI North Australia and Rangelands Fire Information
NSW New South Wales
NT Northern Territory
NVIS National Vegetation Information System
Planning Act Planning Act 2016 (NT)
PMST Protected Matters Search Tool
QLD Queensland
TNG TNG Limited
TOR Terms of Reference
TPWC Act Territory Parks and Wildlife Conservation Act 2006 (NT)
WA Western Australia
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | viii
Abbreviation Meaning
WM Act Weeds Management Act 2001 (NT)
WoNS Weeds of National Significance
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 9
1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 PROJECT AND LOCATION
TNG Limited (TNG) proposes to construct and operate the Darwin Processing Facility at Lot 1817, Hundred of Ayers, Middle Arm Industrial Precinct, (658 Channel Island Road) Wickham. The Project is approximately 16 kilometres (km) south east of Darwin, Northern Territory (NT). The purpose of the Project is processing magnetite concentrate (“concentrate”) to produce higher value products for export from East Arm Wharf to international customers. The site is within the Litchfield Council Local Government Area and is adjacent to Elizabeth River, near the Elizabeth River Bridge. Access to the site is via Channel Island Road and is approximately 30 km by road from Darwin. Figure 1-1 shows the location and extent of Lot 1817.
The Project will comprise:
• Clearing of a partially vegetated allotment formerly utilised for extractive industries; • Construction of a magnetite concentrate Processing Facility; • Construction of a rail siding, unloading and loadout facilities on the Adelaide to Darwin railway; • Unloading of concentrate from trains at the rail siding; • Refining of concentrate; and • Loading of trains at the rail siding with Processing Facility products.
Construction is scheduled to commence in late 2020 with first production in late 2022, subject to statutory approvals, finance and TNG Board Financial Investment Decision approval of the Mount Peake Project. The construction period is anticipated to be 24 months continuing over both wet and dry seasons.
The design life of the Processing Facility is 40 years. Processing of concentrate would occur at a rate of 700,000 tonnes per annum (tpa). The life of the Processing Facility mirrors the production of concentrate from the Mount Peake Mine, the primary source of concentrate for the Project. Additional concentrate may in future be sourced from the Mount Peake area (subject to the results of further exploration drilling and economic evaluation) or from third parties.
The Project is contained within the proposed 1,000 ha Middle Arm Industrial Precinct, a Land Development Corporation initiative that provides access to industrial and commercial land under the Land Development Corporation Act. The Precinct is designed to accommodate large strategic industrial lots for downstream gas processing and gas related industry, with access to an extensive corridor network to carry utilities, gas, feedstock, and products (Figure 1-2). The Darwin Regional Land Use Plan 2015 identifies land on Middle Arm as an area with potential for strategic industrial development, including additional deep-water port development. Land to the east of Lot 1817 is zoned Utilities, Main Roads, Proposed Main Roads, and Railway. Land to the north, south, and west contains intertidal areas and mangrove forests that connect the site to the Elizabeth River and Darwin Harbour, and has been zoned for conservation (Figure 1-3) (DLPE, 2015).
Development of the Processing Facility will be confined to the area of Lot 1817 adjacent to Channel Island Road. In total, Lot 1817 covers 507 ha. A Study area was defined for the biological surveys that is greater than the area of Lot 1817, to facilitate a broader assessment of Project impacts (Figure 1-2). The Study area includes the Mangroves and waterways surrounding Lot 1817, which are considered when surveying for vegetation and migratory birds in this report.
675000.000000 690000.000000 705000.000000 720000.000000 735000.00000085
8000
0.000
000
8595
000.0
0000
086
1000
0.000
000
8625
000.0
0000
086
4000
0.000
000
8655
000.0
0000
0
0 5 10 152.5km
±
Docum
ent Path: \\M
AINSER
VER\D
ocuments\APM
GIS and M
apping\03_Client\APM
2018-19GIS
\TNG
\02_GIS M
aps\TNG
010 Prewet Season Figures\20190410_TN
G010_Fig1_1.m
xd
Legend
Lot 1817 Hundred of Ayres
Roads AustraliaCoordinate System: GDA 1994 MGA Zone 52Date: 10/04/2019
Author: [email protected]
1 centimeter = 2,750 meters
Darwin City
_̂
Northern Territory
Middle Arm
Humpty Doo
Palmerston
Livingstone
Mandorah
Figure 1-1: Regional setting, location and extent of Lot 1817 Hundred of Ayres
East Arm
1817
1817
Copyright:© 2012 Esri, DeLorme, NAVTEQ, TomTom
712500.000000 714000.00000086
0850
0.000
000
8610
000.0
0000
086
1150
0.000
000
8613
000.0
0000
0
0 0.4 0.80.2km
±
Docum
ent Path: \\M
AINSER
VER\D
ocuments\APM
GIS and M
apping\03_Client\APM
2018-19GIS
\TNG
\02_GIS M
aps\TNG
010 Prewet Season Figures\20191011_TN
G010_Fig1_2 Study area.m
xd
Legend
Study areaLot 1817 Hundred of Ayres
! ! ! Gasline
Railway Line
Road Coordinate System: GDA 1994 MGA Zone 52Date: 11/10/2019
Author: [email protected]
1 centimeter = 150 meters
Figure 1-2: Lot 1817 Hundred of Ayres and study area
712500.000000 714000.00000086
0850
0.000
000
8610
000.0
0000
086
1150
0.000
000
8613
000.0
0000
0
0 0.4 0.80.2km
±
Docum
ent Path: \\M
AINSER
VER\D
ocuments\APM
GIS and M
apping\03_Client\APM
2018-19GIS
\TNG
\02_GIS M
aps\TNG
010 Prewet Season Figures\20190411_TN
G010_Fig1_3.m
xd
Legend
Lot 1817 Hundred of AyresLand Use Mapping
Electricity substations and transmission
Estuary/coastal waters
Estuary/coastal waters - conservation
Extractive Industry not in use
Fuel powered electricity generation
Gas treatment, storage and transmission
Marsh/wetland - conservation
Public services
Quarries
Railways
Residual native cover
Roads
Coordinate System: GDA 1994 MGA Zone 52Date: 11/04/2019
Author: [email protected]
1 centimeter = 150 meters
Figure 1-3: Lot 1817 and surrounds Land Use Mapping
NT Government LUMP layer, 2016
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 13
1.2 SCOPE OF WORK
Animal Plant Mineral Proprietary Limited (APM) was engaged by TNG in 2018 to provide a multiple-season terrestrial biological assessment to assist in the placement of the Impact Footprint and support environmental approval applications for the proposed Project. In 2017, TNG engaged GHD Environmental Consultants (GHD) to undertake a Biological Survey of the same Study area. This survey was completed by GHD in June 2017, and the data have been made available to augment the data collected by APM in 2018 and 2019. The results of the GHD study have been verified and refined using the new data and are published as part of this report.
Survey requirements are set out in the Terms of Reference (TOR). At a minimum, the survey is required to:
• detail survey / program timing, locations, and methodology;
• demonstrate appropriate and statistically adequate survey designs;
• be in accordance with the Northern Territory and Australian Government Guidelines;
• include details of how the Australian Government best practice survey guidelines were applied;
• show how surveys were consistent with (or a justification for divergence from) published Australian Government guidelines and policy statements; and
• explain the basis for information provided, i.e. whether the information identified is relying upon existing literature or previous surveys or is from survey work specifically for this Project.
1.2.1 Terrestrial Flora and Vegetation
The objectives of the Terrestrial Flora and Vegetation Survey, as set out in the TOR, are to:
• identify and describe flora and vegetation communities of the Study area and local region; and
• describe and map, where relevant:
o significant or sensitive vegetation types and/or ecosystems within the Study area;
o the presence, or likely presence, of species listed under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC Act) and/or the Territory Parks and Wildlife Conservation Act 2006 (TPWC Act) within the Study area and in any areas that may be impacted by the Project, including historic records;
o the size and distribution of the local threatened species population;
o the importance of the local population in a local, regional, state, national, and international context;
o suitable habitat for listed threatened species;
o the presence, or likely occurrence, of introduced and invasive species within, and adjacent to, the Study area and regionally, including weed species declared under the Weeds Management Act 2001 (WM Act). A weed survey should be undertaken that incorporates all areas likely to be disturbed by the Project. Weed data are to be collected in accordance with the Northern Territory Guidelines; and
o any areas within the proposed disturbance footprint that have previously been subject to clearing activities or disturbance.
1.2.2 Terrestrial Fauna
The objectives of the Terrestrial Fauna Survey, as set out in the TOR, are to:
• identify and describe fauna communities of the Study area and local region; and • describe and map, where relevant:
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 14
o significant or sensitive ecosystems within the Study area; o the presence, or likely presence, of species listed under the EPBC Act and/or the TPWC Act
within the Study area and in any areas that may be impacted by the Project, including historic records. This should include, but is not limited to:
Curlew Sandpiper (Calidris ferruginea) and Eastern Curlew (Numenius madagascarensis), both listed as Critically Endangered and Marine Migratory (EPBC Act);
o the size and distribution of the local threatened species population, including at different life cycle stages, for example, when the population is breeding, foraging, resting, and/or migrating;
o the importance of the local population in a local, regional, state, national, and international context; and
o suitable habitat for listed threatened species, including: consideration of habitat suitable for breeding, foraging, aggregation, or roosting; and the quality and quantity of available habitat for the local population’s range,
important habitat areas, and migratory pathways.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 15
2 BACKGROUND AND SUPPORTING INFORMATION
TNG submitted a Notice of Intent on 27 October 2015 to the Northern Territory Environmental Protection Authority (NT EPA) for consideration of the Darwin Processing Facility project under the Environmental Assessment Act 1982 (EA Act). On 15 January 2016, the NT EPA decided that the Project required assessment under the EA Act at the level of an Environmental Impact Statement (EIS). The decision was based on the following:
• risks to biodiversity values of adjacent areas, including nationally significant mangrove communities, marine ecosystems, local fisheries, and listed threatened species;
• environmental risks associated with vegetation clearing, erosion, and sediment control, uncontrolled discharges, dust, spills, disturbance of acid sulfate soils, and contamination of soils, surface water, and/or ground water;
• potential for Project noise, lighting, and emissions to impact on existing residents, potential for future residential development of the area, and other sensitive receptors;
• potential for introduction and/or spread of weeds; • risks of exposure of workers to high biting insect numbers; • environmental risks associated with waste streams and waste management practices; • risks associated with transport, handling, and/or storage of reagents, products, and/or hazardous
materials; • public health and safety risks associated with siting a potential major hazard facility adjacent to Darwin
Harbour; and • potential for impacts on service infrastructure and service supply capacities, due to Project demands.
The Project was referred by the Proponent to the Australian Department of the Environment and Energy (DEE) for consideration under the EPBC Act. On 4 January 2016, a delegate of the Commonwealth Minister for the Environment decided that the proposed action was a controlled action and, as such, required assessment and an approval decision under the EPBC Act. The controlling provisions included the likely significant impact on:
• Listed threatened species and communities (Subdivision C, Sections 18 and 18A); and • Listed migratory species (Subdivision D, Sections 20 and 20A).
The Project is being assessed under the Assessment Bilateral Agreement between the Australian and Northern Territory Governments. The TOR for the Project, finalised in March 2016, outline assessment requirements for both the NT EPA and Commonwealth DEE.
This Terrestrial Biological Survey Report has been prepared to accompany the EIS for the Project. Consideration has been made of the TOR developed to assist the Proponent in preparing an EIS for the Project in accordance with Clause 8 of the Environmental Assessment Administrative Procedures 1984 (EAAP) and the EA Act.
The following section summarises the legislation relevant to vegetation, flora, and fauna that have been considered as part of this assessment. A separate Marine Biological Survey has been prepared to accompany the EIS.
2.1 RELEVANT LEGISLATION
2.1.1 Commonwealth Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
The EPBC Act, administered by the DEE, is the primary piece of environmental legislation at the federal level and protects Matters of National Environmental Significance (MNES). Any action that is considered likely to have a significant impact on MNES must be referred to the DEE for assessment under the Act.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 16
The interactive map device Protected Matters Search Tool (PMST), available on the DEE website, displays the known spatial distribution of threatened species and communities listed under the Act.
Due to the potential impact to threatened species and communities, the proposed Process Plant is a controlled action under Subdivision C (Listed threatened species and communities), Sections 18 and 18A, of the Act.
This study assesses the likelihood of vegetation, flora, and fauna listed under the Act to occur within the Study area and their potential to be impacted by the proposal. Assessments of the likelihood of occurrence for EPBC Act matters related to threatened flora and communities are discussed in Section 4.1 and Table 4-1. Assessments of the likelihood of occurrence for EPBC Act matters related to threatened fauna and fauna habitat are discussed in Section 5.3 and summarised in Table 5-2.
Federal guidelines relevant to this assessment are:
• Survey Guidelines for Australia’s threatened Mammals
• Survey Guidelines for Australia’s threatened Birds
• Survey Guidelines for Australia’s threatened Bats
• Survey Guidelines for Australia’s threatened Frogs
• Survey Guidelines for Australia’s threatened Reptiles
• Threatened Species recovery plans
This assessment was prepared in accordance with these Guidelines (available from: http://www.environment.gov.au/epbc/publications).
2.1.2 Territory Parks and Wildlife Conservation Act 2006
The TPWC Act is:
“An Act to make provision for and in relation to the establishment of Territory Parks and other Parks and Reserves and the study, protection, conservation and sustainable utilisation of wildlife.”
The TPWC Act requires that approval be obtained to take or interfere with any protected wildlife as defined under the Act. Essential habitats may be declared under the Act. Permission to undertake certain activities in these areas must be sought from the Minister for Environment and Natural Resources. Plant and animal species listed as endangered, rare, or threatened are afforded special protection. All native orchids and cycads are protected species. Under Section 74 of the Act, the Territory Parks and Wildlife Commission may negotiate and enter into agreements with a landowner relating to schemes for the protection and conservation of wildlife in, and the protection of the natural features of, the land. Applications for clearing must demonstrate consideration of the presence of threatened wildlife and/or essential habitats declared pursuant to this Act.
This study assesses the likelihood of vegetation, flora, and fauna listed under the Act to occur within the Study area and their potential to be impacted by the proposal. Assessments of the likelihood of occurrence for flora species listed under the Act are discussed in Section 4.1 and in Table 4-1. Assessments of the likelihood of occurrence for fauna and fauna habitat listed under the Act are discussed in Section 5.3 and Table 5-2.
2.1.3 Environmental Assessment Act 1982 and Environmental Assessment Administrative Procedures 1984
The EA Act and EAAP are administered by the NT EPA. The Act provides a framework for the assessment of potential environmental impacts as a result of developments. The objective of the Act is to ensure that matters affecting the environment to a significant extent are fully examined and taken into account in decisions by the NT Government. The assessment process also evaluates the effectiveness of the proposed safeguards to mitigate these impacts during construction and operational phases of the development.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 17
NT EPA Guidelines relevant to this assessment are:
• Guidelines on Assessment of Impacts on Terrestrial Biodiversity (NT EPA, 2013), and • Guidelines and Field Methodology for Vegetation Survey and Mapping (Brocklehurst et al., 2007).
This assessment was prepared in accordance with these Guidelines.
2.1.4 Northern Territory Planning Act 2016
The Northern Territory Planning Act 2016 (Planning Act) is administered by the Department of Environment and Natural Resources (DENR) and the Department of Infrastructure, Planning and Logistics (DIPL). The NT Planning Scheme is formalised under the Act.
The Act formally recognises the NT Land Clearing Guidelines 2019 (DNRETAS, 2019). The NT Planning Scheme (Clause 10.3 Clearing of Native Vegetation – Performance Criteria) specifies that applications for the clearing of native vegetation are to demonstrate consideration of:
• the Land Clearing Guidelines; • the presence of threatened wildlife as declared under the TPWC Act; • the presence of sensitive or significant vegetation communities such as rainforest, vine thicket, closed
forest, or riparian vegetation; • the presence of essential habitats, within the meaning of the TPWC Act; • the impact of the clearing on regional biodiversity; • whether the clearing is necessary for the intended use; • whether there is sufficient water for the intended use; • whether the soils are suitable for the intended use; • whether the slope is suitable for the intended use; • the presence of permanent and seasonal water features such as billabongs and swamps; • the retention of native vegetation adjacent to waterways, wetlands, and rainforests; • the retention of native vegetation buffers along boundaries; • the retention of native vegetation corridors between remnant native vegetation; • the presence of declared heritage places or archaeological sites within the meaning of the Heritage
Conservation Act; and • the presence of any sacred sites within the meaning of the NT Aboriginal Sacred Sites Act.
2.1.5 Weeds Management Act 2001
The WM Act is administered by the Department of Primary Industry and Resources (DPIR). Key guidance documents are the NT Weed Management Handbook (DLRM, 2018), the NT Weed Data Collection Manual (DLRM, 2015), and the NT Biosecurity Strategy 2016 – 2026 (DPIR, 2016).
Declared noxious weeds in the NT are plants proclaimed under the WM Act. The legislation requires that reasonable attempts be made to control or eradicate these species. Categories of noxious weeds include the following:
• Class A: to be eradicated. • Class B: growth and spread to be controlled. • Class C: introduction into the Territory to be prevented.
All Class A and Class B weeds are also considered Class C.
Details of the weeds occurring in the Study area and their status are discussed in Section 4.2.4.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 18
2.1.5.1 Weeds of National Significance
Australian governments have agreed on 32 Weeds of National Significance (WoNS) from an assessment process that prioritised these weeds based on their invasiveness, potential for spread, and environmental, social and economic impacts. Consideration was also given to their ability to be successfully managed. A list of 20 WoNS was endorsed in 1999 and a further 12 were added in 2012. Landowners and land managers at all levels are responsible for managing WoNS.
The WoNS were selected as they require coordination among all levels of government, organisations, and individuals with weed management responsibilities. A strategic plan for each WoNS was developed to define responsibilities, and identify strategies and actions to control the weed species. Coordination of these plans at a national level improves linkages between research and on-going control, and encourages commitment from a wide range of stakeholders. State and territory governments remain responsible for legislation, regulation and administration of WoNS.
Details of the weeds occurring in the Study area and their status is discussed in Section 4.2.4.
2.1.6 Soil Conservation and Land Utilisation Act 2016
The Soil Conservation and Land Utilisation Act 2016 provides for the prevention of soil erosion, and the conservation and reclamation of soil. The Commissioner for Soil Conservation may issue a soil conservation order if they determine that actions on an area of land would create a danger of soil erosion.
2.1.7 Northern Territory Policies and Guidelines
On 15 January 2016, the NT EPA ruled that the Project required assessment under the EA Act at the level of an EIS (NT EPA, 2016). The TOR developed to assist the Proponent in preparing an EIS for the Project in accordance with Clause 8 of the EAAP are available in full from: https://ntepa.nt.gov.au/environmental-assessments/register/darwin-refinery.
This Terrestrial Biological Assessment has been prepared in response to the TOR, and specifically addresses the following sections:
3.1 Existing Environment: Physical and Biological (Flora and Vegetation, Fauna).
2.1.8 Government Mapping
2.1.8.1 NT Sites of Conservation Significance
In the NT, 67 sites have been identified as the most important sites for biodiversity conservation that need further protecting. Information sheets and maps have been produced for each of these sites by the former Department of Natural Resources, Environment, the Arts and Sport (DNRETAS), and are available from: https://nt.gov.au/environment/environment-data-maps/important-biodiversity-conservation-sites/conservation-significance-list. Each paper has background data and assesses each site as being of national or international importance for biodiversity conservation. Darwin Harbour is a site of international conservation significance.
2.1.8.2 NT Bioregions Assessment
The NT Bioregions Assessment report (Baker et al., 2005) is a collation of information about the NT’s biological diversity and natural values, and has been developed in conjunction with the NT Parks and Conservation Masterplan. The Masterplan seeks to provide objectives to the conservation of biodiversity, and enhancing the Parks system and their management. The report provides a baseline of the status of vegetation, flora, and fauna in the Reserve system, and summarises the land uses and management issues which affect biological diversity.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 19
2.1.8.3 NR Maps
The NT Government provides mapping products on Land Systems, Landform, Land Units, Vegetation Type, and the distribution of flora and fauna through the NR Maps platform. These mapping products have been used to guide on-ground investigations and identify significant features of the Study area.
2.1.8.4 NT Herbarium Mapping
The Northern Territory Herbarium has created spatial products predicting the distribution of suitable habitat for a number of conservation significant flora in the Greater Darwin region. For conservation significant flora that have suitable habitat mapped by the NT Herbarium intersecting the Study area or near to the Study area, spatial products were obtained through the DENR with a Digital Data Agreement under a Creative Commons License.
2.2 LAND USE
The site is currently leased from the NT government by private companies under extractive resources licence/s for quarrying activities. Strike database (NT Government) indicates the current and historically granted licences, minerals applications, or minerals extractive permits that cover the entire Study area (Appendix A).
The area is also used for infrastructure, with powerlines, gas pipelines, roads, and railway lines all occurring within the Study area. There is recreational use by the local population, with vehicle, motorbike, and BMX tracks in many areas. A large amount of illegally dumped rubbish also occurs in the Study area.
2.3 CLIMATE
Darwin Airport (BoM Station Number 14015), 18.5 km to the north west of the Study area, has the most complete record of climate data in the region, with daily rainfall and temperature data from 1941 to present. While Channel Island (BoM Station Number 14009) is the closest weather station to the Study area (10 km to the west), it does not record temperature and is missing large amounts of rainfall data; therefore, it was not used in this report.
Darwin has two distinct seasons, a dry and a wet season (Figure 2-1). The dry season extends from May to September and is characterised by warm dry days and cooler nights. The wet season extends from October to April with most rain falling between December and March. High humidity, thunderstorms, and occasional cyclones are characteristic of the wet season. Long-term data analyses indicate the mean maximum temperature ranges from 30.6 °C in July to 33.3 °C in October and November, and the mean minimum temperature ranges from 19.3 °C in July to 25.3 °C in November and December. The long-term average annual rainfall is 1,731.2 mm, with the highest monthly average in January (429.4 mm) and the driest months being June to August (lowest monthly average of 1.1 mm in July) (BoM, 2019a).
The NT Seasonal Climate Summary for the 2016/2017 and 2017/18 wet seasons reports consecutive wetter-than-average wet seasons. Prior to the June 2017 surveys, Darwin Airport recorded rainfall in excess of monthly averages for the January to April period, and the third wettest wet season on record. Prior to the April 2018 survey, the Darwin Airport Station recorded 20 % greater-than-average rainfall, and a mean daily maximum temperature 0.6 oC higher than average (BoM, 2019b).
The NT Seasonal Climate Summary for the 2018/19 wet season reports drier-than-average wet season conditions. In November 2018 and January 2019, prior to targeted searches for conservation significant flora, rainfall was 146 % and 85 % of monthly averages, respectively, and was considered adequate for searches to be undertaken (BoM, 2019b).
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 20
Figure 2-1. Climate data from Darwin Airport (BoM Station Number 14015), showing monthly rainfall records for 2018 and 2019, and long-term averages for rainfall and temperature.
2.4 BIOGEOGRAPHIC REGIONALISATION
The Darwin Coastal bioregion is located on the western coastline of the NT, and is generally flat, low-lying country, drained by several large rivers (DEE, 2018a). Vegetation communities include eucalypt forest and woodlands with tussock and hummock grass understorey. Land use is mixed, with urban development around Darwin, Aboriginal land, pastoral leases, and conservation reserves. Major population centres are Darwin and Palmerston. Fires are generally more frequent compared to other bioregions, and a major regional issue of the Darwin Coastal bioregion is increased weed infestations (DEWHA, 2008). By 2004, more than 15 % of the Bioregion was protected (DEWHA, 2008).
2.4.1 Land Systems
The Land Systems of the Darwin Region report (Wood et al., 1985) documents a broadscale land resource inventory of the Darwin region, and an evaluation of the capability of the land to support numerous forms of land use. The study serves as a basis for regional planning decisions and aims to promote land uses that accord with the continuing ability of the land to support them.
The foundation of the report is a classification of the survey area into Land Systems. A Land System is defined as an area of land which has a distinctive and recurring pattern of landform, soils, and vegetation. A Land System is composed of a sequence of land units, the latter being relatively homogeneous in land attributes.
The Wood et al. (1985) study has been adapted to a 1:250,000 spatial layer by the NT Government, as described by Lynch et al. (2012). The NT Government NR Maps resource identifies two Land Systems as occurring in the Study area. The Land Systems of the Darwin Region report (Wood et al., 1985) describes these units as:
• KfH = Koolpinya surface group, Keefers Hut Land Unit, occupies 325.6 km2. Comprised of dissected, rolling terrain including frequent remnants of the Koolpinya plateau surface; yellow massive earths common, often gravelly and shallow; eucalypt woodland or open forest. At the surface, lateritic outcrops occur within a 2-3 m sand and gravel layer. Mesozoic beds of 2-5 m depth are found below
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 21
and underlain by sediments from the Lower Proterozoic. The group has a moderate capability for urban development and pastoral development. Gravelly soils are common. The Keefers Hut Land Unit is further subdivided into four subunits, all of which are likely to have been historically present at the Study area prior to disturbance but are not displayed on the NR Maps because of scale constraints. The subunits are listed in Table 2-1.
• Lit1 = Coastal Plains Group, Littoral Land Unit, occupies 703.9 km2. The Littoral Land System occurs on level tidal flats and plains; active and stable coastal sand dunes, saline muds and massive cracking clays; hosts samphire, sedgeland, and Mangrove Low Closed Forest. Occurs on deep (>20 m) marine alluvium. The group has low capability for development due to tidal inundation. The L1 subgroup present at the Study area comprises 60 % of the group distribution. Landform: tidal flats up to 1 km wide slopes, less than 0.4 % recent estuarine and marine clays in places over buried mangroves, seasonal drying and surface cracking, intermittent tidal flooding. Soils: uniform saline muds and clays (CS1); cracking grey clays (C2). Vegetation: samphire (Arthrocnemum) sedgeland or bare of vegetation. Not suitable for urban, arable or pasture land uses. Subject to tidal flooding.
2.4.2 Land Units
The Land Resources of the Elizabeth, Darwin, and Blackmore Rivers – Greater Darwin Area, NT dataset (DENR, 2000) is a compilation of eight existing land resource surveys. The dataset provides polygon information on the map units boundaries of the Elizabeth, Darwin, and Blackmore Catchments in the Greater Darwin Area. The main purpose of the survey is an inventory and an evaluation of the land resources for planning rural and urban use. The original Land Unit survey report was published by Fogarty et al. (1979). Land Unit descriptions are sourced from the original report and adjacent surveys and are now covered by Fogarty et al. (1984). The dataset was digitised by DENR in 2000. The Land Units mapped as present in the Study area in 1985 are listed in Table 2-2 and shown in Figure 2-2.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 22
Table 2-1. The four subunits of the Keefers Hut Land System from Wood et al. (1985).
Unit % Landform Soils Vegetation
Kf1 60 Gentle gravelly sideslopes, often to 300 m wide, relief up to 20 m, slopes to 3.5 %, scattered laterite outcrops, more common on lower slopes; rapid drainage.
Shallow gravelly yellow massive earths (M5) and moderately deep lithosols (L2). Shallow gravelly soils.
Woodland (E. bleeseri, E. confertiflora, E. tetrodonta) with widely scattered low trees (Planchonia, Buchanania) and shrubs (Cycas, Grevillea decurrens), grading to low woodland (Melalueca viridiflora) with scattered shrubs (Lophostemon lactifluus, Pandanus).
Kf2 20 Level margins and convex remnants of Kay plateau surface; relief to 10 m; slopes to 3 %, locally up to 7 %, scattered laterite outcrop, moderately rapid drainage.
Gravelly red massive earths, gravelly yellow massive earths (M4, M5b), and moderately deep lithosols (L2). Very gravelly soils.
Tall open forest or open forest as for Kf1.
Kf3 10 Narrow drainage lines to 80 m wide; often incised channel; axial slopes to 2.5 %; slow drainage.
Yellow earthy and siliceous sands, often gravelly (S1, S2); mottled grey massive earths (M6); minor yellow massive earths and mottled yellow duplex soils.
Open forest (Melaleuca cajuputi, M. dealbata, Ereythrophleum chlorostachys, E. papuana) with Pandanus sp. understorey along shallow creek lines, merging to woodland or open woodland (E. polycarpa, E. papuana, Planchonia, Lophostemon) away from creek lines; perennial grasses (Coelorachis, Heteropogon, Imperata, Themeda).
Kf4 10 Outcropping laterite pavement and low benches with extensive ferruginous gravels; relief to 10 m; slopes about 3 %; moderately rapid drainage.
Shallow to moderately deep lithosols (L1 and L2); minor shallow gravelly red massive earths and shallow gravelly yellow massive earths (M5); outcrop shallow soils.
Mid-high woodland (Erythrophleum chlorostachys, Eucalyptus confertiflora) with a second storey tree layer (Xanthostemon, Buchanania, Petalostigma) and numerous shrubs (Cycas, Xanthostemon, Pandanus, Melaleuca); annual grasses (Sorghum sp.) and perennial grasses (Heteropogon triticeus, Chrysopogon latifolius).
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 23
Table 2-2. The Land Units of the Study area (DENR, 2000).
Land Unit
Landform Class
Landform Description Soil Description Vegetation Description Slope Drainage Description
1c Rises Rises and short steep slopes Leptic Rudosols Woodland of E. miniata, C. bleeseri over Sorghum spp.
5 – 15 % Nil to low level of seasonal soil waterlogging.
2a1 Rises Rises Leptic Rudosols Open woodland of E. miniata, E. tetrodonta, or C. foelscheana, C. confertifolia, E. tectifica over mixed grasses.
4 % Nil to low level of seasonal soil waterlogging.
2b2 Rises Sideslopes Brown Kandosols Low open to open woodland of mixed species over sparse grasses.
2 – 5 % Nil to low level of seasonal soil waterlogging.
4c Plains Gentle lower slopes Kandosolic Redoxic Hydrosols Open forest of Eucalyptus spp. over mixed grasses; wet season water table.
0.5 - 1.5 % Moderate to high level of seasonal soil waterlogging.
4d Plains Gentle lower slopes Leptic Rudosols Grassland of mixed species with emergent trees and shrubs.
0.5 – 1 % Moderate to high level of seasonal soil waterlogging.
9a Marine Estuarine fringes Supratidal Hydrosols Bare. <0.5 % Severe level of seasonal soil waterlogging or inundation for extended periods.
9b Marine Estuarine fringes Intertidal Hydrosols Low closed forest of mangrove spp.; intertidal inundation.
<0.5 % Severe level of seasonal soil waterlogging or inundation for extended periods.
9b
2a1
9a
2a1
1c
4d
4d
2a1
2a1
4a
1c
4b
4c
4b
4d
2b1
9b
2b1
1c
9b
2b2
4c
1c
1c
9a
4d
2b1
4c
9b
2b2
9b
2a1
2b1
1817
1817
712000.000000 713000.000000 714000.000000 715000.00000086
0900
0.000
000
8610
000.0
0000
086
1100
0.000
000
8612
000.0
0000
086
1300
0.000
000
0 0.4 0.80.2km
±
Docum
ent Path: \\M
AINSER
VER\D
ocuments\APM
GIS and M
apping\03_Client\APM
2018-19GIS
\TNG
\02_GIS M
aps\TNG
010 Prewet Season Figures\20191011_TN
G010_Fig2_2 Land U
nits.mxd
Legend
Land Units of the Greater Darwin Area
Drainage Systems
Marine
Plains
Rises
Lot 1817 Hundred of Ayres
Coordinate System: GDA 1994 MGA Zone 52Date: 11/10/2019
Author: [email protected]
1 centimeter = 150 meters
Figure 2-2: Land Units of the Study Area (DENR 2000)
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 25
3 METHODOLOGY
3.1 CONTRIBUTING AUTHORS
In 2017, TNG engaged GHD to undertake a Biological Survey of the Study area. This survey was completed by GHD in June 2017 and the data have been made available for this report to augment the data collected by APM in 2018 and 2019. The results of the GHD field survey have been reviewed by APM and are published as part of this report.
The APM team members for the Project are:
1. Dr Mitchell Ladyman, the Senior Investigator, has over 25 years’ experience undertaking biological surveys for environmental impact assessment. Mitchell is an experienced research scientist with a number of published journal articles, documenting aspects of ecology and ecophysiology of reptiles in arid environments.
2. Dr Eleanor Hoy, a Senior Botanist at APM, compiled the flora and vegetation Desktop Investigations, reviewed and integrated the GHD data, conducted the Vegetation Mapping, 2018 Botanical Survey, 2018 and 2019 Targeted Searches, and drafted the flora and vegetation sections of the final report. Eleanor has 10 year’ experience in the environmental services industry.
3. Dr Stuart Dawson, a Senior Zoologist at APM, compiled the fauna Desktop Investigations, reviewed and integrated the GHD fauna data, conducted the fauna habitat mapping, and drafted the fauna sections of the final report. Stuart has 5 years’ experience in the environmental services industry.
4. Dr Genevieve Hayes, a Senior Zoologist at APM, conducted the 2019 Mammal Fauna Survey and drafted the fauna sections of the final report. Genevieve has 5 years’ experience in the environmental services industry.
The full team of personnel that were involved in fieldwork is shown in Table 3-1.
Table 3-1. Biological Assessment personnel.
Team Member Position at APM Qualifications
Experience (years) in Relevant
Role
Role in Current Assessment
Dr Mitchell Ladyman
Director and Principal Biologist
• Ph. D – Ecophysiology
• Bachelor of Science – Zoology
20 Assessment Strategy and Management, Field Survey,
Reporting.
Dr. Eleanor Hoy
Biological Manager and Senior Botanist
• Ph. D – Plant Biology
• Bachelor of Science (Honours) – Conservation Wildlife Biology
10 Desktop Assessments, Field Botany, Vegetation
Mapping, Reporting.
Dr Stuart Dawson
Senior Zoologist • Ph. D – Ecology
• Bachelor of Science (Honours) – Zoology/Botany
5 Desktop Assessments, Habitat Mapping,
Reporting.
Dr Genevieve Hayes
Senior Zoologist • Ph. D – Ecology 5 Field survey, Reporting.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 26
Team Member Position at APM Qualifications
Experience (years) in Relevant
Role
Role in Current Assessment
• Bachelor of Science (Honours) – Wildlife Management
Nicholas Hart Ornithologist • Bachelor of Science – Biology
3 Avifauna Survey.
Joshua Keen Graduate Biologist
• Bachelor of Science (Honours) – Biology
2 Field Assistant.
Sarah Flemington
Graduate Biologist
• Bachelor of Science – Conservation and Wildlife Biology
2 Field Assistant.
Arlen Hogan-West
Graduate Biologist
• Bachelor of Science – Conservation and Wildlife Biology
2 Field Assistant.
3.2 CONSTRAINTS
The GHD Terrestrial Flora and Vegetation Field Survey was conducted from 7 to 13 June 2017, with conditions typical of mid-dry season following an exceptional wet season. Conditions were ideal for identification of individuals of, or potential habitat for, the Endangered (EPBC Act and TPWC Act) herb Stylidium ensatum.
The APM Terrestrial Flora and Vegetation Field Survey was conducted from 10 to 19 April 2018. The survey timing was considered to capture late wet season conditions as the summer rainfall was above average (BoM, 2019b). Survey timing was considered appropriate for capturing the peak floristic diversity for vegetation community description. Targeted searches were conducted for conservation significant flora flowering at that time.
A targeted search for Atalaya brevialata (Critically Endangered EPBC Act, Data Deficient TPWC Act) was conducted in the peak fertility period of November 2018. Very good seasonal conditions for this species were confirmed by visiting a known population and observing vigorous vegetative growth and flowering/fruiting were occurring at this time.
Targeted searches were conducted in February 2019 for Typhonium taylori (Endangered EPBC Act and TPWC Act) and T. praetermissum (Vulnerable TPWC Act) and other conservation significant flora flowering at that time. Rainfall in the December to early January period for Darwin was below average; however, the rainfall in the month preceding the survey was 85 % of average and deemed sufficient for survey. Known populations of T. taylori were visited but no flowering plants were observed. Close attention was paid to the habitat characteristics of the known locations.
Fauna surveys were conducted in multiple years and over multiple seasons. A broad range of fauna were recorded during the 2016 and 2017 GHD field surveys, and 2018 and 2019 APM field surveys. Targeted surveys to sample the full spectrum of migratory birds potentially present in the Study area were conducted at times considered most suitable for detection.
Database Searches were used to identify threatened species likely to occur in the Study area. Habitat modelling was then conducted, based on published records of habitat preferences, for these threatened species. Potentially, previously unrecorded species, or other conservation significant taxa, may occur in the Study area that have not been listed on the Database Searches. Additionally, habitat preferences inferred from published records may be inaccurate or incomplete.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 27
All area and area-derived figures included in this report have been calculated using NT Government mapping products. As a result, their accuracy is subject to the limitations as reported in the Metadata records. All spatial information has been collected and reported using the datum Geocentric Datum of Australia 1994. As a result, area figures may differ slightly if calculated for the same features using a different coordinate system.
The constraints of the surveys are detailed below in Table 3-2.
Table 3-2. Constraints on the vegetation, flora, and fauna surveys conducted.
Factor Impact of survey outcomes
Access Problems
Most of the survey area was accessed via vehicle or on foot over the course of the surveys. Aerial imagery was used to assist with mapping the vegetation and habitat types for the entire Study area.
In the April 2018 survey, the area occupied by monsoon closed forest was inaccessible due to seasonal inundation. This area had been surveyed and described in June 2017. The area was visited in February 2019 to verify the 2017 results.
Areas of the southwestern extent of the survey area were not accessible during the April/May 2019 Fauna Survey due to seasonal inundation. These areas have previously been surveyed.
Experience levels The qualifications of field personnel are discussed in Section 3.1 and summarised in Table 3-1.
Scope
Terrestrial vascular flora were sampled during the 2017, 2018, and 2019 Field Surveys. Non-vascular flora was not assessed as part of the surveys.
Terrestrial vertebrate fauna were sampled during field surveys in 2017 and 2019. Targeted surveys of migratory birds were conducted in 2016, 2018, and 2019, and terrestrial bird surveys were conducted in 2018 and 2019. Non-vertebrate fauna were not assessed.
A Marine Biological Assessment has been prepared separately for the Project.
Timing, weather, season, cycle
Surveys over multiple seasons increases the likelihood of comprehensive terrestrial biological assessment.
Seasonal conditions for a flora survey in April 2018 were ideal, following a wet season with above average rainfall. Grass and herbaceous species were mature and often bearing both flowers and ripe seed and had not yet senesced. The survey by GHD in June 2017 was timed to coincide with the flowering time of conservation significant species and captured dry season conditions. Targeted searching in November 2018 and February 2019 occurred under satisfactory seasonal conditions.
Terrestrial vertebrate fauna were sampled by GHD in 2017 during the dry season and by APM in 2019 at the end of the wet season. Migratory and threatened shorebird surveys were conducted in March 2016, November 2018, and March 2019. These surveys captured a different suite of migratory species and were conducted at biologically appropriate sampling times.
Flora determination
Flora determination was undertaken in the field by ecologists in June 2017. In April 2018, a sample of all taxa encountered was collected and taxonomically verified in the Herbarium by APM or Darwin Herbarium staff. The taxonomy and conservation status of the NT flora is dynamic. This report was prepared with reliance on taxonomy and conservation status current at the time of report development, but it should be noted this may change in response to ongoing research.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 28
Factor Impact of survey outcomes
Sources of information
High resolution aerial imagery was available.
Data were recorded in the field using hand-held Garmin GPS tools. Certain atmospheric factors and other sources of error can affect the accuracy of GPS receivers. The GPS units used for this survey are accurate to within +/-10 m, on average. Therefore, the data points consisting of coordinates recorded from the GPS may contain inaccuracies
Completeness: Flora and vegetation
By combining the GHD (2017) and APM (2018, 2019) data, the Vegetation and Flora Survey was multi-season, covering the early-/mid-dry season and late-wet season, respectively. The combination of these survey times will have captured a high to very high proportion of the flora present in the Study area. A flora species accumulation curve in Appendix B demonstrates the adequacy of the floristic survey effort.
Targeted searching in November 2018 and February 2019 allowed for the potential presence of all seasonal species to be observed.
Completeness: Fauna
By combining the GHD (2016, 2017) and APM (2018, 2019) data, the Avifauna Surveys cover dry and wet seasons. When combined, these surveys have captured a high proportion of the bird species that may be present in the Study area.
Together, the GHD (2017) and APM (2018 and 2019) Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Surveys have covered the early-/mid-dry season and late-wet season and have captured a high proportion of the terrestrial vertebrate fauna likely to be present in the Study area.
3.3 DATABASE SEARCHES
Prior to commencing the field surveys, a number of desktop searches were undertaken, including a search of:
• MNES protected under the EPBC Act was undertaken using the PMST; the search was centred on Lot 1817 (-12.560382, 130.965383) and included a 100 km buffer. The report was generated in March 2018 and is included in Appendix C;
o A repeated search for listed flora and vegetation was conducted using a 1 km radius to identify the taxa most likely to be present on or near the Study area (Appendix D).
o A search for listed fauna was conducted using a 10 km radius, as the heterogeneity of the areas surrounding the site made a wider search area unnecessary (Appendix E).
• NR Maps using the Flora and Fauna layer (includes the Flora Atlas and Fauna Atlas), centred on Lot 1817 (-12.56153, 130.96978), with a 100 km buffer for conservation significant species and a 10 km buffer for non-conservation significant taxa. The report generated for conservation significant flora in March 2018 is included in Appendix F;
• NR Maps using the Vegetation Resources, Land Resources, and Geology and Geophysics layers;
• NR Maps using the Significant Biodiversity Areas layer, which includes the Directory of Important Wetlands, Sites of Conservation Significance, and Sites of Botanical Significance layers;
• Herbarium collections, accessed through the Atlas of Living Australia (ALA); and
• ALA database for fauna centred on a point at the centre of Lot 1817 (-12.560382, 130.965383), with a 10 km buffer. This search was conducted in December 2018 (ALA, 2018).
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 29
The search of the NR Maps Flora Atlas with a 10 km buffer returned a list of 648 taxa, while a search of the ALA database with the same buffer returned a list of 600 taxa. The species list that was generated helped botanists on the ground to become familiar with the local taxa and the expected species diversities before field expedition.
All herbarium records stored in the ALA were accessed to identify species of conservation significance that may occur in the Study area. Records were examined for time of flowering/fruiting and notes on environmental factors, such as soil type, landform, and co-occurring species. This information was used to generate the likelihood of occurrence and predicted habitat models.
3.4 FIELD SURVEY
Eight field surveys have been commissioned for the Project area by TNG over the period 2016 to 2019. These are detailed in Table 3-3 and are discussed in this report.
Table 3-3. Field surveys carried out at the Study area relevant to the current survey.
Survey name Consultant Dates Aim
Threatened and Migratory Species – Shorebird Survey
GHD 7 – 11 Mar 2016
Wet Season
Undertake targeted surveys for the Eastern Curlew and Curlew Sandpiper.
Terrestrial Flora and Fauna Survey
GHD 7 – 13 Jun 2017
Mid-dry Season
Undertake a field survey to collect baseline data on the vegetation, flora, and vertebrate fauna assemblage.
Terrestrial Flora and Vegetation Survey
APM 10 – 19 Apr 2018
Late-wet Season
Describe and map vegetation, create flora inventory, map weeds, and undertake targeted searches for conservation significant flora.
Conservation Significant Flora Targeted Survey
APM 24 – 26 Nov 2018
Early-wet season
Undertake targeted searching for the conservation significant flora species Atalaya brevialata.
Terrestrial Fauna Survey
APM 8 – 11 Dec 2018
Early-wet season
Undertake a targeted migratory bird survey (using helicopter and boat) and terrestrial bird survey, as well as deploy camera traps and conduct active foraging for terrestrial vertebrate fauna.
Conservation Significant Flora Targeted Survey and assessment of tree sizes
APM 8 – 14 Feb 2019
Wet season
Undertake targeted searching for a number of conservation significant flora species, including Typhonium taylori and T. praetermissum, and systematically measure large tree diameters.
Avifauna Survey APM 27 – 30 Mar 2019
Wet season
Undertake a targeted migratory bird survey (using boat), and a terrestrial bird survey.
Mammal Fauna Survey
APM 23 Apr – 2 May 2019
Late-wet season
Undertake a targeted survey of the mammal assemblage.
3.4.1 Flora and Vegetation Survey Timing
The GHD Terrestrial Flora and Fauna Survey was conducted from 7 to 13 June 2017, with conditions typical of mid-dry season, following a wetter-than-average wet season.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 30
The APM Terrestrial Flora and Vegetation Survey was conducted from 10 to 19 April 2018. The survey timing was considered to capture late-wet season conditions, as the summer rainfall was above average (BoM, 2019b), and was considered appropriate for capturing the peak floristic diversity for vegetation community description.
A targeted search for Atalaya brevialata was conducted in the peak fertility period of 24 to 26 November 2018. Very good seasonal conditions for this species were confirmed by visiting a known population and observing that vigorous vegetative growth and flowering/fruiting were occurring at this time (Dr E. Hoy, Pers. Obs 24/11/18).
Targeted searches for conservation significant flora were conducted in the peak wet season to enable climatically restricted species to be identified. The month preceding the February 2019 visit received 85 % of the average monthly rainfall for that time. Typhonium taylori and T. praetermissum have above ground parts only in the wet season. Known populations of T. taylori were visited; however, flowering individuals were not located.
Many flora species can be comprehensively identified only when fertile material (e.g. flowers, fruits) is available. The Desktop Assessment (Section 4.1) identifies conservation significant flora that are known to occur within 100 km of the Study area. Table 3-4 displays the recorded periods of fertility for those species. As many of the species listed in the table are known from only a few records, and fertility period is not always recorded with collections, there is uncertainty associated with the records. The table reflects known events when fertility has been recorded, rather than knowledge of when taxa is infertile. The four flora surveys cover a large proportion of the flowering times of the conservation significant flora identified from the desktop searches.
Table 3-4. Recorded periods of fertility (green squares) for flora of conservation significance identified in the Database Searches as occurring within 100 km of the Study area. Taxa with likelihood of occurrence rated as
possible, likely, or present (Section 4.1) are in bold.
Taxa J F M A M J J A S O N D
Atalaya brevialata
Burmannia sp. Bathurst Island (R.Fensham 1021)
Helicteres macrothrix
Typhonium taylori
Typhonium jonesii
Typhonium mirabile
Goodenia quadrifida
Stylidium ensatum
Xylopia monosperma
Mitrella tiwiensis
Hoya australis subsp. oramicola
Ptychosperma macarthurii
Habenaria rumphii
Clausena excavata
Cycas armstrongii
Typhonium praetermissum
Monochoria hastata
Schoutenia ovata
Utricularia singeriana
Crepidium marsupichila
Luisia corrugata
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 31
Taxa J F M A M J J A S O N D
Zeuxine oblonga
Cleome insolata
Utricularia dunstaniae
Freycinetia excelsa
Hibiscus brennanii
Endiandra limnophila
Dendromyza reinwardtiana
Dendrolobium stipatum
Utricularia hamiltonii
Grevillea longicuspis
Pittosporum moluccanum
Utricularia holtzei
Terminalia sp. Black Point
Endospermum myrmecophilum
Pentapetes phoenicea
Byblis aquatica
Hibbertia angulata
Citrus gracilis
Ximenia americana
Heterostemma magnificum
Peplidium maritimum
Helicteres tenuipila
Acrostichum aureum
Crotalaria quinquefolia
Ischaemum barbatum
Syzygium claviflorum
Acacia oligoneura
Chiloschista phyllorhiza
Aldrovanda vesiculosa
Sophora longipes
Grevillea myosodes
Tricoryne elatior
Operculina turpethum
Hypolytrum nemorum
Rhamphicarpa australiensis
Avicennia integra
Triumfetta aquila
Hibbertia scabra
Asplenium sp. Litchfield
Nymphoides subacuta
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 32
Taxa J F M A M J J A S O N D
Hibiscus petherickii
Embelia tiwiensis unknown
Ophioglossum lusitanicum
Acacia setulifera
Pouzolzia zeylanica
Rhizophora lamarckii
Utricularia subulata
Desmodium tiwiense
Cyperus malaccensis
Hedyotis auricularia var. melanesica
Canavalia cathartica
Syzygium hemilamprum subsp. hemilamprum
Vittaria ensiformis
3.4.2 Flora and Vegetation Survey Methodology
Flora surveys were undertaken in the major vegetation/soil types present in the Study area, at representative locations established following the Desktop Assessments and initial site reconnaissance. Figure 3-1 shows the location of survey sites. In June 2017, 18 Full Characterisation Sites and 13 Check Sites (as described in Brocklehurst et al., 2007) were surveyed. In April 2018, 24 Full Characterisation Sites and six Check Sites were surveyed in the Study area.
Survey sites were allocated to accurately describe the vegetation type. Vegetation units were identified, and boundaries delineated, using a combination of aerial photography, topographical features, and field data/observations. Vegetation units were allocated mapping codes with reference to previously described vegetation types in the region (see section 5.1.3) based on structure, dominant taxa, and cover characteristics. Field observations on the distribution of vegetation units were made using traverses, where notes on the location, dominant species, and vegetation condition were taken to help with the extrapolation of vegetation type and condition.
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
PP P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
PP
P
PP
P
PP
P
PP P
P
PP
PP
P
P
P
PP
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P P
P
PG2
G1
D1
F1
W1
F2
W7W2
W6W4
W5
R3
R1F3
D2R2
W3
ME4
Q06MA5
ME3
Q08
Q17
Q09
ME2
Q15
Q14Q01
MA3MA2
MA1
Q16
Q07
Q04
Q03
MA6
Q05
MA4Q02
Q10
ME1
Q13Q12
Q11
Q18
CS12
CS13
GR01CS02CS03
CS04CS05
CS06
CS10
CS08CS11
1817
712000.000000 713000.000000 714000.000000 715000.00000086
0900
0.000
000
8610
000.0
0000
086
1100
0.000
000
8612
000.0
0000
086
1300
0.000
000
0 0.4 0.80.2km
±
Docum
ent Path: \\M
AINSER
VER\D
ocuments\APM
GIS and M
apping\03_Client\APM
2018-19GIS
\TNG
\02_GIS M
aps\TNG
010 Prewet Season Figures\20191011_TN
G010_Fig3_1 Vegetation survey sites.m
xd
Legend
Lot 1817 Hundred of Ayres Survey Site LocationsP APM - April 2018
P GHD - June 2017Coordinate System: GDA 1994 MGA Zone 52Date: 11/10/2019
Author: [email protected]
1 centimeter = 150 meters
Figure 3-1: Distribution of vegetation survey sites across the Study area
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 34
Full Characterisation Sites were sampled using quadrats of 20 m x 20 m, where possible. In riparian areas where the vegetation types were of a linear distribution, quadrat dimensions of 10 x 40 m were used in June 2017 compared to dimensions of 10 m x 50 m in April 2018 (as recommended in Brocklehurst et al., 2007). Field data at each quadrat were recorded on a pro-forma data sheet and included the parameters detailed in Table 3-5. Details of Survey Sites are provided in Appendix G. A flora inventory was compiled from taxa listed in described quadrats and from opportunistic floristic collections throughout the Study area, with at least one collection made for every taxon encountered. Specimens were identified by APM Botanists using published reference material and 111 specimens were forwarded to the Darwin Herbarium for taxonomic verification.
Identifications of flora were made in the field using Wheeler et al. (1992), Cowie et al. (2001), Sharp and Simon (2002), CSIRO (2006), Wightman (2006), Short and Cowie (2011), and Maslin (2018). The nomenclature applied is consistent with FloraNT (DLRM, 2013). Plants observed were identified to species level, where possible. The absence of certain diagnostic features (a function of the seasonal cycles of flora species) prevented identification of some plants to genus or species level. The conservation status of all recorded flora was compared against the current lists available on FloraNT (DLRM, 2013) and the EPBC Act List of Threatened Flora (DEE, 2018b).
Vegetation unit descriptions follow the National Vegetation Information System (NVIS); they are consistent with NVIS Level V (Association) and are grouped within NVIS Level III (Broad Floristic Formation). At Level V, up to three taxa per stratum are used to describe the association (ESCAVI, 2003).
Table 3-5. Parameters recorded at each Survey location.
Variable Parameters
Collection attributes Personnel/recorder; date, quadrat dimensions, photograph of the quadrat.
Physical features Aspect, soil attributes, ground surface cover, leaf and wood litter.
Community Size Width (m), if linear (e.g. riparian), or size (ha), if non-linear.
Location Coordinates recorded in GDA94 datum using a hand-held Global Positioning System (GPS) tool (Garmin) to accuracy of approximately ± 5 m.
Vegetation condition Assessed using the condition rating scale devised by Trudgen (1988).
Disturbance Level and nature of disturbances (e.g. weed presence, fire and time since last fire, impacts from grazing, infrastructure works).
Flora List of dominant flora from each structural layer. List of all species within the quadrat, including average height and cover.
3.4.3 Conservation Significant Flora Targeted Searches
For the purposes of targeted searches, habitats were assessed, and vegetation/land unit mapping was undertaken with consideration of the habitat preferences for conservation significant flora species that were identified from the Desktop Assessment.
Habitat mapping involved the identification and consideration of species-specific habitat criteria to create a model that enabled mapping of potential high and low habitat value for conservation significant species within the Study area. Information used to create the species-specific habitat criteria were collected from pre-existing models of threatened species habitat, records of threatened species in the Study area, threatened species herbarium records, and published research. Habitat preferences identified from these sources were compared to the Study area’s geological and soil records, site topography, and distribution of vegetation types to identify areas within the Study area that are of high and low habitat value.
Modelled habitat quality is interpreted with precaution as there may be many reasons for suitable habitat not being occupied by a specific taxon; however, it is a helpful tool for ranking areas into levels of likelihood of occurrence for conservation significant taxa.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 35
Habitat mapping described above was used to identify suitable areas for targeted searches of conservation significant flora. Table 3-6 lists the flora of conservation significance that were searched for in each of the vegetation types and the timing, duration, and distance of the search.
Table 3-6. Details of targeted searches for conservation significant flora.
Vegetation association Scientific name Targeted search
date Targeted
search km Targeted search
hours
VA1 and VA2: (Regenerating) Eucalyptus woodland
Cycas armstrongii Apr 2018 8.8 9 hours 20 min
Typhonium praetermissum
Feb 2019 72.5 45 hours 24 min
Grevillea longicuspis Apr 2018
Feb 2019
8.8
72.5
9 hours 20 min
45 hours 24 min
Hibbertia angulata Apr 2018
Feb 2019
8.8
72.5
9 hours 20 min
45 hours 24 min
Citrus gracilis Apr 2018 8.8 9 hours 20 min
Grevillea myosodes Apr 2018 8.8 9 hours 20 min
Tricoryne elatior Apr 2018
Feb 2019
8.8
72.5
9 hours 20 min
45 hours 24 min
Hibbertia scabra Apr 2018 8.8 9 hours 20 min
Hibiscus petherickii Apr 2018
Feb 2019
8.8
72.5
9 hours 20 min
45 hours 24 min
Melaleuca woodland/open forest Atalaya brevialata Nov 2018 10.1 4 hours 31 min
Grevillea open shrubland
Atalaya brevialata Nov 2018 18.1 7 hours 19 min
Utricularia singeriana Apr 2018 3.0 3 hours 24 min
Utricularia hamiltonii Apr 2018
Feb 2019
3.0
18.7
3 hours 24 min
12 hours 8 min
Utricularia holtzei Apr 2018
Feb 2019
3.0
18.7
3 hours 24 min
12 hours 8 min
Typhonium taylori Feb 2019 18.7 12 hours 8 min
Disturbed rehabilitated Acacia shrubland
Hibiscus pethrickii
Apr 2018
Nov 2018
Feb 2019
5.1
0.1
12.9
4 hours 12 min
0 hours 20 min
8 hours 8 min
Utricularia dunstaniae
Apr 2018 5.7 3 hours 14 min
Utricularia hamiltonii Apr 2018 5.7 3 hours 14 min
Utricularia holtzei Apr 2018
Feb 2019
5.7
12.9
3 hours 14 min
8 hours 8 min
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 36
Vegetation association Scientific name Targeted search
date Targeted
search km Targeted search
hours
Byblis aquatica Apr 2018
Feb 2019
5.7
12.9
3 hours 14 min
8 hours 8 min
Utricularia subulata Apr 2018 5.7 3 hours 14 min
3.4.4 Significant Vegetation
Vegetation that contains large trees with tree hollows and vegetation that has five or more Eucalypts ≥ 50 cm DBH ha-1 and/or 30 or more Eucalypts ≥ 40 cm DBH ha-1 is considered Significant in the NT. In areas of Eucalypt woodland where large trees occurred, tree DBH was measured using a Bitterlich stick with settings at 40 cm and 50 cm. Trees greater than 40 cm DBH or 50 cm DBH were recorded using a handheld GPS. Spatial software QGIS was used to analyse whether the density of large trees qualified vegetation patches as Significant.
3.4.5 Flora and Vegetation Data Analysis
Database searches identified threatened species that may potentially occur within the Study area. The likelihood of such species occurring within the Study area was then assessed based on the results of the field survey and the species-specific habitat criteria. The likelihood of species occurrence was assigned one of five categories:
• Present – The species has been recorded within the Study area and has high quality records for occurrence.
• Likely – The species was not recorded in the Study area during the field surveys but is known to occur within the surrounding area, and habitat of suitable quality exists within the Study area as informed by the species-specific habitat criteria.
• Possible – The species was not recorded in the Study area during the field surveys but is known to occur within the wider region, and habitat exists within the Study area as informed by the species-specific habitat criteria, but it is marginal, fragmented, of a small size, and/or degraded.
• Unlikely – The species was not recorded in the Study area during the field surveys. The species is unlikely to occur within the wider region, and there is no suitable habitat within the Study area
• Highly Unlikely – The species was not recorded in the Study area during the field surveys. The species is unlikely to occur within the wider region, and there is no suitable habitat within the Study area. Additionally, the known distributions are remote and highly restricted.
3.4.6 Terrestrial Vertebrate Fauna Survey Methodology
Five fauna surveys have been conducted at the site – three bird surveys (targeting migratory and threatened shorebirds) and three terrestrial vertebrate fauna surveys (Table 3-3). The methods and survey effort for each is shown in Table 3-7, and the locations of each is shown in Figure 3-2. In addition, during concurrent surveys in April 2018, and March 2019, camera traps were deployed. These opportunistic bouts of sampling are not considered full surveys but contribute to the knowledge of the faunal assemblage and are detailed in the camera trapping section (Table 3-8).
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 37
Table 3-7. The methodology and survey effort for each fauna survey.
Survey type GHD 2016 (Birds) GHD 2017 (Fauna) APM 2018 (Fauna) APM 2019 (Birds) APM2019 (Mammals)
Total Survey Effort 5 field days. 6 sites, > 4 trap-nights per site. 4 field days. 4 field days. 5 trap lines, 5 trap-nights per line.
Shorebird Surveys
On foot 6 surveys inside and outside Study area. 20 hours in total.
Helicopter 7 surveys, 7 hours in total.
Boat 6 surveys inside and outside Study area. 26 hours in total.
2 surveys, 6 hours in total. 4 surveys, 14 hours in total.
Terrestrial Surveys
Habitat assessment
~2 hours per site. Opportunistic assessment over 4 field days.
Opportunistic assessment over 5 field days.
Elliot traps 16 traps per site. 400 trap-
nights in total.
30 traps per line. 750 trap-nights in total.
Cage traps 4 traps per site. 100 trap-
nights in total.
6 traps per line. 150 trap-nights in total.
Pitfall traps 4 per site. 100 trap-nights in
total.
Funnel traps 8 traps per site. 200 trap-
nights in total.
Nocturnal searches 2x 20-minute searches per
site. ~14 searches in total. 4x 40-minute spotlight searches on roads and tracks.
5x ~40-minute searches on roads and tracks.
Bird surveys
>3x 20-minute surveys per site. 18 surveys in total.
5x 20-minute 2 ha surveys. Opportunistic recordings throughout.
17x 20-minute 2 ha surveys. Opportunistic recordings throughout.
Camera traps 10 locations. 256 trap-nights
in total. 6 locations. 11 trap-nights in total.
3 locations. 9 trap-nights in total.
15 locations. 189 trap-nights in total.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 38
Survey type GHD 2016 (Birds) GHD 2017 (Fauna) APM 2018 (Fauna) APM 2019 (Birds) APM2019 (Mammals)
Bat detectors Selected sites or areas, 4
survey-nights in total.
1 per line, >4 nights each. 29 survey-nights in total.
N.B. During the APM 2018 Flora and Vegetation Survey (10 – 19 April 2018), an additional 10 camera traps were opportunistically deployed for a total of 40 trap-nights.
XY
XY
XY
XY
XY
_̂_̂
_̂
_̂
_̂
_̂
_̂
_̂
_̂
_̂
_̂
_̂
_̂
_̂
_̂
#*#*
#*#*
#*#*
#*#*
#*
#*
#*
#*
#*
#*
#*
#*
#*
#*
#*#*#*#*#* #*
#* #*#*
#*#*#*
XY
XY
XY
XY
_̂_̂
_̂
_̂
_̂
_̂
_̂
_̂_̂
_̂
_̂
_̂
_̂
_̂_̂
_̂_̂
_̂
_̂
_̂
_̂_̂_̂
_̂
_̂
_̂
_̂
_̂
_̂
1817
1817
712000.000000 713000.000000 714000.000000 715000.00000086
0900
0.000
000
8610
000.0
0000
086
1100
0.000
000
8612
000.0
0000
086
1300
0.000
000
0 0.4 0.80.2km
±
Docum
ent Path: \\M
AINSER
VER\D
ocuments\APM
GIS and M
apping\03_Client\APM
2018-19GIS
\TNG
\02_GIS M
aps\TNG
010 Prewet Season Figures\20191011_TN
G010_Fig3_2 fauna sam
pling sites.mxd
Legend
Survey, Type
_̂ APM18, Camera
XY APM19, Bat detector
#* APM19, Cage
_̂ APM19, Camera
APM19, Elliot
XY GHD17, Bat detector
_̂ GHD17, Camera
GHD17, Site
Lot 1817 Hundred of Ayres
Coordinate System: GDA 1994 MGA Zone 52Date: 11/10/2019
Author: [email protected]
1 centimeter = 150 meters
Figure 3-2: Location of terrestrial fauna sampling site in the Study area
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 40
3.4.6.1 GHD (2016) Threatened and Migratory Species – Shorebird Survey
An initial bird survey was conducted from 7 to 11 March 2016, by GHD. This survey involved two ornithologists surveying for two hours either side of high and low tide, over the five-day period. Surveys were conducted from vantage points overlooking foraging or roosting habitat, or from a boat, when access from the ground was prohibited. This survey encompassed the Middle Arm area and additional neighbouring areas in the Darwin Harbour, including mudflats and mangroves at East Arm, Dinah Beach, and the mudflats within the Elizabeth River to the west of the Study area.
3.4.6.2 GHD (2017) Terrestrial Flora and Fauna Survey
The GHD 2017 Survey was conducted from 7 to 13 June 2017. This survey involved areas considered to provide higher quality habitat for fauna, based on vegetation structure, topographic location, and habitat features (e.g. presence of rock outcrops, hollow-bearing trees, long grass, leaf litter). The choice of sites was made to maximise the likelihood of detecting fauna, including threatened species. Six survey sites were established proportionately across the main vegetation types represented in the Study area. Each survey site was focussed on a 50 m x 50 m area (0.25 ha). This survey was conducted in accordance with the standard terrestrial vertebrate survey methods outlined in the NT EPA Assessment of Impacts on Terrestrial Biodiversity (NT EPA, 2013). The survey effort is outlined in Table 3-7.
Where trapping sites could not be established, such as in mangroves, camera traps (motion-triggered cameras) were deployed as follows:
• Eucalyptus woodland (3 sites, 2 remote cameras) • Melaleuca open woodland (1 site, 2 remote cameras) • Monsoon closed forest (1 site, 1 remote camera) • Grassland (1 site) • Mangroves (5 remote cameras).
3.4.6.3 APM (2018) Terrestrial Fauna Survey
APM conducted a fauna survey from 8 to 11 December 2018. This survey was predominantly designed to be a pre-west season migratory shorebird survey. This survey involved six helicopter surveys and two boat surveys conducted around the Middle Arm area, five 2 ha terrestrial bird surveys, and opportunistic recordings throughout the four-day period. Nocturnal spotlighting searches were conducted each evening from the tracks within the Study area. Six remote cameras were deployed in various habitat types throughout the site totalling 11 trap-nights (Table 3-8).
3.4.6.4 APM (2019) Avifauna Survey
A wet season bird survey was conducted at the Study site from 27 to 30 March 2019 to complement the pre-wet season survey. Two days of boat surveys were conducted in the Middle Arm area (Table 3-7), 17 2 ha bird surveys were conducted within the Study area, and opportunistic recordings were made throughout the four days of fieldwork.
3.4.6.5 APM (2019) Mammal Fauna Survey
The APM 2019 Mammal Fauna Survey was designed as a site-wide monitoring survey, allowing for the survey to be repeated annually to monitor populations of mammal fauna. Trapping sites were selected to cover all accessible vegetation types and, therefore, increase the probability of sampling all mammal fauna in the area. Five trapping sites were established covering Melaleuca woodland, mixed woodland, and disturbed areas. Each site consisted of an approximately 500 m long transect adjacent to an access road. Transects were established along roads to increase access and facilitate future monitoring. Fifteen camera traps were deployed throughout the site. Acoustic bat detectors were deployed at each of the five trap lines (Table 3-7).
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 41
3.4.6.6 Survey Techniques
Habitat assessment (GHD 2017) – Vegetation characteristics across the survey area were assessed by a GHD botanist. Information collected by the botanist was augmented during the GHD 2017 Fauna Survey with assessments of the fauna habitat features of each fauna site.
Baited Elliott-type box traps (size A) – For the GHD 2017 survey, 16 box traps were placed approximately 10 m apart along the perimeter of the quadrat boundary at each site. Traps remained open for a minimum of four days and four nights (which exceeds the minimum period of three nights/days required by NT EPA). Traps were checked once each morning and once each mid – late afternoon. Bait was refreshed twice during the survey period.
For the APM 2019 survey, 30 box traps were placed approximately 15 – 20 m apart along the transect at each site. Traps were baited and opened each evening, and checked and closed each morning, for five nights. Bait was refreshed daily.
Box traps were placed in a suitable microhabitat (with cover and shade), and additionally shaded with shade cloth wrapped around the trap, where necessary. Individual traps were marked with a labelled piece of flagging tape attached to a nearby tree or shrub to assist with finding traps during the period of the survey, and to ensure that all traps were accounted for at the end of the survey. Traps were baited with a universal bait mix consisting of a moist mixture of rolled oats, sardines, and peanut butter (widely used standard recipe for attracting small mammals).
Baited cage traps – For the GHD 2017 survey, one cage trap was placed at each corner of the quadrat boundary of each site (four cage traps per site). Traps remained open for a minimum four days and four nights (which exceeds the minimum period of three nights/days required by NT EPA). Traps were checked once each morning and once each mid – late afternoon. Bait was refreshed twice during the survey period.
For the APM 2019 survey, six cage traps were placed every 100 m along the transect at each site. Traps were baited and opened each evening, and checked and closed each morning, for five nights. Bait was refreshed daily.
Traps were placed in suitable microhabitats (with cover and shade), and additionally shaded with hessian sacks. Each trap was individually marked with a labelled piece of flagging tape attached to a nearby tree or shrub to assist with finding traps. Traps were baited with a universal bait mix.
Pitfall buckets (GHD 2017) – Four pitfall traplines were established in the quadrat at each site for the GHD 2017 survey. Each pitfall trap comprised a single 20 L bucket dug into the ground such that its lip was flush with ground-level and bisected by a fly-wire ‘drift fence’ (approximately 10 m long and 35 cm high) to direct animals into pits. Each bucket was supplied with approximately 3 cm of soil, a piece of egg carton, and some leaf litter in its base to provide protection for animals while in the trap. Traps remained open for a minimum of four days and four nights (which exceeds the minimum period of three nights/days required by NT EPA). Pits were scattered through the different microhabitats in the quadrat (e.g. in open ground, in dense grass, close to trees, in rocky areas). Traps were checked once each morning and once each mid – late afternoon.
Funnel traps (GHD 2017) – Two funnel traps were placed along the established four drift fence lines in the quadrat at each site for the GHD 2017 survey. Traps were placed on each end of the fence (two funnel traps per trapline). Each funnel trap was covered with vegetation to protect and shade animals while in the trap. Traps remained open for a minimum of four days and four nights (which exceeds the minimum period of three nights/days required by NT EPA). Traps were checked once each morning and mid – late afternoon.
Diurnal Active search (GHD 2017) – Diurnal active searches were conducted during the GHD 2017 survey. These involved searching in daylight hours for the presence or signs of animals, usually over a period of approximately 20 minutes. Active searching can be useful for detecting cryptic ground and tree-dwelling fauna, particularly reptiles that may not be captured in traps. Ground, rock, and tree surfaces are scanned, and under-surfaces of rocks, logs, bark, clumps of vegetation, and other debris (if present) examined for reptiles and other animals. All vertebrate fauna detected were noted. Where possible, reptiles were captured or photographed for
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 42
identification. Some species were identifiable without the need for capture. Indirect evidence of fauna species was documented or collected for later identification (e.g. tracks, scats, bones, sloughed skin, and hair samples).
Typically, three diurnal active searches were conducted at each site (in accordance with NT EPA, 2013). However, due to the size of some of the bush patches present, and not wanting to interfere with established quadrats, more effort was devoted to nocturnal active searches (see next paragraph) than to diurnal active searches for this project. Diurnal active searches at sites were conducted opportunistically.
Nocturnal Active search – During the GHD 2017 survey, two nocturnal surveys were conducted at sites and at other locations thought to be most likely to yield signs of threatened species (such as at present water bodies and mangroves). Searches were conducted by a team of two ecologists for a minimum of 20 minutes at any site, using strong head-torches to aid the identification (and possibly capture) of fauna species. All vertebrate fauna detected were noted.
Vehicle spotlight surveys were conducted during the GHD 2017, APM 2018, and APM 2019 surveys. This involved driving along the access tracks throughout the Study area in slow-moving vehicles in the evening. Generally, each spotlighting period lasted at least 40 minutes.
Bird surveys (including Instantaneous Bird Count) – Land-based bird surveys were conducted during the GHD 2017, APM 2018, and APM 2019 surveys. The approach used was similar between surveys, with differences in the size of the plot searched. In each case, a standard ‘instantaneous’ bird count method was used, involving one zoologist compiling a complete list of all birds seen, heard, or otherwise detected near the survey quadrat. The surveys were mostly completed early in the morning (within two hours of sunrise) and in the late afternoon when birds were most active (i.e. not during the heat of the day). The GHD 2017 involved ~20-minute searches of a 1 ha area at each of the six survey sites, while both APM surveys involved 20-minute searches of 2 ha areas, at representative points throughout the survey site. In addition, all birds observed during fieldwork were opportunistically recorded.
Camera Traps – In addition to the standard survey techniques, motion-triggered camera traps were deployed throughout the Study area during the GHD 2017, APM 2018, and APM 2019 fauna surveys, and APM 2018 flora survey (for opportunistic sampling of vertebrate fauna). Generally, cameras were secured to a tree or wooden stake, and positioned with a clear field of view, to avoid false triggers from vegetation. During the GHD 2017 survey, camera traps were deployed at each survey site, as well as areas that could not be trapped, such as areas of mangroves or water bodies. In addition, camera traps in the GHD 2017 survey were baited with sardines or universal bait mix buried shallowly within the field of view. During the APM 2018 and 2019 surveys, cameras were deployed at various sites, to sample the full range of habitats present within the Study area; these cameras were not baited. The details of all cameras deployed at the site is shown in Table 3-8 and Figure 3-2.
Table 3-8. Locations of camera trap deployed within the Study area.
Name Model Easting Northing Deployed Days Habitat
GHD 2017
Camera 11 Reconyx 550 0713399 8612831 11/06/2017 25 Monsoon Closed Forest
Camera 13 Reconyx 550 0712668 8612819 12/06/2017 26 Mangroves
Camera 14 Reconyx 550 0712851 8612016 11/06/2017 25 Mangroves
Camera 15 Reconyx 550 0713086 8610016 12/06/2017 26 Eucalyptus woodland
Camera 16 Reconyx 550 0712834 8612916 12/06/2017 26 Eucalyptus woodland
Camera 18 Reconyx 550 0712483 8609973 12/06/2017 26 Mangroves
Camera 24 Reconyx 550 0713294 8611483 11/06/2017 25 Melaleuca
Camera 25 Reconyx 550 0713390 8612862 12/06/2017 26 Melaleuca
Camera A Reconyx 550 0712751 8612761 12/06/2017 26 Eucalyptus woodland
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 43
Name Model Easting Northing Deployed Days Habitat
Camera B Reconyx 550 0713151 8611366 11/06/2017 25 Mangroves
APM 2018-19
NQ11 Reconyx HC600 0713838 8611659 14/04/2018 4 Mixed woodland
NQ12 Reconyx HC600 0713762 8611519 14/04/2018 4 Mixed woodland
NQ13 Reconyx HC600 0713209 8612196 14/04/2018 4 Mixed woodland
NQ15 Reconyx HC600 0713155 8610311 14/04/2018 4 Melaleuca woodland
NQ16 Reconyx HC600 0713083 8610353 14/04/2018 4 Melaleuca woodland
NQ18 Reconyx HC600 0713615 8609104 14/04/2018 4 Mixed woodland
NQ19 Reconyx HC600 0713690 8609179 14/04/2018 4 Mixed woodland
NQ31 Reconyx HC600 0714231 8612051 14/04/2018 4 Mixed woodland
NQ38 Reconyx HC600 0713268 8612290 14/04/2018 4 Mixed woodland
NQ40 Reconyx HC600 0713223 8608832 14/04/2018 4 Mixed woodland
DPPCAM001 SG860C 0714072 8612659 10/12/2018 2 Melaleuca woodland
DPPCAM002 SG860C 0713960 8612704 10/12/2018 2 Melaleuca woodland
DPPCAM003 SG860C 0713854 8612663 10/12/2018 2 Melaleuca woodland
DPPCAM004 SG860C 0713997 8612449 10/12/2018 2 Mixed woodland
DPPCAM005 SG860C 0714038 8612270 10/12/2018 2 Mixed woodland
DPPCAM006 SG860C 0713797 8612138 10/12/2018 1 Mixed woodland
CAM01 Reconyx HC600 0713843 8611719 21/03/2019 3 Mixed woodland
CAM02 Reconyx HC600 0713698 8611128 21/03/2019 3 Mixed woodland
CAM03 Reconyx HC600 0713435 8609179 21/03/2019 3 Mixed woodland
Cam001 Reconyx HC600 0714066 8612659 25/04/2019 6 Disturbed area
Cam002 Reconyx HC600 0713965 8612705 25/04/2019 6 Melaleuca woodland
Cam003 Reconyx HC600 0713965 8612660 25/04/2019 6 Melaleuca woodland
Cam004 Reconyx HC600 0714003 8612463 24/04/2019 7 Melaleuca woodland
Cam005 Reconyx HC600 0713275 8660851 27/04/2019 5 Mixed woodland
Cam006 Reconyx HC600 0713517 8609452 26/04/2019 6 Mixed woodland
Cam007 Reconyx HC600 0713483 8609208 26/04/2019 6 Mixed woodland
Cam008 Reconyx HC600 0713455 8610822 26/04/2019 6 Mangroves
Cam009 Reconyx HC600 0713778 8612104 26/04/2019 6 Mixed woodland
Cam010 Reconyx HC600 0712704 8608630 27/04/2019 5 Mixed woodland
Cam011 Reconyx HC600 0713580 8611073 25/04/2019 6 Mixed woodland
Cam012 Reconyx HC600 0713713 8611437 25/04/2019 6 Mixed woodland
Cam013 Reconyx HC600 0713555 8610067 25/04/2019 6 Mixed woodland
Cam014 Reconyx HC600 0712896 8612499 25/04/2019 6 Melaleuca woodland
Cam015 Reconyx HC600 0713078 8612846 26/04/2019 6 Melaleuca woodland
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 44
Bat call detection – Bat call detection units were used to collect the high frequency calls of micro-chiropteran bats (Table 3-9). These were deployed at key areas where bats may frequently visit (this includes observed flyways and water bodies) and placed in an open area (i.e. devoid of nearby vegetation to avoid interference and non-bat noise). Recordings were downloaded and referred to a bat specialist for analysis. Song Meter SM4 BatFS units were deployed for one night per site during the GHD 2017 survey, while Anabat Swift units were deployed for a minimum of four nights per site during the APM 2019 survey (Table 3-9).
Table 3-9. Acoustic bat detector locations.
ID Easting Northing Date Deployed
Duration (nights)
Habitat
GHD 2017
Bat Rec 1 0712823 8609242 09/06/2017 1 Mixed woodland
Bat Rec 2 0713320 8612751 10/06/2017 1 Disturbed area besides mangroves and Melaleuca
Bat Rec 3 0713671 8611181 11/06/2017 1 Water body 1
Bat Rec 4 0713041 8609959 12/06/2017 1 Water body 2
APM 2019
Bat001 0714094 8612644 24/04/2019 6 Mangroves, near Melaleuca woodland
Bat002 0713713 8611437 25/04/2019 7 Disturbed area, near mixed woodland
Bat003 0713555 8610067 25/04/2019 7 Mixed woodland
Bat004 0712896 8612499 25/04/2019 5 Melaleuca woodland
Bat005 0713275 8608849 28/04/2019 4 Mixed woodland
Bat call analysis (GHD 2017)
GHD completed the analysis of the data collected from SongMeter SM4BAT FS bio-acoustic recorders (Wildlife Acoustics Inc., USA) during the GHD 2017 survey. Data from these units were downloaded from the detectors, saved as date and time imprinted WAV audio files, and viewed using Kaleidoscope Pro (version 4.3.1, Wildlife Acoustics Inc., 2016) as full-spectrum files. WAV files were also converted to Anabat sequence files (zero-crossing format) suitable for analysis in AnalookW (version 4.1s; Corben, 2015) (Appendix H).
Bat calls were identified by visually comparing the Kaleidoscope Viewer spectrogram and call characteristics (e.g. characteristic frequency and call shape) with reference calls and/or species call descriptions from available reference material (e.g. Armstrong and Coles, 2007; McKenzie and Bullen, 2009). The spectrogram displayed each call sequence (see below for call definition) with information on the number and timing of calls. Similarly, calls were identified using zero-crossing analysis and AnalookW by visually comparing the time-frequency graph and call characteristics (e.g. characteristic frequency (Fc) and call shape) with reference calls and/or species call descriptions from available reference material. The call identification was also assisted by consulting distribution information for possible species (from ALA) and previous surveys within the region of the survey area. No reference calls were collected during the survey.
The call analysis in the APM 2019 Mammal Fauna Survey was carried out externally by Specialized Zoological (Appendix I).
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 45
4 FLORA AND VEGETATION RESULTS
4.1 DESKTOP SURVEY
4.1.1 Conservation Significant Flora
The full EPBC Act PMST and NR Maps Species Atlas Database search results are reported in Appendix C and Appendix F, respectively. The PMST listed no Threatened Ecological Communities (as defined in Appendix J) as known to occur within 100 km of the Study area.
Table 4-1 lists the flora of conservation significance (as defined in Appendix J and Appendix K) identified from the database searches, their status under the EPBC and TPWC Acts, summary information about their biology, ecology and distribution, an assessment of the likelihood of occurrence within the Study area, and an assessment on the potential impact from the proposed Project. Information on the biology and ecology are derived from vouchered Herbarium specimens lodged in Australia, or from published material where specified.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 46
Table 4-1. Conservation status, biology/ecology, distribution and likelihood of occurrence in the Study area for flora of conservation significance identified in the Database Searches as occurring within 100 km of the site.
Taxon
EPBC / TPWC Act status*
Biology/Ecology Distribution Likelihood of occurrence in Study Area
Potential Impact from proposed Processing Facility
Atalaya brevialata
Critically Endangered (EPBC Act) / Data Deficient (TPWC Act)
Grows in woodland with Eucalyptus tectifica (Darwin box) and Corymbia foelscheana (smooth-barked bloodwood), but also with Xanthostemon paradoxus, Terminalia grandiflora (plumwood), and Acacia hemignosta (club-leaf wattle), in the overstorey with an open layer of perennial grasses such as Eriachne avenacea (TSSC, 2013). It usually occurs on sandy soils in footslopes, often with a surface gravel layer. Atalaya brevialata sometimes grows in mixed Melaleuca viridiflora (broad-leaved paperpark), Grevillea pteridifolia (fern-leaved silky oak), and Acacia leptocarpa (north coast wattle) low woodland in more poorly drained situations but on more gravelly, slight rises (Cowie, 2014).
The above ground portion of the species is annual and identifiable in October and November while flowering and fruiting, and while understorey vegetation is relatively sparse.
The species is known from a small area to the south of Darwin in the Northern Territory, occurring in approx. 13 subpopulations in five locations (TSSC, 2013), near Virginia and west to northwest of Noonamah, near the Elizabeth River and its tributary, Amy’s Creek. The current population estimate of Atalaya brevialata is 302,250 ± 15,000 mature individuals (Cowie and Stuckey, 2012). Suitable habitat often appears to occur in a narrow band upslope of sandy, poorly drained flats dominated by the small trees Grevillea pteridifolia and Dapsilanthus spathaceus. In two locations, smaller populations occur in an ecotone between Eucalyptus tectifica woodland and adjacent mangroves. The proximity to seasonally waterlogged and shallowly inundated flats suggests that the relatively high water table associated with these may be important. However, this requires further investigation (Cowie and Stuckey, 2012).
Possible. DLRM (2016a) mapped the Study area as potential habitat.
Plants appear to occupy the margins of the gently undulating lateritic plains adjacent to areas of seasonally saturated silica rich, nutrient poor sandplains. DLRM (2016a) has identified these areas in the Greater Darwin region and mapped them with a 200 m buffer.
Areas of potentially suitable habitat as described by DLRM (2016a) were searched in November 2018 when the plant was found to be readily identifiable from known populations. On close inspection, areas of potentially suitable habitat were all found to be previously disturbed. Track logs of targeted searching for A. brevialata are shown in Figure 4-8.
Not all areas mapped as potentially suitable were found to be potentially suitable. Targeted searches were restricted to those areas where suitable habitat
No Impact. See Discussion of targeted searches in Section 6.2.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 47
Taxon
EPBC / TPWC Act status*
Biology/Ecology Distribution Likelihood of occurrence in Study Area
Potential Impact from proposed Processing Facility
occurred and were conducted at high resolution.
No A. brevialata was found in the Study area.
Burmannia sp. Bathurst Island (R.Fensham 1021)
Endangered (EPBC Act) / Endangered (TPWC Act)
Occurs in evergreen, spring-fed rainforest on permanently wet, organic substrates beside flowing water. Burmannia sp. seems to favour sites with more relief and disturbed by seasonal flooding beside small perennial streams.
Burmannia sp. Bathurst Island is entirely restricted to a small area on Bathurst Island. All localities are around 10 km north of Wurankuwu in spring-fed rainforest situated either side of a ridge of more elevated country, which appears to act as a source of groundwater for the forests (Kerrigan et al., 2007). This ridge appears to include the highest point on the island.
Extremely unlikely. No Impact.
Helicteres macrothrix (formerly Helicteres sp. Glenluckie Creek)
Endangered (EPBC Act) / Endangered (TPWC Act)
Grows in Eucalyptus tectifica, E. miniate, or E. tetrodonta woodland on clayey soils derived from siltstone, or more sandy soils derived from the granite-like rock syenite (Cowie et al., 2012).
The closest record is from approx. 40 km to the southeast and occurring on a ridge. Larger populations occur to the south and southeast, approx. 60 km from the Study area (DLRM, 2016b).
Unlikely. Not currently known to occupy areas near the water table and saline influence of the Harbour. Modelling of suitable habitat distribution is over 20 km from the Study area (DLRM, 2016b). There is a high degree of confidence in the broader distributional data (Cowie et al., 2012).
No Impact.
Typhonium taylori
Endangered (EPBC Act) / Endangered (TPWC Act)
Occurs in Melaleuca nervosa woodland on seasonally saturated sandy substrates.
The species is highly cryptic with the easily distinguishable flowering parts visible only for a short period around January to February. The leaves, which are present at
Known from 11 sites in the Darwin rural area. The total population size is estimated at 67,000, 95 % CI [34,000, 131,000] plants. The area of occupancy is 0.28 km2, Restricted to the floodplains of the Howard
Possible. Although the species has not previously been identified from the area, it may be suited to the saturated soils present in the Study area. Targeted searching in February 2019 failed to detect the
No Impact. See Discussion of targeted searches in Section 6.2.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 48
Taxon
EPBC / TPWC Act status*
Biology/Ecology Distribution Likelihood of occurrence in Study Area
Potential Impact from proposed Processing Facility
other times of the year, are small and not distinctive in physiology. Optimal time for field survey is January or February when the Typhonium are evident and surrounding vegetation relatively sparse (Liddle and Trikojus, 2010).
River and its tributaries (Liddle and Trikojus, 2010).
species and 100 % of the potentially suitable habitat is previously disturbed. Track logs of Targeted Searching are shown in Figure 4-8.
Typhonium jonesii
Endangered (EPBC Act) / Endangered (TPWC Act)
Occurs in Eucalyptus tetrodonta – E. miniata – C. nesophila dominated open forest on deep, well drained sandy soils supporting a relatively sparse grass layer.
Endemic to Bathurst Island and the western part of Melville Island.
Unlikely. Restricted distribution remote from the Study area.
No Impact.
Typhonium mirabile
Endangered (EPBC Act) / Endangered (TPWC Act)
Occurs in Eucalyptus tetrodonta – E. miniata – C. nesophila dominated open forest on deeper, well drained sandy, or sometimes stony, soils supporting a relatively sparse grass layer. Soils are deeper, red-brown kandosols.
Endemic to Bathurst Island and the western part of Melville Island.
Unlikely. Restricted distribution remote from the Project.
No Impact.
Stylidium ensatum
Endangered (EPBC Act) / Endangered (TPWC Act)
Highly cryptic species with the easily distinguishable flowering parts visible only for a short period, but that can occur from June to August.
Found in the margins of wooded drainage depressions and poorly drained grassy flats that stay moist until well into the dry season. Frequently with Melaleuca viridiflora, Eucalyptus alba, and Lophostemon lactifluus, but also Eriachne burkitii, Pandanus, Osbeckia, and Fimbristylis furva, on moist organic soils, usually clayey, rarely sandy.
Scattered distribution to the north and west of the Study area with the closest record approx. 15 km to the west.
Unlikely. The Study area has not been mapped as suitable habitat (DLRM, 2016d). Opportunistic searches on the site by GHD in June 2017 and targeted searches immediately adjacent to the west of the Study area (DLRM, 2016d) failed to detect the species. In 2017 GHD noted that no suitable habitat was present.
No Impact.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 49
Taxon
EPBC / TPWC Act status*
Biology/Ecology Distribution Likelihood of occurrence in Study Area
Potential Impact from proposed Processing Facility
Xylopia monosperma
Endangered (EPBC Act) / Endangered (TPWC Act)
Grows in wet rainforests at springs, or on spring-fed streams, on permanently moist, organic substrates.
In the NT, it is known only from Bathurst Island and the north-western part of Melville Island. Also occurs in a relatively restricted area at the northern tip of Cape York Peninsula, in QLD. Recorded in seven rainforest patches (or subpopulations), with three on Melville Island and four on Bathurst Island.
Extremely unlikely. No suitable habitat occurs in the Study area.
No Impact.
Mitrella tiwiensis
Vulnerable (EPBC Act) / Vulnerable (TPWC Act)
Grows in evergreen rainforest at perennial springs. The species appears to prefer more sandy substrates rather than the highly organic substrates occupied by other rare species, such as Elaeocarpus miegei.
Known only from Bathurst and Melville Islands. It has been recorded in 26 rainforest patches (or subpopulations), with 16 on Melville Island and 10 on Bathurst Island.
Extremely unlikely. No suitable habitat occurs in the Study area.
No Impact.
Goodenia quadrifida
Vulnerable (EPBC Act) / Data Deficient (TPWC Act)
Grows on cracking clay soils on plains. A rare species only known from floodplains of Hardy Creek (Mary River floodplain) and the upper Adelaide River (Cowie and Kerrigan, 2006).
Unlikely. The records and modelled area of potential occurrence are at least 40 km to the southeast and occur on a soil type not present at the Study area.
No Impact.
Hoya australis subsp. oramicola
Vulnerable (EPBC Act) / Vulnerable (TPWC Act)
Usually on the margins of coastal rainforest on dunes or laterite outcrops. Sometimes with Callitris intratropica or on rocky outcrops with scattered rainforest species. Displays a preference for fire protected situations in addition to rainforest.
Endemic to the Tiwi Islands, with most known populations recorded from Bathurst Island. It has been recorded at 13 discrete rainforest patches, with only one from Melville Island.
Extremely unlikely. No suitable habitat occurs in the Study area and the high fire frequency on the site would be unsuitable for the persistence of this species
No Impact.
Ptychosperma macarthurii
Endangered (TPWC Act)
Occurs in permanently moist, spring-fed rainforest.
In the NT, restricted to the western margins of the Adelaide River
Unlikely. Although the closest record is only 15 km from the
No Impact.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 50
Taxon
EPBC / TPWC Act status*
Biology/Ecology Distribution Likelihood of occurrence in Study Area
Potential Impact from proposed Processing Facility
floodplain and nearby Howard River.
Study area, suitable habitat is not present at the site (DLRM, 2016c)
Habenaria rumphii
Endangered (TPWC Act)
Occurs in open forest and woodland, on poorly drained sites that are partly inundated during the wet season. The one NT collection was from a sandplain adjacent to the edge of a spring jungle, and flowers were observed in February.
Known in the NT from one verifiable location and another undefined location (ALA) on the upper Howard River, southeast of Darwin. Also, in QLD and overseas.
Unlikely. The paucity of knowledge about the distribution and abundance of the species makes assessment of occurrence likelihood difficult; however, the one occurrence in the NT occurred on the edge of a spring jungle. This habitat type does not occur in the Study area.
No Impact.
Clausena excavata
Endangered (TPWC Act)
Occurs at margins of dry vine thicket around limestone outcrops.
Known in the NT only from the northern part of Tipperary Station (almost 100 km to the south of the Study area). Found in WA and overseas.
Extremely unlikely. Occurrences are extremely restricted and remote. Suitable habitat is not present at the Study area.
No Impact.
Cycas armstrongii
Vulnerable (TPWC Act)
Occurs mainly in Eucalyptus woodland on yellow and red earths but avoids areas of poor drainage. Easily identifiable from vegetative and fertile material in the field.
Endemic to the NT and a common species in the greater Darwin area, C. armstrongii also occurs on the Cox Peninsula, Tiwi Islands, and Cobourg Peninsula.
Present in the Study area at densities of 300 plants ha-1 in Eucalyptus woodland and 50 plants ha-1 in Regenerating Eucalyptus woodland.
Vegetation clearing in (Regenerating) Eucalyptus woodland in the Study area would directly impact C. armstrongii individuals.
Typhonium praetermissum
Vulnerable (TPWC Act)
Occurs in Eucalyptus miniata woodland on well drained soils, often on plateau margins where there is less grass competition. The species is highly cryptic with the easily distinguishable flowering parts visible from November to February. The leaves, which are present at other times of the year, are small and not distinctive in physiology (DLRM, 2016e).
Endemic to the Darwin region, where it is known from Darwin suburbs and the nearby rural area. Closest record is less than 10 km from the Study area.
Possible to Likely. Suitable habitat exists in the woodland/forest areas of the site. DLRM (2016e) has mapped potential habitat of this species overlapping the Study area. Targeted searches in February 2019 did not locate the species. Track logs of targeted searching for are shown in Figure 4-8.
Loss of potential habitat. See Discussion of targeted searches in Section 6.2.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 51
Taxon
EPBC / TPWC Act status*
Biology/Ecology Distribution Likelihood of occurrence in Study Area
Potential Impact from proposed Processing Facility
Monchoria hastata
Vulnerable (TPWC Act)
An emergent aquatic plant recorded from floodplains and as a component of floating mats.
In the NT, it is recorded from the floodplains of the Finniss, Reynolds, and Mary rivers.
Unlikely. Records are remote (almost 100 km away) and suitable habitat is not present in the Study area.
No Impact.
Schoutenia ovata
Vulnerable (TPWC Act)
Grows in semi-deciduous vine thicket on both syenite (a granitic rock lacking quartz) and limestone outcrops.
All NT localities are in the Darwin region, i.e. Mt Bundey, Mt Goyder, and Tipperary.
Unlikely. No syenite or limestone outcrops occur at the Study area.
No Impact.
Utricularia singeriana
Vulnerable (TPWC Act)
Occurs along the margins of drainage flats among sparse mixed grasses and sedges. The closest record listed on ALA is associated with “Eriachne burkittii and Pseudopogonatherum; highly gregarious and strongly associated with Grevillea pteridifolia”.
Endemic to the NT where it is known from Nitmiluk National Park and the Darwin rural area. Closest record is from approx. 5 km to the southeast of the Study area.
Possible. Potentially suitable habitat exists on the southern extent of the Study area where Grevillea pteridifolia is common; however, G. pteridifolia is common in the Darwin region, whereas U. singeriana is extremely restricted. The species would have been in flower during the April Survey and was not observed, despite targeted searches. All potentially suitable habitat is previously disturbed. Track logs of targeted searching are shown in Figure 4-8.
No direct impact. Indirect impact would be loss of potentially suitable habitat; however, the potentially suitable habitat is previously disturbed.
Crepidium marsupichila
Vulnerable (TPWC Act)
Occurs in protected, shady situations in moist soils along the margins of coastal rainforest, on organic, sandy, or clayey soils.
Known in the NT from one locality at Gunn Point. Also found in northeast QLD.
Unlikely. Records are restricted and remote.
No Impact.
Luisia corrugate
Vulnerable (TPWC Act)
Grows in rainforest where there is a typically permanently humid microenvironment. It appears to prefer situations of relatively bright light and often occurs on trees that have rough or scaly bark. It may be associated with other epiphytic orchids. Host
An NT endemic, known mostly from Melville Island, but also Bathurst Island, Bankers Jungle, and Crocodile Creek in Black Jungle
Unlikely. No suitable habitat. No Impact.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 52
Taxon
EPBC / TPWC Act status*
Biology/Ecology Distribution Likelihood of occurrence in Study Area
Potential Impact from proposed Processing Facility
trees include Syzygium spp., Sterculia quadrifida, Barringtonia acutangula, Canarium australianum, and Vitex spp.
Conservation Reserve on the mainland.
Zeuxine oblonga
Vulnerable (TPWC Act)
Grows in evergreen rainforest at springs. Known from Keep River National Park, Upper Adelaide River, and Pethericks Rainforest. Also found in northeast QLD to NSW.
Unlikely. No suitable habitat. No Impact.
Cleome insolata
Vulnerable (TPWC Act)
Annual herb up to 40 cm, fertile from January to April. Grows in seasonally inundated sedgeland on silty loam with an overlay of laterite gravel, but also on the adjoining, disturbed roadside verge.
Endemic to the NT and probably to the Darwin region. Known from behind Solar Village near Humpty Doo and Amy’s Creek. Closest records to the Study area are approx. 15 km to the north and 20 km to the southeast.
Unlikely. Highly restricted. The species would have been in flower during the April Survey but was not observed.
No Impact.
Utricularia dunstaniae
Vulnerable (TPWC Act)
Occurs with sparse grasses and sedges on poorly drained white sandy flats, where small ephemeral springs upwell during the wet season.
Annual species up to 8 cm tall, often sparsely distributed.
Occurs in northern NT and WA. In the NT, known from the Darwin area, Kakadu National Park, and Cobourg Peninsula.
Unlikely. No suitable habitat, no upwelling from ephemeral springs. Sparse grasses and sedges on poorly drained white sandy flats around the constructed wetlands were target searched in April 2018.
No direct impact. Indirect impact would be loss of potentially suitable habitat; however, areas of rehabilitation around the constructed wetlands have unknown suitability for the taxon.
Freycinetia excelsa
Vulnerable (TPWC Act)
Occurs in permanently wet, evergreen rainforest fed by springs, both in the lowlands and in sandstone gorges.
In the NT, it has been recorded from Bathurst Island, Melville Island, Gunn Pt, Kakadu, and near the Arafura Swamp in central Arnhem Land.
Highly unlikely. No suitable habitat.
No Impact.
Hibiscus brennanii
Vulnerable (TPWC Act)
Found in shrubland with Acacia and Grevillea, on sandy soil associated with sandstone slopes, and among outcrops. Recorded growing with Symplectrodia
Restricted to a few square kilometres on the Mt Brockman outlier in Kakadu National Park.
Highly unlikely. Restricted and remote distribution.
No Impact.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 53
Taxon
EPBC / TPWC Act status*
Biology/Ecology Distribution Likelihood of occurrence in Study Area
Potential Impact from proposed Processing Facility
lanosa, Pandanus basedowii, Micraira pungens, Eriachne spp., Acacia sp. Baroalba, and A. scopulorum
Endiandra limnophila
Vulnerable (TPWC Act)
Grows in evergreen, spring-fed rainforest. It is normally found on permanently moist substrates and appears to prefer more sandy soils than some other species.
An Australian endemic, it is known from the far north of Cape York Peninsula and the NT. In the NT, it is known from the Tiwi Islands (Bathurst Island and the western part of Melville Island) with an isolated population at Channel Point.
Highly unlikely. No suitable habitat.
No Impact.
Dendromyza reinwardtiana
Vulnerable (TPWC Act)
Found on the margins of perennial wet, spring-fed rainforest, where it is usually hosted by Calophyllum soulattri.
In Australia, it is known from Cape York Peninsula and the NT. In the NT, the species is only found on Bathurst Island and the western parts of Melville Island.
Highly unlikely. No suitable habitat.
No Impact.
Dendrolobium stipiatum
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
Grows in E. confertiflora-E. foelscheana woodland, often on stony soil.
Endemic to the Darwin region and found in the Batchelor-Litchfield-Daly River area.
Unlikely. No suitable habitat. No Impact.
Utricularia hamiltonii
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
Annual herb flowering February to June. For one of the closest records, the species is associated with Melaleuca nervosa and Grevillea pteridifolia over Dapsilanthus spathaceus. Although common in the Elizabeth River Catchment, its distribution forms a narrow band in an arc shape suggesting habitat restriction.
The closest record is approx. 5 km to the south of the Study area and the greater part of the population appears to be in the Elizabeth River Catchment.
Possible; however, distribution records indicate there may be some biologically limiting factor inhibiting the species from habitats closer than approx. 5 km to the Darwin Harbour. The species would have been in flower during the April and February Surveys and was not detected. All potentially suitable habitat is previously disturbed. Track logs of
No Impact.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 54
Taxon
EPBC / TPWC Act status*
Biology/Ecology Distribution Likelihood of occurrence in Study Area
Potential Impact from proposed Processing Facility
targeted searching are shown in Figure 4-8.
Grevillea longicuspis
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
Shrub up to 1 m. Grows on gravelly soils in open woodland.
A Darwin region endemic, restricted to the Manton Dam area, Berry Springs, and Wagait. The closest record is approx. 10 km to the south of the Study area.
Possible. Potentially suitable habitat occurs in the Regenerating Eucalyptus woodland; however, it was not located during surveys and has an apparently restricted range. Track logs of targeted searching are shown in Figure 4-8.
No Impact.
Pittosporum moluccanum
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
Grows on stabilised coastal sand dunes in semi-deciduous vine thicket or on laterite ledges.
In the NT, it is seemingly confined to the localities of Cape Gambier (Melville Island), Lee Point, Shoal Bay, and Gunn Point.
Unlikely. No suitable habitat. No Impact.
Utricularia holtzei
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
An annual herb flowering from February to May, known from the Howard Sandplain. As one of the sand sheet Utricularias, it appears to favour Melaleuca nervosa woodland with an open ground layer dominated by Dapsilanthus spathaceus on very sandy colluvium and obvious ground water seepage (Cowie, 2001).
Closest records are approx. 5 km to the south and east of the Study area. Common in the Elizabeth River Catchment.
Possible. Potentially suitable habitat may exist in the Study area; however, the species would have been in flower during the April and February Surveys and was not detected. All potentially suitable habitat is previously disturbed. Track logs of targeted searching are shown in Figure 4-8.
No direct impact. Indirect impact would be a loss of potentially suitable habitat; however, it is all previously disturbed.
Terminalia sp. Black Point
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
Coastal vine thickets. Common on the Tiwi Islands and also found at Garik Gunag Barlu National Park. Some observations recorded on NT Flora Atlas on the mainland, approx. 60 km east of the Study area.
Unlikely. No suitable habitat. No Impact.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 55
Taxon
EPBC / TPWC Act status*
Biology/Ecology Distribution Likelihood of occurrence in Study Area
Potential Impact from proposed Processing Facility
Endospermum myrmecophilum
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
Grows in wet rainforests. Found in Cape York and the Darwin region in northern Australia. In the NT, it is known from Bathurst Island, Melville Island, Channel Point, Reynolds River, and Black Jungle. The closest record is approx. 20 km to the east.
Unlikely, no suitable habitat. No Impact.
Pentapetes phoenicea
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
Uncommon in the NT where it is found near the coast on seasonally inundated estuarine floodplains, on clay soils.
In Australia, restricted to the north-western NT, occurring from Daly River in the west to the East Alligator River.
Unlikely. No suitable habitat. No Impact.
Byblis aquatica
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
An annual herb flowering from December to June that grows in seasonally flooded, shallow depressions in sandy soils.
Endemic to the NT, ranging from the Darwin region to eastern Arnhem Land. In the Darwin region, it is known from Melville Island, Holmes Jungle, and a few sites in the vicinity of Palmerston, Noonamah, Berry Springs, and Howard Springs.
Possible. Suitable habitat occurs but predominantly in previously disturbed areas. Would have been in flower during the April and February Surveys and was not detected. Track logs of targeted searching are shown in Figure 4-8.
No direct impact. Indirect impact would be loss of potentially suitable habitat; however, areas of rehabilitation have unknown suitability for the taxon.
Hibbertia angulata
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
An erect subshrub up to 50 cm tall, flowers from November to February, and grows in Eucalyptus miniata and E. tetrodonta woodland on sandy soils
Endemic to the NT, it is known only from four locations in the Cox Peninsula area.
Possible. Suitable habitat exists; however, known locations are highly restricted, and the species was not found during the April and February Surveys. Track logs of targeted searching are shown in Figure 4-8.
No direct impact. Indirect impact would be loss of potentially suitable habitat.
Citrus gracilis
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
Grows in Eucalyptus woodland, often in deeper sandy soils, on lower slopes. Rare but relatively widespread
Arnhem Coast, Central Arnhem, Daly Basin, Darwin Coastal, Pine Creek, Sturt Plateau, Victoria Bonaparte.
Possible. Suitable habitat exists; however, the species is easily identified and was not found during the June 2017, April 2018, and February 2019 Surveys. Track
No Impact.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 56
Taxon
EPBC / TPWC Act status*
Biology/Ecology Distribution Likelihood of occurrence in Study Area
Potential Impact from proposed Processing Facility
logs of targeted searching are shown in Figure 4-8.
Ximenia americana
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
Coastal dunes. Recorded from Channel Point and Cape Hotham.
Unlikely. No suitable habitat. No Impact.
Heterostemma magnificum
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
Rainforest. Closest record is approx. 30 km west of the Study area on Indian Island.
Highly Unlikely. No suitable habitat.
No Impact.
Peplidium maritimum
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
Aquatic to terrestrial herb. Found in near-coastal locations, e.g. Leanyer Swamp, and often near mangrove areas (e.g. Lake Alexandra, East Point), but apparently always in areas which are seasonally inundated with freshwater.
In the NT, it is relatively uncommon but widespread from Finniss River to near Borroloola. Also known from an Eleocharis Swamp on Finniss River and from the Mary River floodplain.
Unlikely. Areas seasonally inundated with freshwater in the Study area are restricted to constructed wetlands post-disturbance.
No Impact.
Helicteres tenuipila
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
Grows in Eucalyptus miniata/E. tetrodonta open forest on sandy soils.
Endemic to the western slopes of the Mt Tolmer plateau in Litchfield National Park.
Unlikely. The species’ restricted range is remote (approx. 60 km) from the Study area.
No Impact.
Acrostichum aureum
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
The only specimens that seem to be of this taxon are from fresh water (e.g. rainforest on the edge of black soil floodplain and Kemp Airstrip, and freshwater seepage at the Adelaide River crossing on the Arnhem Highway) and brackish water.
Generally regarded as a pantropical species that, in Australia, is found in the NT and QLD. In the NT, it is only known from a few sites in the Top End.
Unlikely. No evidence of sustained freshwater seepage or brackish mangrove areas in the Study area.
No Impact.
Crotalaria quinquefolia
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
Usually grows in grassland or sedgeland on clay (black soil) floodplains, often in shallow water.
Uncommon in the NT, occurring from the Finniss River to the South Alligator River.
Unlikely. Very small patches of black soil in the Study area, and areas seasonally inundated with freshwater in the Study area are
No Impact.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 57
Taxon
EPBC / TPWC Act status*
Biology/Ecology Distribution Likelihood of occurrence in Study Area
Potential Impact from proposed Processing Facility
restricted to constructed wetlands post-disturbance.
Ischaemum barbatum
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
Closest record states: “Robust grass 2 m tall (flowering stalk 3-4 m long) growing in creek line. Associated with Lophostemon lactifluus, Melicope elleryana, Melastoma affine, Sorghum sp.”
Darwin Coastal and the Tiwi Islands. Closest record is over 80 km to the southwest.
Unlikely. Records are remote. The taxon is not cryptic but was not encountered in field surveys.
No Impact.
Syzygium claviflorum
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
Found in evergreen, permanently wet rainforests associated with perennial springs and spring-fed streams.
In the NT, it is recorded only from Melville and Bathurst Islands. Widespread across Bathurst and the western half of Melville Islands
Highly unlikely. No suitable habitat.
No Impact.
Acacia oligoneura
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
Open woodland on rocky slopes. From the Darwin region and the Kimberley. Uncommon in the Darwin region, where it is recorded from Noonamah to Litchfield and the Daly River area.
Unlikely. No suitable habitat. No Impact.
Chiloschista phyllorhiza
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
Closest records indicate: “Flat. Grey sandy loam with much leaf litter. Closed forest; tree orchid on Maranthus corymbose in spring rainforest.”
Scattered around the Darwin Area. The closest records are approx. 20 km to the east and south of the Study area.
Unlikely. No suitable habitat. No Impact.
Aldrovanda vesiculosa
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
Grows in shallow freshwater, often caught on floating debris.
In the NT, the species has only been collected from Arafura Swamp, a swamp at Pukitarmarloo Point (Bathurst Island), Fogg Dam, and Girraween Lagoon.
Unlikely. Areas seasonally inundated with freshwater in the Study area are restricted to constructed wetlands post-disturbance.
No Impact.
Sophora longipes
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
In the Darwin region, this species is found along the Adelaide River in gallery forest.
Arnhem Plateau, Darwin Coastal, and Pine Creek.
Unlikely. No suitable habitat. No Impact.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 58
Taxon
EPBC / TPWC Act status*
Biology/Ecology Distribution Likelihood of occurrence in Study Area
Potential Impact from proposed Processing Facility
Grevillea myosodes
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
A resprouting, multi-stemmed, perennial shrub up to 1.6 m. Fertile in April/May. Grows in open Eucalypt forest on lateritic and sandstone plateaux.
Disjunct from western Arnhem Land to Litchfield National Park and the Kimberley. Rare in the Darwin region.
Possible. Potentially suitable habitat exists in the Eucalyptus woodland; however, the species is easily identified and was not found during surveys.
No direct impact. Indirect impact would be loss of potentially suitable habitat
Tricoryne elatior
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
A perennial lily flowering January to December. As currently defined, this species has a continental range and occurs in a wide variety of habitats in other jurisdictions. Nearby collections have been made from Eucalyptus woodland on laterite.
Scattered distribution in the Darwin region. The closest record is less than 5 km from the Study area.
Present. Individuals identified from the Regenerating Eucalyptus woodland association, within the Eucalyptus woodland association, and numerous locations during targeted searches. Locations are detailed in Table 4-6. Track logs of targeted searching are shown in Figure 4-8.
This species occupies some or all the (Regenerating) Eucalyptus woodland at sparse densities. Therefore, indirect impact would be to habitat and direct impact to the local population through land clearing.
Operculina turpethum
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
The closest records from the NT with included habitat notes indicate: “On rear side of low coastal dune, with Imperata, Hibiscus tiliaceus; coastal dune. Just behind mangroves on sand. Vine thicket behind mangroves.”
Scattered sparse distribution across the NT, WA, and QLD. Nearest record on ALA is from Port Darwin in 1979.
Unlikely. No suitable habitat. No Impact.
Hypolytrum nemorum
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
Rainforest. Scattered sparse distribution across the NT mainland, but common on the Tiwi Islands.
Unlikely. No suitable habitat. No Impact.
Rhamphicarpa australiensis
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
Erect annual herb up to 50 cm, flowering from March to May. Howard Sandplain species. Girraween Road, Howard River Floodplain. Grassland/sedgeland with Pandanus (no Sorghum); Howard River
Scattered distribution, but locally common in suitable areas.
Unlikely. No suitable habitat. No Impact.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 59
Taxon
EPBC / TPWC Act status*
Biology/Ecology Distribution Likelihood of occurrence in Study Area
Potential Impact from proposed Processing Facility
floodplain, north of Girraween Road; Pandanus open woodland; on sand.
Avicennia integra
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
Occurs on poorly consolidated muds along the margins of tidal rivers, particularly those that remain brackish for a period each year. Associates include Sonneratia alba, Acanthus ilicifolius, Avicennia marina, and Aegiceras corniculatum.
Avicennia integra is sporadically distributed across the northern coast of the NT and is more common in western areas of the north coast. It is the only traditionally accepted mangrove species that is endemic to the NT.
Possible. Only the margins of the riparian area were directly surveyed in this Study.
No direct impact as the Impact Footprint has been designed to ensure no mangrove is cleared. Indirect impact would be decrease in quality of habitat if degradation of land and water occurs as a by-product of the development.
Triumfetta aquila
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
Grows in open forest or open coastal vine thicket on sandy soil.
In the NT, the species is known only from Melville Island and Raft Point in Bynoe Harbour.
Unlikely. No suitable habitat. No Impact.
Hibbertia scabra
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
Shrublet up to 0.2 m tall, flowering in March/April. Known from Eucalyptus tetrodonta/E. miniata woodland and open forest Tertiary lateritic plains and plateaux. Found on a variety of sandy and stony soils often with prominent pisolitic gravel cover. Also recorded in revegetation areas on the Gove Alcan mine.
Closest record is approx. 2 km to the south of the Study area.
Possible. Suitable habitat occurs in the Study area. The species would have been in flower during the April and February Surveys but was not detected, despite targeted searches.
No direct impact. Indirect impact would be loss of potentially suitable habitat.
Asplenium sp. Litchfield
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
Rock faces of waterfall. Both NT collections of this species are from rock faces at Wangi Falls, Litchfield National Park.
Highly unlikely. No suitable habitat.
No Impact.
Nymphoides subacute
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
Found only in shallow freshwater swamps and lagoons in the Darwin region.
Girraween Lagoon, Knuckey Lagoons, McMinns Lagoon, and Kakadu National Park.
Unlikely. Areas seasonally inundated with freshwater in the Study area are restricted to
No Impact.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 60
Taxon
EPBC / TPWC Act status*
Biology/Ecology Distribution Likelihood of occurrence in Study Area
Potential Impact from proposed Processing Facility
constructed wetlands post-disturbance.
Hibiscus petherickii
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
Perennial shrub up to 4 m tall, flowering from March to June. Grows in Eucalyptus woodland and along minor drainage lines on sandy soil associated with outcropping sandstone.
Endemic to Litchfield National Park where it has been recorded between Florence Falls and Woolaning Homestead.
Possible. Suitable habitat occurs in the Study area. The species would have been in flower during the April and June Surveys but was not detected, despite targeted searches.
No direct impact. Indirect impact would be loss of potentially suitable habitat.
Embelia tiwiensis
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
Mostly occurs in evergreen, spring-fed rainforest but is also known from the margin of a Melaleuca swamp abutting coastal vine thicket. It is typically found on permanently wet organic substrates, in the wettest part of the forest.
It is a NT endemic. Known from Bathurst Island, with one record of a single plant from Fright Point on the Gunn Point peninsula. Probably also on Melville Island.
Unlikely. No suitable habitat. No Impact.
Ophioglossum lusitanicum
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
Occurs on rocky or gravelly ranges, hills, or rises composed of neutral or acidic rocks, typically in open areas receiving some additional moisture from seepage or rock holes, or run-off from adjacent rock expanses.
In the NT, collections are confined to the southern region from localities such as Uluru and Simpsons Gap; however, observations in Litchfield National Park and the Darwin region are also listed.
Unlikely. No suitable habitat. No Impact.
Acacia setulifera
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
Grows in shrubland and grassland, often in sandy pockets among broken sandstone outcrops and pavement.
Occurs in the NT from the WA border to Menngen (Innesvale) Station, with subpopulations on Bradshaw Field Training Area, Keep River National Park, and Gregory National Park. The species also occurs near Kununurra in the east Kimberley region of WA. A few records exist in the Litchfield National Park.
Unlikely. No suitable habitat. No Impact.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 61
Taxon
EPBC / TPWC Act status*
Biology/Ecology Distribution Likelihood of occurrence in Study Area
Potential Impact from proposed Processing Facility
Pouzolzia zeylanica
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
Grows in vine thicket and riparian forest on various substrates, including limestone, sandstone, and black soil plains.
In the NT, the species is recorded from the Darwin, Gulf, and Victoria River districts. In the Darwin region, it is known from the Adelaide River area.
Unlikely. No suitable habitat. No Impact.
Rhizophora lamarckii
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
Occupies rear zones of mangrove communities with a perennial freshwater input. Associates in the NT are R. apiculata and R. stylosa.
Rare in the NT, where it is known from several populations; two of these in the Darwin region, at Adelaide River and the Tiwi Islands.
Unlikely. No perennial freshwater available and no R. apiculata and R. stylosa recorded in the Study area.
No Impact.
Utricularia subulata
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
Damp orange sands. Near sedges and herbs in open woodland; wet low land with Banksia dentata, Xyris, and sedges; in swampy flat on the north side of the road dominated by Cyperaceae and Utricularia.
A number of collections made from the Darwin region. The closest record is from approx. 20 km to the west of the Study area.
Possible. Published flowering times indicate no flowers occur in April but do occur in February, March, and May. Suitable habitat may include areas seasonally inundated with freshwater in the Study area, which are all previously disturbed. Track logs of targeted searching are shown in Figure 4-8.
No direct impact. Indirect impact would be loss of potentially suitable habitat, of which all are previously disturbed.
Desmodium tiwiense
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
Grows in Eucalypt savanna. The closest record states habitat as: “In dense grassy open woodland adjacent to riparian forest.”
Endemic to the NT, where it is known mainly from Melville and Bathurst Islands, with a few records from Cobourg Peninsula and the mainland. The closest record is approx. 25 km to the southwest of the Study area.
Unlikely. No suitable habitat. No Impact.
Cyperus malaccensis
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
Grows in tidally influenced brackish water. Occupies a narrow ecological niche: at the water’s edge, salinity and depth of inundation may limit growth, while away
Known in the NT (and Australia) only from the Victoria and Daly Rivers.
Unlikely. No suitable habitat. No Impact.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 62
Taxon
EPBC / TPWC Act status*
Biology/Ecology Distribution Likelihood of occurrence in Study Area
Potential Impact from proposed Processing Facility
from the water’s edge, conditions may rapidly become too dry.
Hedyotis auricularia var. melanesica
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
Closest records note habitat as: “In riparian forest; in clumps along riparian forest lined creek; in clay soil, shady position under Melicope elleryana, Lophostemon lactifluus.”
A few records from the Tiwi Islands and 25 km southwest of the Study area. Common on the QLD north coast.
Unlikely. No suitable habitat. No Impact.
Canavalia cathartica
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
On beaches or twining in coastal monsoon thickets.
Rare in the NT, and in the Darwin region, it is known only from Bathurst Island.
Unlikely. No suitable habitat. No Impact.
Syzygium hemilamprum subsp. hemilamprum
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
In the Darwin region, the species is recorded from Melville Island, where it occurs on perennial streams in rainforest.
On the Australian east coast, from Torres Strait to Port Macquarie.
Unlikely. No suitable habitat. No Impact.
Vittaria ensiformis
Near Threatened (TPWC Act)
Commonly occurs as an epiphyte in evergreen, permanently wet rainforests favouring the rough bark of Syzygium hemilamprum trunks on Bathurst Island, but it can also grow in sheltered rock crevices.
Confined to the Top End of the NT, with most collections from the Tiwi Islands, but also recorded from Channel Point, Black Jungle, and Nabarlek.
Unlikely. No suitable habitat. No Impact.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 63
4.1.2 Vegetation Mapping
Land Unit descriptions by Fogarty et al. (1984) at the 1: 25,000 scale (DENR, 2000) include vegetation assessments and identify seven vegetation types from the Study area (listed in Table 2-2 and displayed in Figure 2-2). Six vegetation mapping units were identified at the Study area from the NR Map database. They are derived from the Vegetation Survey of the NT 1:1 000 000 map series (Wilson et al., 1990), and their NVIS Level V descriptions are detailed in Table 4-2.
Table 4-2. NVIS Level V Vegetation Descriptions for the Study area, returned from the database search results.
NVIS Level 3 Community Description Environmental Description
Eucalyptus woodland
U+ ^Eucalyptus tetrodonta, Eucalyptus miniata, Corymbia bleeseri\^tree\7\i;M ^Livistona humilis, Planchonia careya, Brachychiton paradoxus\shrub,^palm\4\r;G ^Sorghum intrans, Heteropogon triticeus, Sorghum plumosum\^tussock grass\2\c
Well drained rises and low hills, gently sloping plateaux or plains, with well drained sandy and some lateritic red earth soils.
Halosarcia low sparse samphire shrubland
G+ ^Halosarcia indica, Tecticornia australasica, Suaeda arbusculoides\^samphire shrub, chenopod shrub\1\r
Between seaward mangrove communities and landward upland communities, and in depressions adjacent to tidal flats and mangal communities.
Ceriops low closed forest
U+ ^Ceriops tagal, Bruguiera spp+/- Excoecaria ovalis\^tree\6\d;M ^Ceriops tagal+/-Aegiceras corniculatum+/-Scyphiphora hydrophylacea\^tree\3\r;G ^Ceriops tagal+/-Aegialitis annulata\^shrub\2\r
Generally occurs on erosion banks and towards the upper intertidal limit. Only inundated by spring tides.
Rhizophora (mixed) mid closed forest
U+ ^^Rhizophora spp, Bruguiera spp., Xylocarpus mekongensis\^tree\7\d;M ^Bruguiera parviflora, Ceriops tagal, Bruguiera spp\^tree\6\c;G ^^Aegialitis annulata, Acanthus ilicifolius\^shrub\2\i
Landward edges in upper tidal reaches of creeks and rivers where there is a high freshwater influence.
Sonneratia low closed forest
U+ ^Sonneratia alba, Sonneratia lanceolata+/-Rhizophora stylosa\^tree\6\d;M ^Aegiceras corniculatum\^tree\6\r;G ^Sonneratia alba\^shrub\2\r
Occurs as the most seaward community, low in the intertidal zone, with roots regularly submerged by high tides.
NA NA Rural/Residential/roads.
The mangrove communities of Darwin Harbour have been mapped at a scale of 1:25,000 by DENR in 2014, derived from Brocklehurst and Edmeades (1996). This mapping indicates that six vegetation units are present in the tidal zone adjacent to the Study area. These are:
• Mangrove closed forests: o Rhizophora stylosa/Camptostemon schultzii closed forest (tidal creek) (unit 2); o Ceriops tagal low closed forest (mid-tidal flat) (unit 4); o Mixed species low closed forest/open forest (hinterland) (unit 6);
• Mangrove open forests: Ceriops tagal/Avicennia marina low open forest (high tidal flat) (unit 5); • Mangrove woodlands/open woodlands: Sonneratia alba woodland (unit 8); and • Samphire/salt flat: samphire/saltpan (unit 11).
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 64
Four other published vegetation surveys of relevance in the district are:
• Remnant Vegetation Survey – Darwin to Palmerston (Brock, 1995); • The application of Landsat Imagery to landcover mapping in the Greater Darwin region (Hempel, 2003); • Classification, species richness, and environmental relations of monsoon rain forest in northern
Australia (Russell-Smith, 1991); and • Vegetation communities and plant biodiversity values of the seasonally saturated lands of the Howard
Sand Plains Site of Conservation Significance in the Northern Territory of Australia (Liddle et al., 2013).
These four publications were also consulted in the process of defining and allocating vegetation mapping units in the field.
4.1.3 Wetlands
Darwin Harbour (NT029 Port Darwin) is listed as a wetland of national significance in the Directory of Important Wetlands in Australia (DEE, 2019b). The site meets criteria 1-6 and includes wetland types: A1, A2, A3, A6, A7, and A9. The Study area is in the Middle Arm of Darwin Harbour.
Darwin Harbour is a Site of Conservation Significance and is rated as being of international significance. The Study area is within the boundaries of the Site of Conservation Significance (Figure 4-1). The shoreline is dominated by mangroves, which largely remain in undisturbed condition, and the Site contains more than 5 % of the NT’s entire mangrove area. Darwin Harbour has one of the richest coastal environments anywhere in the Asia Pacific region and occurs within one of the world’s least impacted marine regions. Elizabeth River and Darwin Harbour are immediately adjacent to the Study area and have been zoned for Conservation (DLPE, 2015).
Darwin Harbour supports a range of estuarine, freshwater, and terrestrial environments, including extensive areas of tidal mudflats and one of the largest and most diverse areas of mangroves in the NT. The mangroves of Darwin Harbour support a highly specialised fauna and 14 bird species that are entirely restricted to mangrove environments (e.g. Chestnut Rail, White-breasted Whistler, and Mangrove Golden Whistler). The Harbour itself supports a diverse range of marine species including dugongs, dolphins, marine turtles, and a large variety of fish. A total of 15 threatened species have been identified from the Darwin Harbour including two flora species listed as Vulnerable under the TPWC Act – Cycas armstrongii and Utricularia singeriana. Eighty species recorded from this Site are listed under international conventions or bilateral agreements protecting migratory animals.
Future urban and industrial developments around Darwin Harbour represent a major management issue for this Site. The north-eastern part of Darwin Harbour catchment is already highly developed, and native vegetation and tidal flats have been cleared and drained. The former NT Department of Natural Resources, Environment, the Arts and Sport (DNRETAS) considered further major industrial developments around Middle Arm as being a potential threat to Darwin Harbour because water pollution from run-off and industry will potentially affect the Harbour environment (DNRETAS, 2013).
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 65
Figure 4-1. Darwin Harbour Site of Conservation Significance (black outline). The Study area (red shading) is identified as occurring within the boundaries of the Site. Map reproduced from DNRETAS.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 66
Other nationally important wetlands identified using the PMST within a 100 km buffer of the Study area include:
• Port Darwin – immediately adjacent to the Study area;
• Adelaide River Floodplain System – 12 km to the east of the Study area;
• Shoal Bay–Micket Creek – 20 km to the north of the Study area;
• Finniss Floodplain and Fog Bay Systems – 40 km to the southwest of the Study area;
• Mary Floodplain System – 60 km to the northeast of the Study area;
• Mount Bundey Training Area–Mary River Floodplain – 76 km to the southeast of the Study area; and
• Kakadu National Park – 100 km to the east of the Study area.
A wetland of international importance (i.e. Ramsar listed) also occurs in Kakadu National Park (DEE, 2019a).
4.1.4 Introduced Flora
Fourteen WoNS were identified from the PMST as occurring within 100 km of the Study area. These are listed in Table 4-3. The Introduced Flora layer of the NR Maps Flora Atlas identified 202 pest plants from within a 4 km radius of the site. The full list is provided in Appendix F. Table 4-3 lists those that are WoNS, or listed under the WM Act, or have previously been recorded on site.
Table 4-3. Pest plants identified from the Database Searches.
Pest Plant PMST NR Maps Previously recorded on
site
Andropogon gayanus (Gamba Grass) (WoNS) (Class A/B)
Annona glabra (Pond Apple) (WoNS)
Brachiaria mutica (Para Grass) (WoNS)
Cabomba caroliniana (Carolina Watershield) (WoNS)
Cenchrus ciliaris (Buffel-grass) (WoNS)
Dolichandra unguis-cati (Cat's Claw Vine) (WoNS)
Eichhornia crassipes (Water Hyacinth) (WoNS)
Hymenachne amplexicaulis (Water Stargrass) (WoNS) (Class B)
Jatropha gossypifolia (Bellyache Bush) (WoNS) (Class A/B)
Lantana camara (Lantana) (WoNS)
Mimosa pigra (Giant Mimosa) (WoNS) (Class A/B)
Parkinsonia aculeata (WoNS)
Pennisetum polystachyon (Mission Grass) (WoNS)
Sagittaria platyphylla (Delta Arrowhead) (WoNS)
Salvinia molesta (Giant Salvinia) (WoNS)
Vachellia nilotica (Prickly Acacia) (WoNS)
Triumfetta rhomboidea
Barleria prionitis (Class A)
Ziziphus mauritiana (Class A)
Dalbergia sissoo (Class A latitude dependant)
Prosopis pallida (Mesquite) (Class A) (WoNS)
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 67
Pest Plant PMST NR Maps Previously recorded on
site
Jatropha curcas (Class A)
Cryptostegia madagascariensis (Class A)
Hyparrhenia rufa (Class A)
Datura ferox (Class A)
Acanthospermum hispidum (Class B)
Alternanthera pungens (Class B)
Azadirachta indica (Class B)
Cenchrus echinatus (Class B)
Cenchrus polystachios (Class B)
Cenchrus setaceus (Class B)
Mimosa pudica (Class B)
Senna alata (Class B)
Senna obtusifolia (Class B)
Senna occidentalis (Class B)
Sida acuta (Class B)
Sida cordifolia (Class B)
Sida rhombifolia (Class B)
Stachytarpheta australis (Class B)
Stachytarpheta cayennensis (Class B)
Stachytarpheta jamaicensis (Class B)
Themeda quadrivalvis (Class B)
Tribulus cistoides (Class B)
4.1.5 Fire
Fire in the tropical savannas is mapped continuously under the North Australia and Rangelands Fire Information (NAFI) service. The service indicates the north-eastern section of the Study area has burned 0-1 times between 2008-2017, and the south-western section has burned in a fine patterned mosaic between 0-7 times from 2008-2017, with the highest fire frequencies in the southwest and the lowest in the northeast (NAFI, 2018).
4.2 FIELD SURVEY
From the April 2018 Flora and Vegetation Survey, 198 taxa from 121 genera and 61 families were collected within the Study area. Of the 340 samples collected for identification in the laboratory, 32 samples were unable to be comprehensively identified due to lack of suitable material for taxonomic discrimination. There was strong representation of species from the Poaceae (31 species), Fabaceae (25 species), Cyperaceae (15 species), and Myrtaceae (10 species) families. A full species-by-site matrix for the April 2018 Survey is located in Appendix B.
4.2.1 Vegetation
Eleven vegetation associations were identified and described from the Study area. Table 4-4 details the vegetation associations, NVIS Level V descriptions, and the comparable unit identified from previous survey work of the area. Figures 4-2 and 4-3 show the distribution of the units across the Study area.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 68
Table 4-4. Vegetation Associations of the Study area.
Code Vegetation Association
NVIS V Description Comparable Unit
VA1 Eucalyptus woodland
U+^ Eucalyptus tetrodonta, E. miniata, Corymbia bleeseri /^tree/7/i; M^ Livistona humilis, Cycas armstrongii, Acacia latescens /^cycad, shrub/3/r; G^ Heteropogon contortus, Sorghum intrans, Microstachys chamaelea /^tussock grass, forb/2/c.
Eucalyptus mid woodland/Livistona unknown palm/Sorghum mid tussock grassland (Wilson et al., 1990); and Land Unit 1c Eucalyptus Open Woodland, as described by Fogarty et al. (1984) (mapping extent: DENR, 2000).
VA2 Regenerating Eucalyptus woodland
U+^ Eucalyptus tetrodonta, E. miniata, Erythrophleum chlorostachys /^tree/7/i; M^ Planchonia careya, Terminalia ferdinandiana, Livistona humilis /^ tree, palm/6/i; G^ Heteropogon contortus, Sorghum intrans, Mnesithea formosa/^tussock grass/2/c.
Eucalyptus mid woodland/Livistona unknown palm/Sorghum mid tussock grassland (Wilson et al., 1990); and Land Unit 1c Eucalyptus Open Woodland, as described by Fogarty et al. (1984) (mapping extent: DENR, 2000).
VA3 Melaleuca woodland/open forest
U+^ Melaleuca viridiflora, M. leucadendra, M. nervosa /^tree/7/c; M^ M. viridiflora, M. leucadendra Livistona humilis/^shrub/4/r; G^ Fimbristylis acuminate, Ectrosia leporina, Sorghum plumosum/^sedge, tussock grass/1/c.
Melaleuca viridiflora (Broad Leaved Paperbark), Eucalyptus low open woodland with Chrysopogon fallax (Golden Beard Grass) grassland understorey, and Land Unit 8b, as described in Fogarty et al. (1984) (mapping extent: DENR, 2000).
VA4 Grevillea open shrubland
U+^ Grevillea pteridifolia, Pandanus spiralis, Planchonella arnhemica /^tree/7/i; M^ Livistona humilis, Grevillea dimidiata, Calytrix extipulata /^ palm, shrub/3/bl; G^ Themeda triandra, Ectrosia leporina, Heteropogon contortus, /^tussock grass/2/c.
Land Unit 6b Tall shrubland to low open woodland of Grevillea pteridifolia (Fogarty et al., 1984).
VA5 Closed grassland M^ Ampelicissus acetose, Ludwigia hyssopifolia/^shrub/2/bl; G^ *Cenchrus polystachyos, Mnesithea Formosa, Sorghum intrans /^tussock grass/2/d.
This vegetation type is derived from disturbance and management techniques and has no natural analogue.
VA6 Disturbed rehabilitated Acacia shrubland
U+^ Acacia pellita, A. difficilis, A. dimidiata/^shrub/3/c; G^ Heterachne abortiva, Mnesithea formosa, Ectrosia leporina, Heteropogon contortus, /^tussock grass/1/r.
This vegetation type is derived from disturbance and management techniques and has no natural analogue.
VA7 Disturbed not rehabilitated
U+^ Calytrix extipulata, Acacia latescens, Pandanus spiralis/^shrub, palm/3/r; G^ *Andropogon gayanus, Ectrosia leporina, Heteropogon triticeus /^tussock grass/3/c.
This vegetation type is derived from disturbance and management techniques and has no natural analogue.
VA8 Mangrove closed forest
Sub-association 1: Mixed species low closed forest/open forest (hinterland).
Sub-association 2: Ceriops tagal low closed forest (mid-tidal flat).
Sub-association 3: Tecticornia open samphire shrubland.
1: Mixed species low closed forests (hinterland) (unit 6).
2: Ceriops tagal low closed forest (mid-tidal flat) (unit 4).
3: Samphire/Saltpan (unit 11).
(Brocklehurst and Edmeades, 1996).
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 69
VA9 Monsoon closed forest/shrubland
U+^ Corymbia ?polycarpa, Ficus ?scobina /^tree/6,7/i; M^ Bridelia tomentosa, Acacia neurocarpa, Erythrophleum chlorostachys /^shrub/4/i; G^ Passiflora foetida /^tussock grass, vine/3/i.
Closed Forest Unit 1a Seasonal Coastal Habitats (Wilson et al., 1990), and Floristic Group 3: Dry Coastal / subcoastal Monsoon Forest Group 10: Semi-deciduous rain forests associated with the levees of seasonally flooded, north-western lowland river systems (Russell-Smith, 1991).
VA10 Tussock grassland
U^ Xanthostemon paradoxus, Erythrophleum chlorostachys, Pandanus spiralis /^tree, palm/6/i; M^ Livistona humilis, Acacia plectocarpa subsp. plectocarpa /^cycad, shrub/4/r; G+^ Heteropogon contortus /^tussock grass/3/c.
Land Unit 4d Grassland with areas of emergent shrubs (Fogarty et al., 1984).
VA11 Slashed for infrastructure corridors
Not assessed. This vegetation type is derived from disturbance and management techniques and has no natural analogue.
Eucalyptus woodland (VA1)
The overstorey of this association is dominated by Eucalyptus/Corymbia mid woodland, with low palms and trees over mixed shrubs and a ground layer dominated by tussock grasses, including Heteropogon contortus, Sorghum intrans, and Microstachys chamaelea, as well as low shrubs and mixed forbs (Plate 4-1). Overstorey species occasionally reach DBH of up to 50 cm, but with a DBH of most mature trees between 30 and 45 cm.
Species diversity: 34 – 40 taxa per 400 m2.
Overstorey layer: 20 – 25 m (10 – 30 % cover) dominated by Eucalyptus tetrodonta, E. miniata, and Corymbia bleeseri, with low palms and trees 3 – 8 m tall (10 – 30 % cover) dominated by Erythrophleum chlorostachys, Pandanus spiralis, and Terminalia ferdinandiana.
Shrub layer: 1.5 – 3 m (1 – 10 % cover), with several of the following species: Livistona humilis, Cycas armstrongii, Cochlospermum reticulatum, Acacia latescens, A. dimidiata, Grevillea dimidiata, and Persoonia falcata.
Ground layer: <1.5 m (30 – 70 % cover) dominated by Heteropogon contortus, Sorghum intrans, and Microstachys chamaelea, with a number of low shrubs, climbers, and forbs present, including Buchnera gracilis, Grevillea dryandri subsp. dryandri, Ampelocissus acetosa, Clitoria australis, Vigna vexillata var. angustifolia, Cartonema spicatum, Galactia tenuiflora, Mitrasacme connata, Spermacoce calliantha, and Tacca leontopetaloides.
NVIS Level V: U+^ Eucalyptus tetrodonta, E. miniata, Corymbia bleeseri /^tree/7/i; M^ Livistona humilis, Cycas armstrongii, Acacia latescens /^cycad, shrub/3/r; G^ Heteropogon contortus, Sorghum intrans, Microstachys chamaelea /^tussock grass, forb/2/c.
Extent: 99.4 ha.
Sample sites: F1, F2, F3, W1, W4 (APM 2018) Q01, Q02, Q09, Q13, Q16, Q17, CS04, CS06, CS10 (GHD 2017).
Landform and substrate: Gently undulating plains with sandy soils.
Notes: This vegetation association aligns with the vegetation description for Land Unit 1c Eucalyptus Open Woodland, as described by Fogarty et al. (1984), which covered 2,945 ha in small areas throughout the 1984 Survey area. DENR (2000) mapping identifies 7,543 ha of this Land Unit in the Greater Darwin region.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 70
Plate 4-1. Eucalyptus woodland.
Regenerating Eucalyptus woodland (VA2)
This association occurs in areas where disturbance has occurred, or in remnants that are small and/or isolated, but regeneration is reasonably mature and diverse (Plate 4-2). The Eucalypt overstorey is reduced in height, cover, and diversity from VA1, and the midstorey is taller, more diverse, and denser than in the undisturbed Eucalyptus woodland. Species assemblage is common to both VA1 and VA2, but the structural differences are significant for habitat quality.
Species diversity: 35 – 42 taxa per 400 m2.
Overstorey layer: 10 – 15 m (10 – 30 % cover) Eucalyptus tetrodonta, E. miniata, and Erythrophleum chlorostachys.
Midstorey layer: < 10 m (10 – 30 % cover) with several of the following species: Planchonia careya, Terminalia ferdinandiana, Livistona humilis, Pandanus spiralis, Planchonella arnhemica, Premna acuminata, Lophostemon lactifluus, and Flueggea virosa subsp. melanthesoides.
Ground layer: 0.5 – 1 m (30 – 70 % cover) dominated by Heteropogon contortus, Sorghum intrans, and Mnesithea formosa, but with a diverse assemblage often containing Tacca leontopetaloides, Ampelocissus acetosa, Ipomoea eriocarpa, Rhynchospora exserta, Vigna vexillata var. angustifolia, *Andropogon gayanus, Ectrosia leporina, Pseudopogonantherum contortum, Sorghum plumosum, Euphorbia schultzii var schultzii, Buchnera gracilis, Microstachys chamaelea, Mitrasacme connata, and Spermacoce calliantha.
NVIS Level V: U+^ Eucalyptus tetrodonta, E. miniata, Erythrophleum chlorostachys /^tree/7/i; M^ Planchonia careya, Terminalia ferdinandiana, Livistona humilis /^ tree, palm/6/i; G^ Heteropogon contortus, Sorghum intrans, Mnesithea formosa/^tussock grass/2/c.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 71
Extent: 20.6 ha.
Sample sites: W2, W3, W5, W6, W7 (APM 2018) Q08, CS03, CS12 (GHD 2017).
Landform and substrate: Gently undulating plains with well drained sandy soils, sometimes with laterite in the surface soils.
Notes: This is likely to align with previously mapped NVIS Level IV: Sub-formation: Eucalyptus mid woodland/Livistona unknown palm/Sorghum mid tussock grassland (DENR, 2017). This vegetation association also aligns with the vegetation description for Land Unit 1c Eucalyptus Open Woodland, as described by Fogarty et al. (1984), which covered 2,945 ha in small areas throughout the 1984 Survey area. DENR (2000) mapping identifies 7,543 ha of this Land Unit in the Greater Darwin region.
Plate 4-2. Regenerating Eucalyptus woodland.
Melaleuca woodland/open forest (VA3)
This vegetation association is restricted to a narrow band (ranging from approximately 20 – 100 m wide) located between the hinterland supporting (Regenerating) Eucalyptus woodland (VA1, VA2) and tidal areas supporting mangrove communities (VA8). The overstorey of this association is dominated by Melaleuca mid woodland over isolated Melaleuca tall shrubs (Plate 4-3). The ground layer is a mix of sedge and forb species. This vegetation association occurs on seasonally saturated soils. Areas of this vegetation type, particularly on the northern boundary, display clear evidence of significant historical ground disturbance. This vegetation association also occurs in isolated pockets further inland than would be naturally expected, where soil disturbance has dissected natural extents and left small remnants, or where seasonal inundation has increased due to changes in the
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 72
landform. Where evidence of historic ground disturbance is evident, this vegetation unit has been included in the previously disturbed mapping (Figure 4-2).
Species diversity: 18 – 31 taxa per 400 m2.
Overstorey layer: 10 – 30 m (30 – 50 % cover) dominated by Melaleuca viridiflora, M. leucadendra, and M. nervosa.
Shrub layer: > 2 m (< 10 % cover) dominated by Melaleuca viridiflora, M. leucadendra, and Livistona humilis.
Ground layer: < 0.5 m (30 – 70 % cover) Fimbristylis acuminate, Ectrosia leporina, and Sorghum plumosum, but also commonly containing Utricularia leptoplectra, Urochloa polyphylla, Desmodium tricostachyum, Utricularia spp., Eriocaulon sp., Fimbristylis furva, F. tristachya, Fuirena ciliaris, Rhynchospora exserta, and Xyris pauciflora.
NVIS Level V: U+^ Melaleuca viridiflora, M. leucadendra, M. nervosa /^tree/7/c; M^ M. viridiflora, M. leucadendra, Livistona humilis/^shrub, palm/4/r; G^ Fimbristylis acuminata, Ectrosia leporina, Sorghum plumosum/^sedge, tussock grass/1/c.
Extent: 86.4 ha. (51.6 ha not previously disturbed, 34.8 ha previously disturbed)
Sample sites: ME1, ME2, ME3, ME4, ME5 (APM 2018) Q03, Q04, Q06, Q12, Q14, CS05, CS11 (GHD 2017).
Landform and substrate: Seasonally wet areas with poorly drained sand to sandy clay soils.
Notes: This aligns with previously mapped NVIS Level IV: Sub-formation: Melaleuca viridiflora (Broad Leaved Paperbark) (DENR, 2017) and Eucalyptus low open woodland with Chrysopogon fallax (Golden Beard Grass) grassland understorey (Wilson et al., 1990). This vegetation also aligns with Land Unit 8b Open to closed forest of Melaleuca spp., as described in Fogarty et al. (1984). In 1984, this was described as having a minor but general extent of 237 ha. DENR (2000) mapping identifies 4,770 ha in the Greater Darwin region.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 73
Plate 4-3. Melaleuca woodland/open forest.
Grevillea open shrubland (VA4)
Areas where this association occurs are more poorly drained than the Eucalyptus woodland areas, and areas of seasonal inundation are present throughout the wet season. Most areas are previously disturbed, with evidence of soil disturbance ubiquitous throughout the vegetation unit. The sandy surface soils have been removed and the clay rich subsoils are exposed at the surface. A high frequency of soil bunding is present and evidence of ripping for rehabilitation is evident. The exception is a small pocket of the VA4 vegetation type on the south western boundary of the Study area that is undisturbed. The overstorey of this association is dominated by Grevillea pteridifolia, Livistona humilis is common in the midstorey, and Themeda triandra is the most common ground species (Plate 4-4). Melaleuca are scattered throughout the unit and are more densely clustered on the fringes of the seasonally inundated areas. Dapsilanthus spathaceus is present in a few of the less disturbed, seasonally inundated areas.
Species diversity: 36 – 44 taxa per 400 m2.
Overstorey layer: 4 – 8 m (10 – 20 % cover) Grevillea pteridifolia, Pandanus spiralis, Planchonella arnhemica, Melaleuca viridiflora, and Melaleuca nervosa.
Shrub layer: 1 – 2 m (scattered) Livistona humilis, Grevillea dimidiata, G. heliosperma, Calytrix extipulata, Acacia difficilis, A. dimidiata, Hibbertia brevipedunculata, and Petalostigma pubescens.
Ground layer: 0.5 – 1 m (30 – 70 % cover) dominated by Themeda triandra, Ectrosia leporina, and Heteropogon contortus, but with a diverse herb, grass, and sedge assemblage, with the following species commonly present: Drosera darwinensis, Galactia tenuiflora, Goodenia armstrongiana, Mitrasacme exserta, Polygala spp., Polymeria ambigua, Salomonia ciliate, Spermacoce calliantha, Rhynchospora exserta, Xyris oligantha, Fimbristylis acuminata, Scleria spp., and Dapsilanthus spathaceus.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 74
NVIS Level V: U+^ Grevillea pteridifolia, Pandanus spiralis, Melaleuca viridiflora /^tree/7/i; M^ Livistona humilis, Grevillea dimidiata, Calytrix extipulata /^ palm, shrub/3/bl; G^ Themeda triandra, Ectrosia leporina, Heteropogon contortus, /^tussock grass/2/c.
Extent: 30.7 ha.
Sample sites: G1, G2 (APM 2018).
Landform and substrate: Slight depressions with moderately to poorly drained sandy clay soils.
Notes: This vegetation type is previously described in the Land Units of the Elizabeth, Darwin, and Blackmore Rivers (Fogarty et al., 1984) under Land Unit 6b: Tall shrubland to low open woodland of Grevillea pteridifolia. The described Land Unit covered 423 ha in 1984 and was described as occurring only in upper Elizabeth River catchment. The described Land Unit has a surface layer of deep sands, which are no longer present in the Study area. DENR (2000) mapped the unit as covering 21,739 ha in the Greater Darwin region.
This vegetation type also has affinities with previously mapped Map Unit 3b Melaleuca nervosa, Grevillea pteridifolia (fern-leaved grevillea) low open woodland with Dapsilanthus spathaceus low open sedgeland ground layer, as reported in Liddle et al. (2013). Due to the high level of disturbance, most of the area is highly modified from the description given in Liddle et al. (2013), excepting the small pocket of undisturbed vegetation outside the south western boundary (Figure 4-3). The endangered herb Typhonium taylori has been identified from areas containing vegetation community 3b in the Howard Sandplain (Liddle et al., 2013).
Given the evidence of disturbance and the mixture of species present, it is likely that much of the area, particularly in the north (Figure 4-4) and south extents (Figure 4-3) of the APM mapped unit, once contained VA1 Eucalyptus woodland or VA10 Closed grassland, but, subsequent to the removal of surface soils and increase in seasonal inundation, the vegetation has changed to a domination of species that tolerate greater seasonal waterlogging.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 75
Plate 4-4. Grevillea open shrubland.
Closed grassland (VA5)
This vegetation association occurs in areas with previous disturbance to the soil profile. There is no overstorey and only a scattering of Ampelocissus acetosa and Ludwigia hyssopifolia. The ground layer is completely covered by grass species, most commonly the introduced *Cenchrus polystachyos. Species diversity was notably low.
Species diversity: 7 taxa per 400 m2.
Shrub layer: 0.5 – 1m (scattered) Ampelocissus acetosa and Ludwigia hyssopifolia.
Ground layer: *Cenchrus polystachyos, Mnesithea Formosa, and Sorghum intrans.
NVIS Level V: M^ Ampelocissus acetosa, Ludwigia hyssopifolia/^shrub/2/bl; G^ *Cenchrus polystachyos, Mnesithea Formosa, Sorghum intrans /^tussock grass/2/d.
Extent: 4.3 ha.
Sample sites: GR1 (APM 2018).
Landform and substrate: Gently undulating plains with moderately drained rich brown organic clay loam soils with gravel.
Notes: This vegetation type is derived from disturbance and management techniques, and has no natural analogue.
Disturbed rehabilitated Acacia shrubland (VA6)
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 76
This vegetation association occurs in areas with obvious and recent signs of previous disturbance to the soil profile, and evidence of recent ripping along contours for soil stabilisation. It is unclear whether Acacia seed has been intentionally spread or whether the hardy Acacia seed has survived the disturbance, stockpiling, and rehabilitation process. There is a diverse collection of grass, herb, and sedge species, but the cover of these remains low, likely due to the recent nature of the rehabilitation (Plate 4-5). There are several constructed seasonal surface water features within this vegetation association, but vegetation does not change in relation to these.
Species diversity: 22 – 37 taxa per 400 m2.
Shrub layer: 1 – 2 m (30 – 70 % cover) dominated by Acacia pellita, A. difficilis, and A. dimidiata, but also with Acacia ?mimula, *Stylosanthes scabra, *Stylosanthes hamata, Coelospermum reticulatum, Grevillea dimidiata, Melaleuca viridiflora, and M. nervosa.
Ground layer: < 0.5m (< 10 % cover) dominated by Heterachne abortiva, Mnesithea formosa, and Ectrosia leporina, but also commonly containing Fimbristylis acicularis, F. acuminata, F. tristachya, Scleria laxa, Ampelocissus acetosa, Clitoria australis, *Cenchrus ciliaris, *Cenchrus polystachyos, *Andropogon gayanus, Aristida inaequiglumis, Ectrosia agrostoides, Eriachne triseta, Heteropogon triticeus, Rottboellia cochinchinensis, Urochloa polyphylla, Xyris complanate, Poymeria spp., and Spermacoce spp.
NVIS Level V: U+^ Acacia pellita, A. difficilis, A. dimidiata/^shrub/3/c; G^ Heterachne abortiva, Mnesithea formosa, Ectrosia leporina /^tussock grass/1/r.
Extent: 61.5 ha.
Sample sites: R1, R2, R3, R4 (APM 2018).
Landform and substrate: Gently undulating plains with moderately to well drained loamy sand soils.
Notes: This vegetation type is derived from disturbance and management techniques, and has no natural analogue.
Plate 4-5. Disturbed rehabilitated Acacia shrubland.
Disturbed not rehabilitated (VA7)
This vegetation association occurs in areas with obvious and recent signs of previous disturbance to the soil profile and no evidence of rehabilitation (Plate 4-6). There is no overstorey, a sparse shrub midstorey, but a diverse, but sparse, understorey. Large areas of stockpiled soil are distributed throughout and are almost entirely covered by the invasive grass *Andropogon gayanus. There are several seasonal surface water features within this vegetation association, but very little vegetation occurs on the fringes. Existing roads have been included in this mapping unit.
Species diversity: 21 – 38 taxa per 400 m2.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 77
Shrub layer: 1 – 2 m (< 10 % cover) Calytrix extipulata, Acacia latescens, and Pandanus spiralis.
Ground layer: 1 – 2 m (30 – 70 % cover) dominated by *Andropogon gayanus, Ectrosia leporina, and Heteropogon triticeus, but also commonly containing the following species at a sparse (< 10 % cover) density: Vigna vexillata var. angustifolia, Mnesithea formosa, Pseudopogonantherum contortum, Rottboellia cochinchinensis, Sorghum intrans, Cartonema spicatum, Crotalaria spp., Goodenia holtzeana, Microstachys chamaelea, Mitrasacme connata, Polygala barbata, Spermacoce calliantha, Rhynchospora exserta, and Cyperus haspan subsp. juncoides.
NVIS Level V: U+^ Calytrix extipulata, Acacia latescens, Pandanus spiralis/^shrub, palm/3/r; G^ *Andropogon gayanus, Ectrosia leporina, Heteropogon triticeus /^tussock grass/3/c
Extent: 106.8 ha.
Sample sites: D1, D2 (APM 2018), CS13 (GHD 2017).
Landform and substrate: Gently undulating plains with moderately to well drained loamy sand soils, interspersed with large soil stockpiles and internally draining areas with seasonal inundation.
Notes: This vegetation type is derived from disturbance and management techniques, and has no natural analogue.
Plate 4-6. Disturbed not rehabilitated.
Mangrove closed forest/shrubland (VA8)
The Mangrove closed forest/shrubland occurs outside of Lot 1817 but are included in the Study area. This study focused on the distribution of riparian vegetation immediately adjoining the Study area. As such, only one vegetation type comprising three sub-associations were recorded: i) Mangrove closed forests: Sub-association 1: Mixed species low closed forest (hinterland) (Plate 4-7), ii) Sub-association 2: Ceriops tagal low closed forest (mid-tidal flat), and iii) Sub-association 3: Tecticornia open samphire shrubland. Mangrove areas have been mapped separately to the other vegetation associations and are shown in Figure 4-5.
Sub-association 1: Mixed species low closed forest
NVIS Level V: U+^ Ceriops tagal, Lumnitzera racemosa, Bruguiera exaristata /^tree/6/d.
Sample sites: MA2, MA3, MA4, MA5, MA6 (APM 2018) Q05, Q11, Q15 (GHD 2017).
Landscape position: Edge of the hinterland (terrestrial) and the main tidal flat, irregularly inundated by only the highest tides.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 78
Notes: This aligns with previously described/mapped mixed species low closed forests (hinterland) (unit 6), mapped by (Brocklehurst and Edmeades, 1996).
Plate 4-7. Sub-association 1: Mixed species low closed forest.
Sub-association 2: Ceriops low closed forest
NVIS Level V: U+^ Ceriops tagal, Lumnitzera racemosa /^tree/6/d.
Sample sites: MA1 (APM 2018), CS08 (GHD 2017).
Landscape position: Higher to mid-tidal flats, muds to muddy sands.
Notes: This aligns with previously described/mapped Ceriops tagal low closed forest (mid-tidal flat) (unit 4) (Brocklehurst and Edmeades, 1996).
Sub-association 3: Tecticornia open samphire shrubland
NVIS Level V: G+^ Tecticornia indica, T. halocnemoides /^samphire shrub/1/i.
Sample sites: Q18.
Landscape position: Salt flat, saltpans, high tidal flats, muds to muddy sands (Plate 4-8).
Notes: This aligns with previously described/mapped samphire/saltpan (unit 11) (Brocklehurst and Edmeades, 1996).
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 79
Plate 4-8. Sub-association 3: Tecticornia open samphire shrubland and salt flat areas.
Monsoon closed forest (VA9)
This vegetation type is restricted to one location in the northern part of the Study area. The vegetation type was described in June 2017 and was inaccessible in April 2018 because of large areas of seasonal inundation on the landward side, caused by historic land clearing and bund construction.
Overstorey layer: 15 – 20 m (10 – 30 % cover) dominated by Corymbia ?polycarpa over low trees 3 – 8 m (10 – 30 % cover) including Acacia auriculiformis, Ficus ?scobina, and Erythrophleum chlorostachys, with Flagellaria indica.
Shrub layer: 1.5 – 8 m (10 – 30 % cover) including Bridelia tomentosa, Acacia neurocarpa, Ficus ?scobina, Erythrophleum chlorostachys, and Pandanus spiralis.
Ground layer: < 1.5 m (10 – 30 % cover) with the following vines and ferns: Smilax australis, Passiflora foetida, Lindsaea ensifolia, Cheilanthes tenuifolia, and Cayratia maritima.
NVIS Level V: U+^ Corymbia ?polycarpa, Ficus ?scobina /^tree/6,7/i; M^ Bridelia tomentosa, Acacia neurocarpa, Erythrophleum chlorostachys /^shrub/4/i; G^ XX, Passiflora foetida /^tussock grass, vine/3/i.
Extent: 0.8 ha.
Sample sites: Q10 (GHD 2017).
Landform and substrate: Damp areas, sand to sandy clay soils.
Notes: This aligns with previously described/mapped Floristic Group 3: Dry Coastal/subcoastal Monsoon Forest Group 10: Semi-deciduous rain forests associated with the levees of seasonally flooded, north-western lowland
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 80
river systems (Russell-Smith, 1991) (Plate 4-9). Under the Wilson et al. (1990) system it is categorised as Closed Forest Unit 1a Seasonal Coastal Habitats.
Plate 4-9. Monsoon closed forest.
Tussock grassland (VA10)
The overstorey of this type is dominated by Xanthostemon paradoxus, Erythrophleum chlorostachys, and Pandanus spiralis, with isolated trees of Corymbia (Plate 4-10). There is a sparse shrub layer dominated by Livistona humilis over a tussock grassland dominated by Heteropogon contortus. The soils are subject to seasonal waterlogging, with the wet season water table being roughly at the soil surface, but with no free surface water.
Overstorey layer: 2 – 10 m (10 – 30 % cover) dominated by Xanthostemon paradoxus, Erythrophleum chlorostachys, and Pandanus spiralis, with isolated mid-trees of Corymbia foelscheana and Corymbia. sp.
Shrub layer: 1 – 5 m (2 – 10% cover) dominated by Livistona humilis and occasional Acacia plectocarpa subsp. plectocarpa.
Ground layer: < 2 m (30 – 60 % cover) dominated by Heteropogon contortus.
NVIS Level V: U^ Xanthostemon paradoxus, Erythrophleum chlorostachys, Pandanus spiralis /^tree, palm/6/i; M^ Livistona humilis, Acacia plectocarpa subsp. plectocarpa /^ shrub/4/r; G+^ Heteropogon contortus /^tussock grass/3/c.
Extent: 15.2 ha.
Sample sites: Q07, CS01, CS02 (GHD 2017).
Landform and substrate: Gently undulating plains with sandy to sandy clay soils.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 81
Notes: This vegetation association aligns with the vegetation described in Fogarty et al. (1984) for Land Unit 4d Grassland with areas of emergent shrubs. In 1984, there was 304 ha of Land Unit 4d and it was moderately extensive in the north of the Study area. In DLRM (2000) mapping of the Greater Darwin regional area, 3,122 ha of this vegetation type has been mapped.
Plate 4-10. Tussock grassland.
Slashed for infrastructure corridors (VA11)
There are a large number and area of infrastructure corridors within the Study area. These are for roads, rail, power lines, and gas pipelines. These areas have been previously cleared and regularly slashed. The groundcover resembles that found in Eucalyptus woodland and Regenerating Eucalyptus woodland communities, but there is no midstorey or overstorey present. The area covered by this vegetation is 28.8 ha.
This vegetation type is derived from disturbance and management techniques and has no natural analogue.
713000.000000 714000.00000086
1100
0.000
000
8612
000.0
0000
086
1300
0.000
000
0 0.2 0.40.1km
±
Docum
ent Path: \\M
AINSER
VER\D
ocuments\APM
GIS and M
apping\03_Client\APM
2018-19GIS
\TNG
\02_GIS M
aps\TNG
010 Prewet Season Figures\20190411_TN
G010_Fig4_3.m
xd
Legend
Lot 1817 Hundred of AyresVegetation Code - Description
VA1 Eucalyptus woodlandVA2 Regenerating Eucalyptus woodlandVA3 Melaleuca woodland/open forestVA4 Grevillea open shrubland
VA5 Closed GrasslandVA6 Disturbed rehabilitated Acacia shrublandVA7 Disturbed not rehabilitated VA9 Monsoon closed forestVA10 Tussock GrasslandVA11 Slashed for Infrastructure
Coordinate System: GDA 1994 MGA Zone 52Date: 11/04/2019
Author: [email protected]
1 centimeter = 81 meters
Figure 4-2: Vegetation Associations of the Study Area - northern section
713000.000000 714000.00000086
0900
0.000
000
8610
000.0
0000
086
1100
0.000
000
0 0.2 0.40.1km
±
Docum
ent Path: \\M
AINSER
VER\D
ocuments\APM
GIS and M
apping\03_Client\APM
2018-19GIS
\TNG
\02_GIS M
aps\TNG
010 Prewet Season Figures\20190411_TN
G010_Fig4_3.m
xd
Legend
Lot 1817 Hundred of AyresVegetation Code - Description
VA1 Eucalyptus woodlandVA2 Regenerating Eucalyptus woodlandVA3 Melaleuca woodland/open forestVA4 Grevillea open shrubland
VA5 Closed GrasslandVA6 Disturbed rehabilitated Acacia shrublandVA7 Disturbed not rehabilitated VA9 Monsoon closed forestVA10 Tussock GrasslandVA11 Slashed for Infrastructure
Coordinate System: GDA 1994 MGA Zone 52Date: 11/04/2019
Author: [email protected]
1 centimeter = 81 meters
Figure 4-3: Vegetation Associations of the Study Area - southern section
712000.000000 713000.000000 714000.000000 715000.00000086
0900
0.000
000
8610
000.0
0000
086
1100
0.000
000
8612
000.0
0000
086
1300
0.000
000
0 0.4 0.80.2km
±
Docum
ent Path: \\M
AINSER
VER\D
ocuments\APM
GIS and M
apping\03_Client\APM
2018-19GIS
\TNG
\02_GIS M
aps\TNG
010 Prewet Season Figures\20190411_TN
G010_Fig4_4.m
xd
Legend
Lot 1817 Hundred of AyresMangrove Vegetation Associations
Ceriops tagal low closed-forest (mid tidal flat)
Ceriops tagal/Avicennia marina low open forest (high tidal flat)
Mixed species low closed forest/open-forest (hinterland)
Rhizophora stylosa closed-forest/low closed forest (Shoreline forest)
Rhizophora stylosa/Camptostemon schultzii closed-forest (tidal creek)
Samphire/Saltpan
Sonneratia alba woodland
Coordinate System: GDA 1994 MGA Zone 52Date: 11/04/2019
Author: [email protected]
1 centimeter = 155 meters
Figure 4-4: Mangrove Vegetation Associations of the Study Area
712000.000000 713000.000000 714000.000000 715000.00000086
0900
0.000
000
8610
000.0
0000
086
1100
0.000
000
8612
000.0
0000
086
1300
0.000
000
0 0.4 0.80.2km
±
Docum
ent Path: \\M
AINSER
VER\D
ocuments\APM
GIS and M
apping\03_Client\APM
2018-19GIS
\TNG
\02_GIS M
aps\TNG
010 Prewet Season Figures\20190411_TN
G010_Fig4_5.m
xd
Legend
Lot 1817 Hundred of Ayres Vegetation Condition
1, Excellent
2, Very Good
3, Good
5, Degraded
6, Completely DegradedCoordinate System: GDA 1994 MGA Zone 52Date: 11/04/2019
Author: [email protected]
1 centimeter = 155 meters
Figure 4-5: Vegetation Condition of the Study Area
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 86
4.2.2 Vegetation Condition
Vegetation condition aligned with the Vegetation Associations, as areas within an association had, generally, been exposed to the same disturbances (Table 4-5). An exception is the Melaleuca woodland/open forest on the northern boundary, which has evidence of historic soil disturbance. Vegetation condition is shown in Figure 4-6. Assignment of the Study area into Previously Disturbed and Undisturbed categories is shown in Figure 4-2. Previously Disturbed areas account for 281.496 ha of the Study area.
Table 4-5. General vegetation condition of the vegetation associations.
Veg Code
Vegetation Association Condition Disturbances
VA1 Eucalyptus woodland Very Good Some relatively minor signs of damage caused by human activities. For example, some signs of damage to tree trunks caused by repeated fire, the presence of some relatively non-aggressive weeds, and/or occasional vehicle tracks. Exploratory digging by current or former lease holders with large machinery that has not been rehabilitated, leaving pits up to 2 m deep at intervals as close as 50 m apart in places.
This vegetation type is in the drier parts of the site and accessible from the major roads and as such has accumulated a larger portion of the illegally dumped rubbish than other undisturbed vegetation types.
VA2 Regenerating Eucalyptus woodland
Good Disturbances include land clearing, fragmentation, and frequent fire. Some obvious impact on the vegetation structure include reduced cover and height of Eucalypt overstorey.
VA3 Melaleuca woodland/open forest
Excellent No evidence of disturbance.
VA3 Melaleuca woodland/open forest – previously disturbed
Good Obvious evidence of historical land clearing due to the presence of large soil bunds. However, vegetation is mature, diverse, and does not differ substantially from undisturbed areas in structure and diversity.
VA4 Grevillea open shrubland Degraded Soil disturbances are prevalent, including evidence of extensive soil ripping for rehabilitation, and the presence of large soil bunds associated with infrastructure, such as roads, powerlines, and gas pipelines that intersect this vegetation. The sandy topsoil layer is not present, with clay rich subsoils at the surface.
Invasive species present.
Scope for some regeneration but not to a state approaching good condition without intensive management.
VA5 Closed grassland Degraded Severely impacted by land clearing. Contains several invasive species. Scope for some regeneration but not to a state approaching good condition without intensive management.
VA6 Disturbed rehabilitated Acacia shrubland
Degraded Severely impacted by land clearing. Contains several invasive species. Scope for some regeneration but not to a state approaching good condition without intensive management.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 87
Veg Code
Vegetation Association Condition Disturbances
VA7 Disturbed not rehabilitated
Completely Degraded
Severely impacted by land clearing. Contains several invasive species. Scope for some regeneration but not to a state approaching good condition without intensive management.
VA8 Mangrove closed forest/shrubland
Excellent No evidence of disturbance.
VA9 Monsoon closed forest Good Inland of the very small pocket of VA9 there is extensive landscape change. Large soil bunds occur, which may be altering the flow of surface water towards this vegetation.
Disturbances include the presence of the aggressive weed *Passiflora foetida.
VA10 Tussock grassland Excellent No evidence of disturbance.
VA11 Slashed for infrastructure corridors
Degraded Severely impacted by land clearing. Contains several invasive species. Scope for some regeneration but not to a state approaching good condition without intensive management.
712000.000000 713000.000000 714000.000000 715000.00000086
0900
0.000
000
8610
000.0
0000
086
1100
0.000
000
8612
000.0
0000
086
1300
0.000
000
0 0.4 0.80.2km
±
Docum
ent Path: \\M
AINSER
VER\D
ocuments\APM
GIS and M
apping\03_Client\APM
2018-19GIS
\TNG
\02_GIS M
aps\TNG
010 Prewet Season Figures\20190411_TN
G010_Fig4_6.m
xd
Legend
Lot 1817 Hundred of Ayres Disturbance Category
Undisturbed
Previously DisturbedCoordinate System: GDA 1994 MGA Zone 52Date: 11/04/2019
Author: [email protected]
1 centimeter = 155 meters
Figure 4-6: Previously Disturbed and Undisturbed areas within the Study Area
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 89
4.2.3 Conservation Significant Flora
Locations of flora of conservation significance are shown in Figure 4-7. Population sizes of conservation significant flora are listed in Table 4-6.
Cycas armstrongii is a Vulnerable (TPWC Act) cycad common throughout the Study area in all the Eucalyptus woodland areas, with an average density of 330 plants per hectare. The species appears to be sensitive to disturbance as it was also found in Regenerating Eucalyptus woodland, but at a much lower average density of 50 plants per hectare.
Hibiscus pethrickii is a Near Threatened (TPWC Act) perennial shrub up to 4 m tall. All known populations of the species occur in the Litchfield National Park, except one on the mainland coast near Peron Island. A specimen was collected from the Study area in April 2018 as a seedling and was given the tentative identification of Hibiscus ? pethrickii. The plant was collected from the Disturbed rehabilitated Acacia shrubland site R3. The area was target searched on three subsequent occasions and the species determined to be the Least Concern (TPWC Act) Hibiscus meraukensis once a fertile specimen was available in March 2019.
Tricoryne elatior is a Near Threatened (TPWC Act) perennial lily, which was identified in low densities from Regenerating Eucalyptus woodland (site W1), Eucalyptus woodland (site F2), and from targeted searches (April 2018, February 2019).
Buchnera sp. ciliate bracts is considered Data Deficient (TPWC Act) and was located in the Grevillea open shrubland site G2 at low density.
Polymeria pusilla is considered Data Deficient (TPWC Act) and was located as an aquatic herb at the Melaleuca woodland/open forest site ME1 at 1 % cover, and as a prostrate herb in waterlogged areas of the Disturbed rehabilitated Acacia shrubland site R2 at < 1 % cover.
Table 4-6. Population sizes of conservation significant flora detected in the Study area.
Taxa Vegetation Association Location (GDA 94 MGA Zone 52)
Number of plants
Total number of plants in the Project Area
Cycas armstrongii
Eucalyptus woodland NA 300 ha-1
30,850 Regenerating Eucalyptus woodland NA 50 ha-1
Tricoryne elatior
Regenerating Eucalyptus woodland
Figure 4-7 132 Eucalyptus woodland
Buchnera sp. ciliate bracts
Grevillea open shrubland 0712960 8609142 2 2
Polymeria pusilla
Melaleuca woodland 0712998 8612969 100
105 Disturbed rehabilitated Acacia shrubland
0713483 8612531 5
Typhonium praetermissum – VU (TPWC Act)
Targeted searches in February 2019 did not locate this species however suitable habitat exists in the woodland/forest areas of the site that DLRM (2019) has mapped as potential habitat of this species within the Study area. Field survey confirmed the suitability of the habitat (using the description as supplied in DLRM (2016e) but failed to locate the species. The area is considered potentially suitable habitat.
P
P
P
P
P
P
PPPPPPPPPPPP
P
PP
P
PP
P
P
P
PPPPPP
P
P
P
1817
1817
712000.000000 713000.000000 714000.000000 715000.00000086
0900
0.000
000
8610
000.0
0000
086
1100
0.000
000
8612
000.0
0000
086
1300
0.000
000
0 0.4 0.80.2km
±
Docum
ent Path: \\M
AINSER
VER\D
ocuments\APM
GIS and M
apping\03_Client\APM
2018-19GIS
\TNG
\02_GIS M
aps\TNG
010 Prewet Season Figures\20191011_TN
G010_Fig4_7 consig flora.m
xd
Legend
Darwin_Cons_Sig_flora
P Buchnera sp. ciliate bracts, Data Deficient, NA
P Polymeria pusilla, Data Deficient, NA
P Tricoryne elatior, Near Threatened, TPWC Act
Darwin_Biological_Layer
Cycas armstrongii habitat average density of 300 plants per hectare
Cycas armstrongii habitat average density of 50 plants per hectare
Significant Vegetation
5 trees > 50 cm DBH in 1 ha
6 trees > 50 cm DBH in 1 ha
8 trees > 50 cm DBH in 1 ha
Monsoon Closed Forest
Lot 1817 Hundred of Ayres
Coordinate System: GDA 1994 MGA Zone 52Date: 11/10/2019
Author: [email protected]
1 centimeter = 150 meters
and Significant Vegetation within the Study areaFigure 4-7: Locations of Flora of Conservation Significance
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 91
4.2.4 Sensitive and Significant Vegetation
Vegetation considered sensitive and significant in the NT and present at the Study area includes riparian and mangrove vegetation fringing the entire Lot 1817 on the northern and eastern boundaries (Figure 4-5), a small pocket of closed forest on the northern boundary (Figure 4-7), and areas where large trees occur above the threshold density (Figure 4-7). All sensitive and significant vegetation qualifies for a 250 m buffer under the NT Land Clearing Guidelines (DNRETAS, 2019).
4.2.5 Targeted Searches
Targeted searches were conducted for flora of conservation significance, where potentially suitable habitat was assessed as occurring in the Study area. Targeted searches allowed the distribution and extent of the Cycas armstrongii population to be assessed and identified a number of populations of the Near Threatened (TPWC Act) lily Tricoryne elatior. Details of targeted searches are listed in Table 3-6 and track logs are displayed in Figure 4-8.
4.2.6 Introduced Flora
Two WoNS or NT Prohibited or Restricted Weeds were found in the Study area. *Andropogon gayanus (Gamba Grass) is a Class B weed in the Greater Darwin region and is the dominant species in the Disturbed not rehabilitated areas, with densities of 60 – 70 % cover (Rossiter-Rachor et al., 2003; 2009). It also occurs at high densities along tracks in other vegetation types and in lower densities in all previously disturbed vegetation. Growth and spread of Class B weeds is required to be controlled under the WM Act. Figure 4-9 identifies areas where *Andropogon gayanus is distributed at high densities within the Study area. To control growth and spread, plants will need to be eradicated on roadsides and buffers created around larger population areas, as a priority.
The Class B weed *Cenchrus polystachyos (Mission Grass) was recorded at the Disturbed rehabilitated Acacia shrubland site R3 at 1 % cover, at the Regenerating Eucalyptus woodland site W2 at < 1 % cover, at the Grevillea open shrubland site G2 at < 1 % cover, at the Closed grassland site GR1 at 50 % cover, and at two locations during the targeted searches – at site OC6, the species occurred at 80 % cover on a soil bund approximately 20 m x 10 m, and at site Wet1 a 50 x 10m strip had 100 % cover. Additionally, *Cenchrus polystachyos was frequently observed in clumped distributions on roadsides. To control growth and spread, plants will need to be eradicated on roadsides and all recorded locations. The distribution is currently small and patchy, meaning the species can be effectively eradicated through timely action.
*Cenchrus ciliaris (Buffel grass) was noted in the Disturbed rehabilitated Acacia shrubland site R3 at 1 % cover. Although it is a WoNS, it is not a Class A or B weed under NT legislation and, therefore, there are no mandatory actions required to control it.
Figure 4-9 shows the distribution of *Cenchrus ciliaris and *Cenchrus polystachyos in the Study area.
Other weed species encountered that do not require any specific management under NT legislation are *Cyperus compressus, *Aeschynomene americana, *Crotalaria goreensis, *Stylosanthes hamata, *Stylosanthes scabra, *Passiflora foetida, *Scoparia dulcis, and *Spermacoce articularis.
712000.000000 713000.000000 714000.000000 715000.00000086
0900
0.000
000
8610
000.0
0000
086
1100
0.000
000
8612
000.0
0000
086
1300
0.000
000
0 0.35 0.70.175km
±
Docum
ent Path: \\M
AINSER
VER\D
ocuments\APM
GIS and M
apping\03_Client\APM
2018-19GIS
\TNG
\02_GIS M
aps\TNG
010 Prewet Season Figures\20190511_TN
G010_Fig4_8_.m
xd
Legend
Lot 1817 Hundred of Ayres
Typhonium praetermissum high likelihood of occurrence
Typhonium praetermissum moderate likelihood of occurrence
April 2018 Targeted Search
November 2018 Targeted Search
February 2019 Targeted SearchCoordinate System: GDA 1994 MGA Zone 52Date: 6/11/2019
Author: [email protected]
1 centimeter = 146 meters
Figure 4-8: Track logs of Targeted Searches for flora of conservation significance
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
712000.000000 713000.000000 714000.000000 715000.00000086
0900
0.000
000
8610
000.0
0000
086
1100
0.000
000
8612
000.0
0000
086
1300
0.000
000
0 0.4 0.80.2km
±
Docum
ent Path: \\M
AINSER
VER\D
ocuments\APM
GIS and M
apping\03_Client\APM
2018-19GIS
\TNG
\02_GIS M
aps\TNG
010 Prewet Season Figures\20190411_TN
G010_Fig4_9.m
xd
Legend
Lot 1817 Hundred of Ayres Darwin Weed Data
P *Cenchrus ciliaris
P *Cenchrus polystachyos
Weed Distribution
*Andropogon gayanus > 60 % cover
*Cenchrus polystachyos and *Andropogon gayanus
Coordinate System: GDA 1994 MGA Zone 52Date: 11/04/2019
Author: [email protected]
1 centimeter = 150 meters
Figure 4-9: Distribution of *Andropogon gayanus, *Cenchrus ciliaris and *Cenchrus polystachos in the Study Area
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 94
5 TERRESTRIAL VERTEBRATE FAUNA RESULTS
5.1 DESKTOP SURVEY
5.1.1 Database Searches
Three online databases were searched, using either a 1 km (for the PMST database) or 10 km radius (for the NR Maps and ALA databases). Interrogation of the three databases yielded the following results:
• The ALA database includes all species; however, only terrestrial vertebrate fauna are included in this search. In total, 318 bird species, 46 mammal species, 82 reptile species, and 23 amphibian species have been recorded within the search area.
• NR Maps Species Atlas database of conservation significant species identified 61 bird species, 11 mammal species, 10 reptile species, and one amphibian species.
• The PMST search of conservation significant species listed under the EPBC Act identified 30 bird species, nine mammal species, three reptile species, and 10 invasive species.
When the results from NR Maps Species Atlas and PMST search were combined the list included 54 bird species, 16 mammal species, 13 reptile species, one amphibian species, and 11 invasive species (excluding sea turtles, fish, and cetaceans). Of note are the Curlew Sandpiper (Calidris ferruginea) and Eastern Curlew (Numenius madagasariensis), which are both listed as Critically Endangered under the EPBC Act and Vulnerable under the TPWC Act.
Four birds that are listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act may occur, including the Painted Snipe (Rostratula banghalensis), Red Knot (Calidris canutus), Gouldian Finch (Erythrura gouldiae), and Australian Painted Snipe (Rostratula australis). Three mammals listed as Endangered under the EPBC Act may occur, including the Northern Quoll (Dasyurus hallucatus), Black-footed Tree-rat (Mesembriomys gouldii gouldii), and Narbalek (Petrogale concinna canescens).
All conservation significant species (as defined in Appendix J and Appendix K) returned from the database searches are listed in Table 5-2.
5.2 FIELD SURVEY
5.2.1 Fauna Habitats
Seven habitat types have been identified across the Study area:
• Mixed woodland;
• Monsoon closed forest;
• Native grasslands;
• Mangroves;
• Melaleuca woodland;
• Temporary water bodies; and
• Disturbed areas.
The distribution of fauna habitats is shown in Figure 5-1.
Although Essential Habitat is defined and protected under the TPWC Act, at the time of this report no areas of the NT have been declared Essential Habitat under the Act.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 95
Mixed woodland
The Mixed woodland habitat corresponds with the vegetation associations VA1 and VA2 (Plate 5-1 and Figure 5-1). This habitat type is typical of the northern Australian grassland savanna, with mixed Eucalyptus, Corymbia, and Erythropleum trees, over mixed shrubs, over grasses, herbs, and vines. The fire age is highly variable across this habitat type, driven largely by the fragmentation of the site by clearing. Some areas are long unburnt and have abundant logs, litter, and woody debris, and are likely to support a high level of species richness and diversity. In contrast, some areas, particularly those most accessible to the public, are frequently burnt and, as a result, provide less refuge.
As the most widespread habitat type within the Study area, Mixed woodland is likely to support a range of generalist species that require habitat connectivity and continuity, in contrast to specialised species that are restricted to isolated patches of a specific habitat. The most frequently recorded birds within this habitat type were the Red-collared Lorikeet (Trichoglossus rubritorquis; 80 individuals) and Varied Lorikeet (Psitteuteles versicolor; 60 individuals). The most frequently recorded mammals were the Northern Brown Bandicoot (Isoodon macrourus, 54 individuals trapped), Greater Northern Free-tailed Bat (Chaerephon jobensis), and Yellow-bellied Sheath-tailed Bat (Saccolaimus flaviventris). The bats were recorded on 18 nights each. Common reptiles include the Port Essington Ctenotus (Ctenotus essingtonii; 21 individuals trapped) and Bynoe’s Gecko (Heteronotia binoei; 16 individuals trapped) (Table 5-1).
A range of conservation significant fauna have been recorded in the mixed woodland habitat, including the Black-footed Tree-rat (M. g. gouldii; five individuals trapped), Northern Brown Bandicoot (Isoodon macrourus; 54 individuals trapped), Rainbow Bee-eater (Merops ornatus; 23 individuals), Common Greenshank (Tringa nebularia; four individuals), Northern Brushtail Possum (Trichosurus vulpecula arnhemensis; one individual trapped), and Orange Leaf-nosed Bat (Rhinonicteris aurantius; one record).
Plate 5-1. Mixed woodland habitat.
Monsoon closed forest
The Monsoon closed forest habitat type corresponds to the vegetation association VA9 and occupies the fringe between Melaleuca woodlands and Mangrove areas. This habitat type is characterised by dense vegetation, with Corymbia, figs, palms, and vines and a dense shrubby understorey. This habitat type is generally long unburnt, resulting in abundant logs, litter, and woody debris. The large trees present in this habitat type provide hollows for both small and large species. This habitat type may provide habitat for a range of small species that can move freely through the dense vegetation, as well as those that seek refuge from the thermal extremes of more open habitat types.
The most frequently recorded birds were the Helmeted Friarbird (Philemon buceroides; 20 individuals) and Yellow White-eye (Zosterops luteus; eight individuals). The relatively high humidity and shade afforded by the dense cover of Monsoon closed forest allows a suite of amphibians to inhabit the area, with the most frequently captured species being the Bilingual Froglet (Crinia bilingual; 21 records) and Striped Rocket Frog (Litoria nasutaI;
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 96
9 records). The Black Flying-fox (Pteropus alecto) and Dusky Rat (Rattus colletti) were both recorded once each and only in this habitat type.
Northern Brown Bandicoots (I. macrourus; 13 individuals trapped) have been frequently recorded within this habitat. The thick litter layer, and resulting abundant invertebrates and fungi, are likely to make this habitat preferred by semi-fossorial animals such as Bandicoots. The only conservation significant bird recorded was the Rainbow Bee-eater (M. ornatus; four individuals). The Howard River Toadlet (Uperoleia daviesae; five individuals trapped, pending confirmation) and Pale Field-rat (Rattus tunneyi; two individuals trapped) have also been recorded within the Monsoon closed forest, and the Pale Field-rat is known only from this habitat (Table 5-1).
Native grasslands
Areas of open Native grassland (vegetation association VA4 and VA10) are present within the southern portion of the site, acting as an ecotone between Eucalyptus woodland and disturbed area (Figure 5-1). This habitat type is dominated by tussock grasses, such as Sorghum plumosum, with scattered emergent trees, many of which provide suitable nesting and roosting habitat for birds. The most frequently recorded reptile within this habitat type was the Slender Rainbow Skink (Carlia gracilis; 17 captures), while the Black Whipsnake (Demansia papuensis; one individual recorded) was recorded only in this habitat type. The most frequently recorded bird species was the Red-winged Parrot (Aprosmictus erythropterus; six individuals). The dense grassy layer is expected to provide excellent foraging opportunities for small bird species such as Brown Quail (Coturnix ypsilophora; two individuals), which was known only from this habitat type. Native grasslands are highly flammable and likely to experience frequent fires, resulting in few hollow-bearing logs or other shelter opportunities being present.
Three conservation significant species have been recorded within this habitat type: Rainbow Bee-eater (M. ornatus; two individuals), Northern Brushtail Possum (T. v. arnhemensis; one individual trapped), and Northern Brown Bandicoot (I. macrourus; three individuals trapped).
!>!>!>
!A!>!>!>!>!>
!>
!>!>!>!>!>!A
!>!>!>!>!>!>!>!>!>!>!>!>!>
!>!>!>!>!>!A!>!>!>!>
!A
!>!>!>!>!>
!>!A
!>
!>!>
!>!>!>!>
!>!>!A!>!>
!>!>
!>!>!>
!>
!>!>!>!>!>
!>!>
!>!>
!>!>
!>
!>
!>
!>
!>
!>
!>!>!A
!>!>!>!A!>
!>
!A !>!> !>!>
!>!>
!>
!A
!A!A
!A
!A!>!>
!A
!>
!>!A
!> !A
!>!> !>
!>!>!A
!> !>!> !>
!>!>
!> !>!A!A!> !A!>
!>!A!A
!> !>!A !>!A!>!>!>
!> !> !>!A
!A!>!A !>!A
!> !A !A!>
!A
1817
1817
712000.000000 713000.000000 714000.000000 715000.00000086
0900
0.000
000
8610
000.0
0000
086
1100
0.000
000
8612
000.0
0000
086
1300
0.000
000
0 0.45 0.90.225km
±
Docum
ent Path: \\M
AINSER
VER\D
ocuments\APM
GIS and M
apping\03_Client\APM
2018-19GIS
\TNG
\02_GIS M
aps\TNG
010 Prewet Season Figures\20191011_TN
G010_Fig5_1 fauna hab and consig records.m
xd
Coordinate System: GDA 1994 MGA Zone 52Date: 11/10/2019
Author: [email protected]
1 centimeter = 150 meters
Figure 5-1: Fauna habitats and location of conservation significant fauna recordsLegendSpecies
!A Eastern Curlew
!A Black-footed Tree-rat
!> ?Arnhem Sheath-tailed Bat
!> Bush Stone-curlew
!> Grey-tailed Tattler
!> Northern Brown Bandicoot
!> Orange Leaf-nosed Bat
!> Pale Field-rat
!> Whimbrel
!> ?Howard Springs Toadlet
Common Greenshank
Common Sandpiper
Great Egret
Little Tern
Northern Brushtail Possum
Oriental Cuckoo
Pacific Reef Heron
Pacific Swift
Rainbow Bee-eater
Western Chestnut Mouse
White-bellied Sea Eagle
Lot 1817 Hundred of Ayres
HabitatDisturbed areas
Mangroves
Melaleuca woodland
Mixed woodland
Monsoon Closed Forest
Native Grasslands
Temporary Water Bodies
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 98
Mangroves
Mangroves occupy the areas fringing the survey area along the estuary side (west and north) and correspond with vegetation associated VA8 (Plate 5-2). This habitat type includes some vegetation heterogeneity, ranging from thick Ceriops tagal mangrove woodland to open samphire/saltpan shrublands dominated by Chenopods. This dense vegetation is expected to provide good shelter for smaller bird species, as well as small mammals and reptiles. The most frequently recorded birds in Mangrove habitat were the Red-headed Myzomela (Myzomela erythrocephala; 26 individuals) and Red-collared Lorikeet (T. rubritorquis; 20 individuals), while the Rainbow Bee-eater (M. ornatus; eight individuals) was the only conservation significant species recorded. While no live trapping has been carried out within the Mangrove habitat, it is likely to have a similar faunal assemblage to the Monsoon closed forest habitat type. The Saltwater Crocodile (Crocodylus porosus; one individual observed) has been recorded within this habitat type. The intense management and removal of crocodiles from Darwin Harbour have resulted in the density of these animals remaining low. The Black Flying-fox (Pteropus alecto) is also likely to roost diurnally within the dense canopy.
Plate 5-2. Mangrove Habitat. Melaleuca woodland
The Melaleuca woodland corresponds with vegetation association VA3 and is characteristic of low lying, seasonally inundated areas (Plate 5-3). This habitat type consists of an open woodland of Melaleucas over a dense tussock grassland, with little midstorey. Some hollow bearing logs and leaf litter may be available, and the fire age of this habitat is variable. Much of the heterogeneity of this habitat type is expected to be associated with seasonal inundation, and the provision of shallow water bodies.
While this habitat type is likely to occupied by many of the common generalist species found throughout other habitat types, the ephemeral water bodies and inundation that occur in this habitat type may support a different faunal assemblage. Bird species that were unique to this habitat include the Rufous-banded Honeyeater (Conopophila albogularis; two individuals) and Long-tailed Finch (Poephila acuticauda; two individuals).
The most frequently recorded species in this habitat type are the Northern Brown Bandicoot (I. macrourus; 18 individuals trapped) and Howard River Toadlet (Uperoleia daviesae; 10 individuals trapped, pending confirmation), while the Black-shinned Rocket Frog (Litoria tornieri; six individuals trapped) was recorded only within this habitat type. The Black-footed Tree-rat (M. g. gouldii; one individual trapped) was also recorded within this habitat.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 99
Plate 5-3. Melaleuca woodland habitat. Temporary water bodies
Seasonal water bodies form after rainfall and, in this site, are generally associated with previously disturbed areas, due to the site’s previous use as a quarry. The 2017 survey reported no plants or fish being present in these water bodies and, therefore, concluded that the wetlands were seasonal. However ephemeral, these water bodies will provide valuable habitat for waterbirds, such as the Straw-necked Ibis (Threskiornis spinicollis) and White-faced Heron (Egretta novaehollandiae), which were recorded in 2017. The introduced Cane Toad (Rhinella marina) may breed within these water bodies.
Disturbed areas
The site has been extensively disturbed from its previous use as a quarry, as well as from frequent use by the public for a range of activities, including motorbike riding and illegal dumping of rubbish (Plate 5-4). Some areas have been rehabilitated (vegetation association VA6), while others have not (VA7) or are periodically disturbed (VA11). In addition, this habitat type includes the extensive network of tracks throughout the sites. This habitat type provides little benefit to native species; however, the Northern Brown Bandicoot (I. macrourus; three individuals trapped) and Black-footed Tree-rat (M. g. gouldii; one individual trapped) have been trapped within this habitat type. These areas are also likely to favour generalist predators, such as the Dingo/Dog (Canis familiaris), as well as generalist introduced species, such as the Cane Toad (Rhinella marina).
Plate 5-4. Disturbed habitat, showing use as an infrastructure corridor and illegal dumping of rubbish and vehicles.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 100
Table 5-1. Number of captures of fauna across the six habitat types, plus in undescribed habitat, sampled in field surveys.
Scientific Name Common Name TPWC Act EPBC Act
Mix
ed
woo
dlan
d
Mon
soon
cl
osed
fo
rest
Nat
ive
gras
slan
d
Man
grov
e
Mel
aleu
ca
woo
dlan
d
Dist
urbe
d
Habi
tat n
ot
desc
ribed
Birds
Accipiter cirrocephalus Collared Sparrowhawk 1 Anas superciliosa Pacific Black Duck 7 Aprosmictus erythropterus Red-winged Parrot 18 6 1 2
Apus pacificus Pacific Swift Mi, Ma 1 Aquila audax Wedge-tailed Eagle 2 Aquila morphnoides Little Eagle 1
Ardea alba Great Egret Ma 1 Artamus leucorynchus White-breasted Woodswallow 3 4 Artamus minor Little Woodswallow 4
Burhinus grallarius Bush Stone-curlew NT 2 2 2 4 Cacatua galerita Sulphur-crested Cockatoo 24 2 4 Cacomantis variolosus Brush Cuckoo 1 1
Calyptorhynchus banksii Red-tailed Black Cockatoo 33 2 3 Centropus phasianinus Pheasant Coucal 1 1 Certhionyx pectoralis Banded Honeyeater 13 3
Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU VU, Mi, Ma 3 Cisticola exilis Golden-headed Cisticola 2 3 Conopophila albogularis Rufous-banded Honeyeater 2
Conopophila rufogularis Rufous-throated Honeyeater 2 Coracina novaehollandiae Black-faced Cuckoo-shrike 10 1 1 Coracina papuensis White-bellied Cuckoo-shrike 13 1 2 2
Corvus orru Torresian Crow 2 2 2 Coturnix ypsilophora Brown Quail 2 Cracticus argenteus Silver-backed Butcherbird 3
Cracticus nigrogularis Pied Butcherbird 2 1 1 1
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 101
Scientific Name Common Name TPWC Act EPBC Act
Mix
ed
woo
dlan
d
Mon
soon
cl
osed
fo
rest
Nat
ive
gras
slan
d
Man
grov
e
Mel
aleu
ca
woo
dlan
d
Dist
urbe
d
Habi
tat n
ot
desc
ribed
Cracticus quoyi Black Butcherbird 5
Cracticus tibicen Australian Magpie 2 Cracticus torquatus Grey Butcherbird 2 Dacelo leachii Blue-winged Kookaburra 5
Dicrurus bracteatus Spangled Drongo 1 2 Egretta novaehollandiae White-faced Heron 1 Entomyzon cyanotis Blue-faced Honeyeater 5
Eolophus roseicapillus Galah 1 3 Eurystomus orientalis Oriental Dollarbird 6 6 Falco berigora Brown Falcon 3
Geopelia cuneata Diamond Dove 3 2 Geopelia humeralis Bar-shouldered Dove 15 4 2 5 2 Geopelia striata Peaceful Dove 11 11 4
Gerygone chloronotus Green-backed Gerygone 3 Gerygone levigaster Mangrove Gerygone 1 Gerygone olivacea White-throated Gerygone 2 1
Grallina cyanoleuca Magpie-lark 6 2 1 Haliaeetus leucogaster White-bellied Sea Eagle LC Ma 2 Haliastur indus Brolga 2
Haliastur sphenurus Whistling Kite 3 Icterus nigrogularis Yellow Oriole 4 Lalage leucomela Varied Triller 1 3
Lalage sueurii White-winged Triller 3 1 Lichenostomus unicolor White-gaped Honeyeater 6 1 2 2 Lichmera indistincta Brown Honeyeater 30 5 4 5
Lonchura castaneothorax Chestnut-breasted Mannikin 4 Malurus melanocephalus Red-backed Fairy-wren 3 4 4
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 102
Scientific Name Common Name TPWC Act EPBC Act
Mix
ed
woo
dlan
d
Mon
soon
cl
osed
fo
rest
Nat
ive
gras
slan
d
Man
grov
e
Mel
aleu
ca
woo
dlan
d
Dist
urbe
d
Habi
tat n
ot
desc
ribed
Manorina flavigula Yellow-throated Miner 6
Megalurus timoriensis Tawny Grassbird 1 Megapodius reinwardt Orange-footed Scrubfowl 2 Melithreptus albogularis White-throated Honeyeater 9 4
Melithreptus gularis Black-chinned Honeyeater 2 Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater LC Ma 23 4 2 8 2 Microcarbo melanoleucos Little Pied Cormorant 2
Milvus migrans Black Kite 5 1 1 1 Myiagra rubecula Leaden Flycatcher 1 Myzomela erythrocephala Red-headed Myzomela 23 4 26
Neochmia phaeton Crimson Finch 2 2 Ninox novaeseelandiae Southern Boobook 1 1 1 Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew VU CR, Mi, Ma 7
Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel NT Mi, Ma 13 Oriolus sagittatus Olive-backed Oriole 1 1 Pardalotus striatus Striated Pardalote 16 2
Petrochelidon nigricans Tree Martin 14 Philemon argenticeps Silver-crowned Friarbird 12 Philemon buceroides Helmeted Friarbird 1 20 4
Philemon citreogularis Little Friarbird 13 Platycercus venustus Northern Rosella 1 Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis LC 1
Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover LC 5 Poephila acuticauda Long-tailed Finch 2 Psitteuteles versicolor Varied Lorikeet 60 2 4
Ramsayornis fasciatus Bar-breasted Honeyeater 1 Rhipidura dryas Arafura Fantail 1
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 103
Scientific Name Common Name TPWC Act EPBC Act
Mix
ed
woo
dlan
d
Mon
soon
cl
osed
fo
rest
Nat
ive
gras
slan
d
Man
grov
e
Mel
aleu
ca
woo
dlan
d
Dist
urbe
d
Habi
tat n
ot
desc
ribed
Rhipidura leucophrys Willie Wagtail 1 1
Rhipidura rufiventris Northern Fantail 2 1 Taeniopygia bichenovii Double-barred Finch 2 4 Threskiornis molucca Australian White Ibis 4 2
Todiramphus macleayii Forest Kingfisher 4 Trichoglossus h. rubritorquis Red-collared Lorikeet 80 6 2 20 4 Tringa brevipes Grey-tailed Tattler NT 31
Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank LC Mi, Ma 4 Zosterops luteus Yellow White-eye 8
Mammals Chaerophon jobensis Greater Northern Free-tailed Bat 18 1 6 1 Chalinolobus nigrogriseus Hoary Wattled Bat ?19 ?1 ?2 ?2 Hydromys chrysogaster Water Rat 1
Isoodon macrourus Northern Brown Bandicoot NT 54 13 3 18 3 20 Melomys burtoni Grassland Melomys 4 2 2 2 Mesembriomys gouldii Black-footed Tree-rat VU EN 5 1 1 4
Miniopterus orianae Northern Bent-winged Bat ?19 ?6 ?2 Miniopterus schreibersii orianae Common Bent-winged Bat 1 Mormopterus cobourgianus Northern Coastal Free-tailed Bat 7 1
Myotis macropus Large-footed Myotis 2 1 Notamacropus agilis Agile Wallaby 3 3 2 1 Nyctophilus walkeri Pygmy Long-eared Bat ?19 ?6 ?2
Pipistrellus adamsi Northern Pipistrelle 16 (?19) ?1 1 (?6) 1 (?2) Pseudomys delicatulus Delicate Mouse 1 Pseudomys nanus Western Chestnut Mouse NT 1
Pteropus alecto Black Flying-fox 1 1 1 Rattus colletti Dusky Rat 1
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 104
Scientific Name Common Name TPWC Act EPBC Act
Mix
ed
woo
dlan
d
Mon
soon
cl
osed
fo
rest
Nat
ive
gras
slan
d
Man
grov
e
Mel
aleu
ca
woo
dlan
d
Dist
urbe
d
Habi
tat n
ot
desc
ribed
Rattus tunneyi Pale Field-rat VU 2 1
Rhinonicteris aurantius Orange Leaf-nosed Bat NT 1 ?1 Saccolaimus flaviventris Yellow-bellied Sheath-tailed Bat 18 1 4 1 Scotorepens greyii Little Broad-nosed Bat ?19 ?2 ?2
Scotorepens sanborn Northern Broad-nosed Bat ?19 ?2 ?2 Tachyglossus aculeatus Echidna 1 Taphozous georgianus Common Sheath-tailed Bat ?1
Taphozous kapalgensis Arnhem Sheath-tailed Bat NT ?3 Trichosurus vulpecula arnhemensis Northern Brushtail Possum NT 1 1 5 Vespadelus caurinus Northern Cave Bat 1
Reptiles Amalosia rhombifer Zigzag Velvet Gecko 5 1 Antaresia children Children’s Python 1
Carlia amax Two-spined Rainbow Skink 5 2 1 1 Carlia gracilis Slender Rainbow Skink 1 5 17 9 Carlia munda Striped Rainbow Skink 14
Carlia rufilatus Red-sided Rainbow Skink 4 Cryptoblepharus cygnatus Swanson’s Snake-eyed Skink 2 3 Cryptoblepharus metallicus Metallic Snake-eyed Skink 2
Ctenotus borealis White-faced Ctenotus 2 2 Ctenotus essingtonii Port Essington Ctenotus 21 4 3 Ctenotus robustus Robust Ctenotus 2 1
Demansia papuensis Black Whipsnake 1 Dendrelaphis punctulate Green Tree Snake DD 1 Eremiascincus isolepis Northern Bar-lipped Skink 1
Gehyra australis Northern Dtella 7 1 Gowidon temporalis Swamplands Lashtail 1
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 105
Scientific Name Common Name TPWC Act EPBC Act
Mix
ed
woo
dlan
d
Mon
soon
cl
osed
fo
rest
Nat
ive
gras
slan
d
Man
grov
e
Mel
aleu
ca
woo
dlan
d
Dist
urbe
d
Habi
tat n
ot
desc
ribed
Heteronotia binoei Bynoe's Gecko 16 1
Morethia storri Storr's Fire-tailed Skink 9 2 Tropidonophis mairii Keelback 1 1
Amphibians Crinia bilingua Bilingual Froglet 51 5 1 Cyclorana australis Northern Snapping Frog 1 1 Limnodynastes convexiusculus Marbled Frog 2 1 1
Litoria bicolor Northern Dwarf Tree Frog 1 1 Litoria inermis Bumpy Rocket Frog 2 3 1 Litoria nasuta Striped Rocket Frog 9 1 4 1
Litoria pallida Pallid Rocket Frog 1 2 1 Litoria rothii Roth's Tree Frog 2 1 Litoria tornieri Black-shinned Rocket Frog 1 6 1
Litoria wotjulumensis Wotjulum Frog 1 1 Notaden melanoscaphus Northern Spadefoot 1 Platyplectrum ornatum Ornate Burrowing Frog 1
Uperoleia daviesae Howard River Toadlet* VU 5 10 1
Introduced
Canis familiaris Dingo/Dog Int. 1 1 8 Felis catus Feral Cat Int. 1 Hemidactylus frenatus Asian House Gecko Int. 1 1 Rattus rattus Black Rat Int. 1
Rhinella marina Cane Toad Int. 17 5 3 18 1 27 Sus scofa Pig Int. 1
CR = Critically Endangered; EN = Endangered; VU = Vulnerable; NT = Near Threatened; DD = Data Deficient; NE = Not Evaluated; LC = Least Concern; Mi = Migratory; Ma = Marine; Int = Introduced.
? uncertain identification of bat calls; * pending confirmation.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 106
5.2.2 Avifauna
The site has a diverse avifauna assemblage, likely due to the habitat heterogeneity from the collection of marine and mangrove environments near the site, and the natural bushland and disturbed areas within the site. Across three targeted bird surveys conducted at the site (and in surrounding areas), 154 species have been recorded.
The 2016 Survey conducted by GHD included a range of sites throughout Darwin, in order to gain a more regional understanding of migratory shorebird presence. While sampling in the broader Darwin area (but not within the Study area), the Great Knot (Calidris tenuirostris; 3,581 individuals), Red Knot (Calidris canutus; 500 individuals), Lesser Sand Plover (Charadrius mongolus; 112 individuals), and Bar-tailed Godwit (Limosa lapponica; 19 individuals) were recorded.
Additionally, the Eastern Curlew (Numenius madagascariensis), listed as Critically Endangered (EPBC Act), has been recorded in three surveys (30 individuals at the Study area, 14 in the broader Darwin area) and the Greater Sand Plover (Charadrius leschenaultia), listed as Vulnerable (EPBC Act), was recorded in 2016 (three individuals within the Study area, 1,260 individuals in the broader Darwin area).
The conservation code and number of records of each conservation significant species is shown in Table 5-2, and the combined list of avifauna recorded across all surveys is shown in Appendix N.
5.2.3 Mammals
Despite the highly modified nature of much of the site, a diverse range of mammals have been recorded. In total, 33 mammal species have been recorded in the Study area, four of which are introduced species, and 16 are microbats. The complete list of mammals recorded is included in Appendix N. The most abundant mammal was the Northern Brown Bandicoot (Isoodon macrourus), listed as Near Threatened (TPWC Act), with 175 records across three terrestrial surveys (157 live captures, 18 camera trap records). The Black-footed Tree-rat (Mesembriomys gouldii), listed as Endangered (EPBC Act) and Vulnerable (TPWC Act), has been recorded 19 times over three surveys (seven live captures, and 12 camera trap records). The Pale Field-rat (Rattus tunneyi), listed as Vulnerable (TPWC Act), has been recorded three times in one survey.
Including the Northern Brown Bandicoot, five Near Threatened (TPWC Act) mammals have been recorded, including the Northern Brushtail Possum (Trichosurus vulpecula arnhemensis; 20 records), the Orange Leaf-nosed Bat (Rhinonicteris aurantius; two records), and the Western Chestnut Mouse (Pseudomys nanus; one record). The Arnhem Sheath-tailed Bat (Taphozous kapalgensis; three records) was also recorded; however, the identification of the recorded call was uncertain.
5.2.4 Reptiles and Amphibians
The reptile assemblage recorded at the site is especially diverse (23 species). The most abundant species were the Slender Rainbow Skink (Calia gracilis; 32 records), Port Essington Ctenotus (Ctenotus essingtonii; 28 records), and Bynoe's Gecko (Heteronotia binoei; 16 records). The Mulga Snake (Pseudechis australia), listed as Near Threatened (TPWC Act), and Green Tree Snake (Dendrelaphis punctulatus), listed as Data Deficient (TPWC Act), have both been opportunistically recorded, as well at the Saltwater Crocodile (Crocodylus porosus), which is listed as Migratory and Marine (EPBC Act).
In total, 15 species of amphibian have been recorded. The most frequently recorded species were the Bilingual Froglet (Crinia bilingua; 56 records) and Vulnerable (TPWC Act)-listed Howard River Toadlet (Uperoleia daviesae; 15 records, pending confirmation). The complete list of reptiles and amphibians recorded is included in Appendix N.
5.2.5 Introduced Species
Six introduced species were recorded at the site. The most frequently recorded was the Cane Toad (Rhinella marina; 78 records) (Plate 5-5), which is found across all habitat types within the site. The Black Rat (Rattus
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 107
rattus; eight records), Feral Cat (Felis catus; six records), Dog/Dingo (Canis familiaris; 5 records), Feral Pig (Sus scrofa; two records), and Asian House Gecko (Hemidactylus frenatus; one record) were also recorded.
Plate 5-5. The Cane Toad (Rhinella marina) was recorded frequently across all habitat types within the Study area, even in cage traps.
5.3 CONSERVATION SIGNIFICANT FAUNA
During field surveys, 26 conservation significant species listed under federal or territory legislation (as defined in Appendix J and Appendix K) were recorded in the Study area, including 15 birds, seven mammals, three reptiles, and one amphibian. A complete list of the conservation significant species that may occur (based on database searches), those that have been recorded, and the likelihood of occurrence for those that have not, is included in Table 5-2.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 108
Table 5-2. Conservation significant species identified in database and field searches, and the likelihood of occurrence within the Study area.
Scientific Name Common Name Cons Code* Habitat Preference Likelihood of occurrence
TPWC EPBC
Birds
Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper VU CR, Mi, Ma
The Curlew Sandpiper is medium sized migratory wader, found predominantly in coastal regions of Australia, throughout the Australian summer (August to April). Non-breeding individuals often overwinter in Australia rather than migrating north (DoE, 2015). This species occurs in tidal mudflats, saltmarsh, salt fields, wetlands (fresh, brackish, or saline), and sewage ponds (Pizzey and Knight, 2012).
Possible. One record on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 2 km of the Study area, with others over 4 km away. Suitable habitat occurs near the site.
Numenius madagascariensis
Eastern Curlew VU CR, Mi, Ma
The Eastern Curlew, the largest migratory wader, occurs in coastal areas throughout Australia during the non-breeding season (summer) (TSSC, 2015c). This species is found in estuaries, tidal mudflats, sandspits and saltmarshes, and mangroves, as well as fresh and brackish lakes and bare grasslands near water (Pizzey and Knight, 2012).
Present. 30 records across 2016, 2018, and 2019 within the Study area. 14 records from the Greater Darwin area in 2016.
Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot VU CR, Mi, Ma
The Great Knot is often seen in large flocks of hundreds to thousands of birds. It forages over intertidal flats and will reside in sheltered coastal mudflats of estuaries, lagoons, and mangrove swamps. It sometimes uses salt lakes but rarely inland waters.
Likely. 3,581 records in 2016 from the Greater Darwin area.
Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover VU EN, Mi, Ma
The Lesser Sand Plover inhabits intertidal sandflats and mudflats, beaches and sandbars, and reef flats. This species sometimes overwinters in northern Australia. It is abundant in Queensland, and uncommon elsewhere in Australia.
Likely. 112 records in 2016 from the Greater Darwin area.
Calidris canutus Red Knot, Knot VU EN, Mi, Ma
The Red Knot occurs near coastal waters, such as mudflats and sandflats, in estuaries. It is also known to occur in salt ponds and salt lakes near the coast.
Likely. 500 records in 2016 from the Greater Darwin area.
Erythrura gouldiae Gouldian Finch
EN Gouldian Finch breeding habitat is characterised by rocky hills with hollow-bearing smooth-barked gums, Eucalyptus brevifolia or Corymbia dichromphloia, within 2 – 4 km of small waterholes or springs that persist throughout the dry season (O'Malley, 2006).
Unlikely. Suitable habitat not present.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 109
Scientific Name Common Name Cons Code* Habitat Preference Likelihood of occurrence
TPWC EPBC
Rostratula australis Australian Painted Snipe
EN The Australian Painted Snipe occurs throughout most of Australia and is part-migratory, moving into tropical Queensland in autumn-winter (Pizzey and Knight, 2012). They inhabit well vegetated shallow terrestrial freshwater (occasionally brackish) wetlands, including temporary and permanent lakes, swamps, and claypans. Until recently, R. australis was considered a subspecies of R. benghalensis; however, it is now considered a separate species.
Unlikely. No records on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area. Rostratula benghalensis
(sensu lato) Ma
Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU VU, Mi, Ma
The Greater Sand Plover inhabits wide beaches, sandspits and tidal mudflats, reefs, and mangroves (Pizzey and Knight, 2012). This species is a summer migrant to Australia, present from August to May; however, it breeds in the Northern hemisphere.
Present. Three records from within the Study area. 1,260 records in 2016 from the Greater Darwin area.
Erythrotriorchis radiatus
Red Goshawk
VU The Red Goshawk occurs in coastal and subcoastal areas of northern and eastern Australia. This species occupies a range of open forest woodlands, particularly near rivers and wetlands, rainforests, and areas with abundant prey populations (including water birds, pigeons, parrots, and large passerines) (Pizzey and Knight, 2012). Nesting trees are generally emergent, within 1 km of permanent water (e.g. rivers, swamps, and pools) (Czechura et al., 2009). This species is sensitive to disturbance, and rarely breeds in areas with fragmented native vegetation (TSSC, 2015a).
Unlikely. No records on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area.
Geophaps smithii Partridge Pigeon (eastern)
VU The Partridge Pigeon is a small dull-brown pigeon that occupies woodland with
low grass, open rocky or sandy ground by streams, water courses, roadsides, and areas of recently burnt grass, but seldom far from water (Pizzey and Knight, 2012).
Unlikely. No records on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area.
Tyto novaehollandiae kimberli
Masked Owl
VU While the distribution of the Marked Owl is widespread, it occurs only sparsely throughout much of coastal Australia (Pizzey and Knight, 2012). In northern Australia, the species has been recorded from riparian forest, rainforest, open forest, Melaleuca swamps, and the edges of mangroves, as well as along the margins of sugar cane fields (Higgins, 1999).
Unlikely. No records on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 110
Scientific Name Common Name Cons Code* Habitat Preference Likelihood of occurrence
TPWC EPBC
Limosa lapponica
Limosa lapponica baueri
Limosa lapponica menztieri
Bar-tailed Godwit
Western Alaskan Bar-tailed Godwit
Northern Siberian Bar-tailed Godwit
VU Mi, Ma
VU
CR
The Bar-tailed Godwit (and included races) is a white-grey wader, with a long bill. The species is a summer migrant to Australia, present from September to April, inhabiting tidal mudflats and structures.
Present. 19 records in 2016 from the Greater Darwin area.
Unlikely. No records on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area.
Unlikely. No records on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area.
Apus pacificus Fork-tailed Swift LC Mi, Ma
The Fork-tailed Swift flies over inland plains but also occasionally foothills or coastal areas, such as beaches and islands, and well out to sea. They occur over dry or open habitats comprising riparian woodland, low scrub, heathland, or saltmarsh, as well as grasslands and sandplains with spinifex (Morcombe, 2010).
Present. One record in 2019.
Cuculus optatus Oriental Cuckoo LC Mi The Oriental Cuckoo is found throughout coastal regions of northern and eastern Australia, in monsoon forests and rainforest edges, river flats, roadsides, and mangroves. This species is a regular non-breeding migrant in northern Australia from September to May but is uncommon.
Present. One record in 2018.
Hirundo rustica Barn Swallow NE Mi, Ma
The Barn Swallow is a migrant nonbreeding visitor to coastal regions of northern Australia, mostly in September to March. This species inhabits open country and agricultural land, often near water.
Possible. Records on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area. Suitable habitat occurs near the site.
Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper LC Mi, Ma
The Common Sandpiper is present in both saltwater and freshwater ecosystems, using a wide range of coastal wetlands and some inland wetlands. This species is mostly found around muddy margins or rocky shores, and rarely on mudflats. The species is often associated with mangroves, and sometimes found in areas of mud littered with rocks or snags (Higgins and Davies, 1996).
Present. 116 records across 2016, 2018, and 2019 within the Study area. 26 records from the Greater Darwin area in 2016.
Calidris acuminata Sharp-tailed Sandpiper
LC Mi, Ma
The Sharp-tailed Sandpiper is found throughout the majority of non-arid Australia in August to April. It is present on various forms of wetland, including tidal mudflats, saltmarshes, mangroves, drainage lines, and sewerage ponds. This species is generally only a passage migrant in northern Australia.
Possible. Records on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area. Suitable habitat occurs near the site.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 111
Scientific Name Common Name Cons Code* Habitat Preference Likelihood of occurrence
TPWC EPBC
Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper DD Mi, Ma
The Pectoral Sandpiper is found in shallow fresh waters, often with low grasses or sedges, including swamp margins, flooded pastures, but also occasionally tidal areas and saltmarshes. This species may be present in Australia from August to May, predominantly in the southeast (Pizzey and Knight, 2012). Generally, only a passage migrant in northern Australia.
Possible. Records on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area. Suitable habitat occurs near the site.
Glareola maldivarum Oriental Pratincole LC Mi, Ma
The Oriental Pratincole is a non-breeding visitor to Australia between November and February. The Oriental Pratincole hawks low over flooded grassland or on the ground, where locusts are present, and feeds in flight. This species requires bare ground for roosting but is also present on tidal mudflats and beaches.
Possible. Records on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area. Suitable habitat occurs near the site.
Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank
LC Mi, Ma
The Common Greenshank inhabits estuaries, mudflats, saltmarshes, margins of lakes, claypans (and commercial salt fields), sewage ponds, inland lakes, and open swamps (Simpson, 1993). It is a regular and widespread summer migrant in Australia (September to April).
Present. 19 records across 2016, 2018, and 2019 within the Study area. Nine records from the Greater Darwin area in 2016.
Ardea ibis Cattle Egret LC Ma The Cattle Egret is mainly associated with shallow, open, and freshwater wetlands; however, it often forages away from water on low lying grasslands and areas of improved pastures.
Possible. Records on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area. Suitable habitat occurs near the site.
Haliaeetus leucogaster White-bellied Sea Eagle
LC Ma The White-bellied Sea Eagle will occupy and forage within any habitat close to any type of water body, including marine, estuarine, and fresh water. It requires tall trees adjacent to a water body for nesting.
Present. 14 records across 2018 and 2019 within the Study area. Two records from the Greater Darwin area in 2016.
Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater LC Ma The Rainbow Bee-eater occurs in a very diverse array of habitat ranging from forests, to samphire, to sedgelands, and is one of the most frequently observed species during biological surveys. It is readily noticed due to its highly conspicuous plumage. This species is highly mobile, widespread, and relatively common throughout Australia.
Present. 45 records across 2017, 2018 and 2019 within the Study area. One record from the Greater Darwin area in 2016.
Cecropis daurica Red-rumped Swallow
Mi The Red-rumped Swallow occupies open areas of woodland (Simpson, 1993),
swamps, grasslands, and coasts in northern Australia; however, it is only an occasional migrant in Australia, occurring in small numbers (Pizzey and Knight, 2012).
Unlikely. No records on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 112
Scientific Name Common Name Cons Code* Habitat Preference Likelihood of occurrence
TPWC EPBC
Motacilla cinerea Grey Wagtail
Mi, Ma
The Grey Wagtail is found in isolated pockets near populated coastal regions in November to April. It prefers areas near running water in disused quarries, sandy rocky streams in escarpments and rainforests, and various anthropogenic habitats, such as sewage ponds, ploughed pastures, and airfields (Pizzey and Knight, 2012).
Unlikely. No records on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area.
Motacilla flava Yellow Wagtail
Mi, Ma
The Yellow Wagtail uses grassy flats, rice stubbles, and edges of swamps, as well as anthropogenic vegetation, such as bore overflows, sewage ponds, and grazed or mowed pastures. It is a migratory visitor, present in November to May (Johnstone and Storr, 2004).
Unlikely. No records on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area.
Rhipidura rufifrons Rufous Fantail
Mi, Ma
The Rufous Fantail prefers very dense rainforest or monsoon forest but tends to use Melaleuca thickets (Pizzey and Knight, 2012).
Unlikely. No records on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area.
Acrocephalus orientalis Oriental Reed-Warbler
Mi, Ma
The Oriental Reed-warbler is a small, olive brown bird that lives in dense reedbeds and cumbungi over and near water. It may be present in Australia between January and March (Pizzey and Knight, 2012).
Unlikely. No records on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area and no suitable habitat within site.
Charadrius veredus Oriental Plover LC Mi, Ma
The Oriental Plover lives in coastal and estuarine mudflats and sandbanks, or in near-coastal grasslands (Storr, 1977), as well as semi-arid or arid grasslands, (Storr, 1980). They breed outside of Australia but are regular summer migrants throughout coastal Australia and inland across north Australia (September to March).
Possible. Records on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area. Suitable habitat occurs near the site.
Pandion haliaetus Osprey
There is some uncertainty around the taxonomy of the Osprey. Worldwide, P. haliaetus is considered the only species; however, some taxonomists have advocated for elevating P. cristatus from a subspecies to full species level. For the purposes of this report, P. crictatus and P. haliaetus are considered together.
The Osprey is found throughout much of the world, where it is found in coastal areas, islands, and rivers. This medium sized raptor has a white neck and underparts, with a grey brown back. The species regularly nests in tall man-made structures, such as television and radio towers.
Present. One record in 2018 from within the Study area. One record in 2016 from the Greater Darwin area.
Pandion cristatus Eastern Osprey LC Mi, Ma
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 113
Scientific Name Common Name Cons Code* Habitat Preference Likelihood of occurrence
TPWC EPBC
Anseranas semipalmata Magpie Goose
Ma The Magpie Goose inhabits aquatic and terrestrial habitats and is mainly found in shallow wetlands with dense growth of rushes or sedges.
Unlikely. No records on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area and no suitable habitat within the site.
Ardea alba Great Egret
Ma The Great Egret occurs in shallow rivers, estuaries, tidal mudflats, freshwater wetlands, and anthropogenic water bodies. It builds a scanty platform of sticks as a nest, in treetops surrounding water and mangroves in March to May in northern Australia (Pizzey and Knight, 2012).
Present. 13 records across 2018 and 2019 from within the Study area.
Chrysococcyx osculans Black-eared Cuckoo
Ma The Black-eared Cuckoo is a grey to pale brown species, with a distinct white eyebrow. It inhabits drier woodlands and scrublands, mallee, mulga, lignum, saltmarsh, and riverside thickets. It is present in northern Australian from May to October (Pizzey and Knight, 2012).
Unlikely. No records on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area and no suitable habitat within the site.
Acrocephalus australis Australia Reed-warbler
NT
Similar to the Oriental Reed-warbler in appearance, The Australian Reed-warbler occupies reeds, cumbungi, and pencil rush over water, as well as River Red Gum regrowth, Bamboo and other disturbed/introduced habitat near water. It mainly occurs in southern Australia but may overwinter (May to October) in northern Australia (Pizzey and Knight, 2012).
Unlikely. No records on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area and no suitable habitat within the site.
Amaurornis moluccana Pale-vented Bush-hen
NT
The Pale-vented Bush-hen is a small secretive bird with plain olive-brown plumage. It occupies rainforest fringes, swamp forests, low scrub in flooded areas, roadside vegetation, and lantana thickets (Pizzey and Knight, 2012).
Possible. Records on NR Map Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area.
Ardeotis australis Australian Bustard NT
The Australian Bustard is an iconic species that occurs throughout much of Australia, particularly in the north and arid regions. It is a large bird with a brown back and light-coloured neck, and favours open country, particularly grasslands and open spinifex plains (Pizzey and Knight, 2012).
Possible. Records on NR Map Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area.
Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone NT Mi, Ma
The Ruddy Turnstone resides on ocean coasts with exposed rock, stony, or shell beaches, but also mudflats, and sometimes inland on shallow pools.
Present. 82 records in 2016 from the Greater Darwin area.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 114
Scientific Name Common Name Cons Code* Habitat Preference Likelihood of occurrence
TPWC EPBC
Burhinus grallarius Bush Stone-curlew NT
The Bush Stone-curlew is an iconic northern Australian species. It is grey-brown, and its eyrie call is often heard at night. The species occupies open woodland with dry watercourses, sandplains with spinifex and mallee, coastal scrub, and is often seen in cities and towns.
Present. 10 records across 2017, 2018, and 2019 within the Study area.
Limosa limosa Black-tailed Godwit NT Mi, Ma
The Black-tailed Godwit is a migratory wader with grey plumage and a long bill that becomes rusty brown during the breeding season. It occurs on tidal mudflats, estuaries, sandspits, shallow river margins, and on other fresh or brackish waterbodies. The species is a regular summer migrant to Australia (September to May).
Present. Six records in 2016 from the Greater Darwin area.
Lonchura flaviprymna Yellow-rumped Mannikin
NT
The Yellow-rumped Mannikin has a robust silver bill and deep chestnut upperparts. It occupies tall seeding grasses near water, grassy flats with shrubs and trees, and mangroves; it roosts in reedbeds. While generally scarce, it can be locally abundant (Pizzey and Knight, 2012).
Possible. Records on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area. Suitable habitat occurs near the site.
Lophoictinia isura Square-tailed Kite NT
The Square-tailed Kite is a medium sized raptor that is generally reddish brown, and occupies heathlands and woodland, forests, rainforests, and timbered watercourses (Pizzey and Knight, 2012). This species is rare and generally a winter visitor to coastal and sub-coastal northern Australia.
Possible. Records on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area. Suitable habitat occurs near the site.
Meliphaga albilineata White-lined Honeyeater
NT
The White-lined Honeyeater is dark grey-brown with a white line underneath its eye. It inhabits rainforests, paperbarks, and woodlands on sandstone outcrops. It occurs on the north and west escarpments of the Arnhem Land Plateau.
Unlikely. No records on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area, no suitable habitat within the site, and the known distribution does not include the site.
Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel NT Mi, Ma
The Whimbrel is a small Curlew species that is found across much of northern Australia. This migratory species is present in Australia from September to April and inhabits floodplains and tidal mudflats.
Present. 34 records across 2016 and 2018 from within the Study area. 20 records from the Greater Darwin area in 2016.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 115
Scientific Name Common Name Cons Code* Habitat Preference Likelihood of occurrence
TPWC EPBC
Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover NT Mi, Ma
The Grey Plover inhabits coastal areas and marine shores of estuaries or lagoons, on broad open mudflats, sandbars, beaches, rock platforms, and reef flats of rocky coasts. It also forages slightly inland near the coast and on the margins of salt lakes or swamps.
Present. 30 records in 2016 from the Greater Darwin area.
Poecilodryas cerviniventris
Buff-sided Robin NT
The Buff-sided Robin is strikingly coloured with a dark back and rufous flanks. It occupies riverine gallery forest and monsoon rainforest, with deciduous vine scrubs and thickets (Pizzey and Knight, 2012). This species is restricted to coastal areas, the lower reaches of rivers, and mangroves.
Possible. Records on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area. Suitable habitat occurs near the site.
Ptilinopus cinctus Banded Fruit Dove NT
The Banded Fruit Dove has a white head and neck, and a dark back, wings, and belly. It occupies rainforest pockets on sandstone escarpments, and nearby Eucalyptus woodlands. It is found in northwest Arnhem Land, and considered uncommon.
Unlikely. No records on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area, no suitable habitat within the site, and the known distribution does not include the site.
Tringa brevipes Grey-tailed Tattler NT
The migratory Grey-tailed Tattler breeds in Siberia from May to August, and is present in northern Australia from September to April. This species occupies estuaries, tidal mudflats, and mangroves, both coastal and sometimes inland.
Present. 41 records across 2016, 2018, and 2019 from within the Study area. 151 records from the Greater Darwin area.
Gallinago megala Swinhoe's Snipe DD The Swinhoe’s Snipe is a regular summer migrant to tropical Australia. It occurs on wet grassy ground and the edges of reedy swamps.
Possible. Records on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area. Suitable habitat occurs near the site.
Gallinago stenura Pin-tailed Snipe DD The Pin-tailed Snipe is the smallest true snipe that regularly visits Australia. It occupies similar habitat to Swinhoe’s Snipe, such as boggy edges of vegetated wetlands and sewage, and other ponds. It is an uncommon summer migrant to northern Australia (August to March).
Possible. Records on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area. Suitable habitat occurs near the site.
Porzana pusilla Baillon's Crake DD Baillon’s Crake is a small species with tawny yellow upperparts and a pale grey breast. It occupies vegetated freshwater wetlands, waterside trees, and shrubs. It is generally present in winter in northern Australia.
Possible. Records on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area. Suitable habitat occurs near the site.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 116
Scientific Name Common Name Cons Code* Habitat Preference Likelihood of occurrence
TPWC EPBC
Porzana tabuensis Spotless Crake DD The Spotless Crake is dark coloured with red eyes and legs. It occupies well-vegetated freshwater wetlands with rushes, reeds, and cumbungi, as well as salt marches and mangroves. It is present in the coastal NT in winter.
Possible. Records on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area. Suitable habitat occurs near the site.
Calidris alba Sanderling LC Mi, Ma
The Sanderling prefers open sandy beaches washed by ocean swells. It is a regular migrant and is often seen in large flocks on favoured beaches.
Unlikely. No suitable habitat in the Study area. 20 records in 2016 from the Greater Darwin area.
Egretta sacra Pacific Reef Heron LC Ma The Pacific Reef Heron prefers occupying islands and coastal areas, rocky shores, exposed coral reefs, and mangroves. Breeding occurs on island woodlands, caves, or ledges (September to February). It is uncommon to rare in southern Australia, common on the QLD coast and Great Barrier Reef, with occurrences around the Australian coastal region.
Present. Seven record across 2016, 2018, and 2019 from the Study area. 12 records in 2016 from the Greater Darwin area.
Sternula albifrons Little Tern LC Mi, Ma
The Little Tern is found throughout much of northern Australia, in coastal waters, bays and inlets, and saline or brackish lakes. This species breeds from May to July, in colonies on islands and sandspits (Pizzey and Knight, 2012).
Present. Two records in 2018 from within the Study area.
Mammals
Dasyurus hallucatus Northern Quoll CR EN The Northern Quoll is the smallest quoll species in Australia, with males weighing up to around 1,100 g (Van Dyck and Strahan, 2008). This species is generally nocturnal, both terrestrial and arboreal, and prefers broken country, rocky areas, and open Eucalypt forest within 150 km of the coast (Van Dyck and Strahan, 2008). They den in hollow tree trunks but will use other spaces, such as rock crevices and openings in old termite mounds.
Likely. A record on NR Maps Fauna Atlas is within 500 m of the Study area, with two additional records 3 km away. Suitable habitat exists within the site; however, it has not been recorded in field surveys of the Study area.
Mesembriomys gouldii Black-footed Tree-rat
VU EN The Black-footed Tree-rat is a large, arboreal rat species endemic to northern Australia. The species prefers tropical woodlands and open forests in coastal areas, particularly where trees have good hollows and Pandanus stands are present (Griffiths et al., 2002). It is threatened by inappropriate fire regimes and predation by feral cats (TSSC, 2015b).
Present. 19 records across 2017, 2018, and 2019.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 117
Scientific Name Common Name Cons Code* Habitat Preference Likelihood of occurrence
TPWC EPBC
Petrogale concinna canescens
Nabarlek (Top End) EN The Nabarlek is a small rock wallaby species (1,200 – 1,600 g). It is restricted to rugged sandstone areas, lateritic breakaway, and granite boulder piles. They are generally nocturnal, sheltering in caves and rockpiles during the day, and emerging at night to feed (TSSC, 2015d). This species feeds on grasses, sedges, and ferns. The primary threatening factors to Nabarlek populations are predation by feral cats and inappropriate fire regimes.
Unlikely. No suitable habitat within the site.
Antechinus bellus Fawn Antechinus EN VU The Fawn Antechinus is uniformly pale to medium grey with a pinkish tinge above, cream/pale grey below, with a white throat and limbs, and the tail brown above and paler below. This species inhabits tall, open forests in tropical, monsoonal regions in the NT (Menkhorst and Knight, 2009).
Possible. Four records exist on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 2 km of the Study area. Suitable habitat exists; however, it has not been recorded in field surveys of the Study area.
Conilurus penicillatus Brush-tailed Rabbit-rat
VU The Brush-tailed Rabbit-rat is a medium-sized (up to 190 g), nocturnal, semi-
arboreal rat found in coastal parts of northern WA and NT. This species inhabits moist areas, with thick grassy understoreys, coastal sheoak woodlands, sclerophyll forest, and Pandanus stands, and dens in hollow trees (> 24 cm DBH) and fallen logs (van Dyck and Strahan, 2008). This species is threatened by inappropriate fire regimes, specifically intense, late-dry-season fires, that often occur annually (Firth et al., 2010).
Unlikely. No records exist on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area. The frequent fires at the site may reduce the quality of habitat for this species.
Macroderma gigas Ghost Bat NT VU The Ghost Bat is Australia’s only carnivorous bat (van Dyck and Strahan, 2008), and the largest microbat (Menkhorst and Knight, 2009). This species is an obligate troglodyte, and its occurrence is dependent on the provision of natural diurnal roosts in caves, crevices, and deep overhangs, and artificial roosts, such as underground mines (Tidemann et al., 1985) These sites are generally in deep natural caves, rock crevices, and old mines, with a stable temperature (23 – 28 °C), and high relative humidity (50 – 100 %) (TSSC, 2016e). At night, they leave these roosts to hunt for large insects, frogs, lizards, small birds, and mammals, including other bats (van Dyck and Strahan, 2008). Disturbance of roost sites is a key threatening factor for the Ghost Bat.
Possible. One record on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 7 km of the Study area. Suitable foraging habitat is present but there are no suitable roosting caves in the Study area. This species has not been recorded in field surveys of the Study area.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 118
Scientific Name Common Name Cons Code* Habitat Preference Likelihood of occurrence
TPWC EPBC
Phascogale pirata Northern Brush-tailed Phascogale
VU The Northern Brush-trailed Phascogale is dark grey above and paler below, with
pinkish-white limbs. This arboreal species prefers tall, open forests dominated by Eucalyptus and occurs only in the Top End of the NT (Woinarski and Ward, 2012).
Unlikely. No records exist on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area, although suitable habitat does exist.
Saccolaimus saccolaimus nudicluniatus
Bare-rumped Sheath-tailed Bat
VU Many aspects of the habitat, distribution, and ecology of the Bare-rumped
Sheath-tailed Bat are poorly known, and information is limited to anecdotal observations rather than detailed ecological studies (Schultz and Thomson, 2007). This dearth in information is largely due to the lack of a diagnostic echolocation call, making the species extremely difficult to detect (Schultz and Thomson, 2007). In Australia, all confirmed roosting records are from deep tree hollows in the Poplar Gum (Eucalyptus platyphylla), Darwin Woollybutt (E. miniata), and Darwin Stringybark (E. tetrodonta).
Unlikely. No records exist on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area, although suitable habitat does exist.
Xeromys myoides Water Mouse
VU The Water Mouse is found in mangroves and salt-marsh communities, sedged lakes, and coastal freshwater swamps, in coastal northern Australia and southern QLD. This semi-aquatic species is nocturnal or crepuscular, and eats marine and freshwater invertebrates, often following the receding tide to forage (Menkhorst and Knight, 2009). Populations in the NT are impacted by habitat change due to saltwater intrusion, spread of exotic pasture grasses, intensification of pastoral activities, and possibly predation by feral cats.
Unlikely. No records exist on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area, although suitable habitat does exist.
Rattus tunneyi Pale Field Rat VU
The Pale Field Rat occurs in a diverse range of habitats from damp grasslands, woodlands, and monsoon forests, with dense sedge understoreys (Menkhorst and Knight, 2009). It inhabits much of northern coastal Australia.
Present. Three records in 2017.
Isoodon macrourus Northern Brown Bandicoot
NT
The Northern Brown Bandicoot is common in wet tropical and subtropical forests and woodlands, as well as scrub and grasslands. This species is found in the northern region of WA, east into the NT, and south along the QLD coast (Menkhorst and Knight, 2009).
Present. 175 records across 2017, 2018, and 2019.
Pseudomys nanus Western Chestnut Mouse
NT
The Western Chestnut Mouse prefers woodlands with a dense shrubby and tussock grass understorey, sometimes near water bodies. This species is found from Port Hedland in WA, to the NT, and to the Barkly Tablelands of QLD (Menkhorst and Knight, 2009).
Present. One record in 2019.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 119
Scientific Name Common Name Cons Code* Habitat Preference Likelihood of occurrence
TPWC EPBC
Rhinonicteris aurantia Orange Leaf-nosed Bat
NT
Unlike the Northern Leaf-nosed Bat, this species roosts in colonies, from 20 to 20,000. It is heavily preyed upon by the Ghost Bat (Macroderma gigas). Orange Leaf-nosed Bats emerge at dusk to feed on a range of invertebrates, such as termites, flies, wasps, and cockroaches, and fly with a fast zig-zag pattern, usually within 1 m of the ground (Menkhorst and Knight, 2009).
Present. Two records across 2017 and 2019.
Taphozous kapalgensis Arnhem Sheath-tailed Bat
NT
The Arnhem Sheath-tailed Bat prefers tall open woodlands, monsoon forests, and swamps, as well as sedgelands and coastal floodplains adjacent to Pandanus spiralis woodlands (Churchill, 2008). This species is endemic to the coastal region of northern Australia, from Kununurra in WA, north into Darwin and Kakadu National Park in the NT (Churchill, 2008).
Present. Three records in 2019.
Trichosurus vulpecula arnhemensis
Northern Brushtail Possum
NT
The Northern Brushtail Possum is a subspecies of the Common Brushtail Possum (T. vulpecula) and is found in the Kimberley in WA, and the Top End of the NT. This species is highly adaptable, able to live in a variety of habitats, including residential areas, vine thickets, forests, woodlands, and areas without trees that offer caves and burrows for shelter. The core home range of male Possums is 1.12 ha, while it is slightly smaller for females (Kerle, 1998).
Present. 20 records across 2017 and 2019.
Sminthopsis virginiae Red-cheeked Dunnart
DD The Red-cheeked Dunnart is common around swamps and savannah grasslands of tropical forests. This dunnart is found across three isolated geographical regions of Australia; in the northern tip of the Kimberley, the Top End of the NT, and along the north-eastern coastline of QLD (Menkhorst and Knight, 2009).
Possible. Records exist in the NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area. Suitable habitat exists within the site.
Reptiles and Amphibians
Acanthophis hawkei Plains Death Adder
VU The Plains Death Adder is a nocturnal snake, believed to dwell in earth fissures during the dry season and beneath ground debris during the wet season. This species is found in QLD and the NT, particularly Barkly Tablelands (Cogger, 2014).
Unlikely. No records on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area, and no suitable cracking substrates occur within the site.
Varanus mertensi Mertens’ Water Monitor
VU
The Mertens’ Water Monitor occurs near water bodies, basking on rocks and logs overhanging rivers, swamps, and lagoons. This species is distributed across northern Australia, throughout coastal and inland waters (Cogger, 2014).
Possible. One record on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 3 km of the Study area. Suitable habitat exists within the site.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 120
Scientific Name Common Name Cons Code* Habitat Preference Likelihood of occurrence
TPWC EPBC
Varanus panoptes Yellow Spotted Monitor
VU
The Yellow Spotted Monitor is a large, ground-based reptile. It occurs in the Kimberley and arid western regions of WA, across the top of the NT, into Cape York Peninsula and central QLD (Cogger, 2014; Ward et al., 2012a).
Likely. Seven records on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area. Suitable habitat exists within the site.
Uperoleia daviesae Howard River Toadlet
VU The Howard River Toadlet is commonly located under fallen timber in the dry season, and with ground debris in woodlands and tropical savannahs. After the rains this species will congregate in large numbers around inundated grassy ponds for breeding. Geographically restricted to one region in north-western NT, near Darwin (Cogger, 2014).
Present. 15 unconfirmed records in the Study area in 2017. Targeted survey required to verify identification.
Crocodylus porosus Saltwater Crocodile LC Mi, Ma
The Saltwater Crocodile is the largest crocodilian on earth, sometimes reaching 7 m in length and weighing over 1,000 kg, with females significantly smaller than males. Saltwater Crocodiles live in coastal waterways throughout northern Australia and have grown in both abundance and distribution since the banning of unregulated hunting in 1971 (Fukuda et al., 2011).
Present. One record in 2016 from the waterways adjacent to the Study area.
Crocodylus johnstoni Freshwater Crocodile
Ma The Freshwater Crocodile occurs in fresh waterways of northern Australia, from
the Kimberley, through the NT, into QLD (Cogger, 2014). Unlikely. No records on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area, and suitable freshwater creeks are not present.
Pseudechis australis Mulga Snake NT
Mulga Snakes occur in a diverse range of habitats from tropical forests and woodlands of northern Australia to the deserts of the interior, and are found throughout much of central and northern Australia (Cogger, 2014).
Present. One record in 2017.
Ctenotus arnhemensis Jabulika Ctenotus DD The Jabulika Ctenotus is brown above, with a moderate black, white-edged vertebral stripe from nape to base of tail, a white dorsolateral stripe from eye to tail, bordered above by a narrow, black or dark brown stripe and below by a broad dark upper lateral zone (Cogger, 2014). It inhabits grassy floodplains and seasonally dry woodlands.
Possible. Records on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area. Suitable habitat exists within the site.
Demansia olivacea Olive Whipsnake DD The Olive Whipsnake occurs across a diverse range of habitats from semi-arid, stony ranges to monsoon forests, coastal dunes, and savannah woodlands (Cogger, 2014). This species is distributed across the top of coastal and hinterland northern Australia.
Possible. Records on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area. Suitable habitat exists within the site.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 121
Scientific Name Common Name Cons Code* Habitat Preference Likelihood of occurrence
TPWC EPBC
Dendrelaphis punctulata
Green Tree Snake DD The Green Tree Snake is found across a diverse range of habitat types, from mangroves, rainforests, dry and wet sclerophyll forests, coastal heaths, and riparian margins. This species occupies coastal and hinterland regions of northern Australia (Cogger, 2014).
Present. One record in 2018.
Enhydris polylepis Macleay’s Water Snake
DD Macleay’s Water snake inhabits freshwater lagoons, creeks and swamps. It is found in the top of the NT, to Cape York Peninsula in QLD (Wilson and Swan, 2003).
Possible. Records on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area. Suitable habitat exists within the site.
Tiliqua scincoides Common Bluetongue
DD The Common Bluetongue occurs in various habitat from coastal heaths, forests, montane forests, and grasslands and woodlands of the less arid mainland (Cogger, 2014).
Possible. Records on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area. Suitable habitat exists within the site.
Varanus baritji Black-spotted Spiny-tailed Monitor
DD The Black-spotted Spiny-tailed Monitor occurs in stony hills, scarps, and dissected ranges within the north of the NT.
Unlikely. Records on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area; however, no suitable habitat occurs within the site.
Varanus scalaris Spotted Tree Monitor
DD The Spotted Tree Monitor occupies sparse woodlands and rainforests (Wilson and Swan, 2003). It is found in the Kimberley region of northern WA, east into the NT, and to the QLD coast.
Possible. Records on NR Maps Fauna Atlas within 10 km of the Study area. Suitable habitat exists within the site.
Introduced
Columba livia Domestic Pigeon Int. The Domestic Pigeon prefers areas of human development and settlements, as well as beaches, cliffs, and open woodlands (Pizzey and Knight, 2012).
Likely.
Rhinella marina Cane Toad Int. The Cane Toad occurs in various habitats from moist forests to dry woodlands, grasslands, beach dunes, and intertidal flats in mangroves throughout the north of Australia (Cogger, 2014).
Present. 78 records across 2017, 2018, and 2019.
Bos taurus Domestic Cattle Int. Domestic Cattle occur in a range of habitats from rainforests to semi-desert wetlands (Van Dyck and Strahan, 2008).
Unlikely.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 122
Scientific Name Common Name Cons Code* Habitat Preference Likelihood of occurrence
TPWC EPBC
Bubalus bubalis Water Buffalo Int. The Water Buffalo is restricted to the floodplains and adjacent slopes in the top end of the NT (Menkhorst and Knight, 2009).
Unlikely.
Canis lupus familiaris Domestic Dog/Dingo
Int. The Domestic Dog is widespread throughout mainland Australia in tropical areas, deserts, and forests (Menkhorst and Knight, 2009).
Present. Five records across 2017 and 2018.
Equus caballus Horse Int. Feral Horses avoid densely settled areas and barren deserts, but frequent grasslands and shrub steppe environments near water sources (Menkhorst and Knight, 2009).
Unlikely.
Felis catus Cat Int. Feral Cats occur in a wide range of habitats from rainforests to deserts, as well as in human settlements (Menkhorst and Knight, 2009).
Present. Six records in 2017.
Hemidactylus frenatus Asian House Gecko Int. The Asian House Gecko is almost entirely restricted to areas of human development and settlement, and is present in the top end of the NT (Cogger, 2014).
Present. One record in 2017.
Mus musculus House Mouse Int. The House Mouse is widespread throughout Australia; however, in northern Australia they do not occur away from human settlement (Menkhorst and Knight, 2009).
Likely.
Rattus Black Rat Int. Black Rats typically occur in moister regions of Australia, as well as near human settlements and disturbed environments (Menkhorst and Knight, 2009).
Present. Eight records in 2017.
Sus scrofa Pig Int. Pigs occur near water sources, such as wetlands and floodplains, as well as wet forests (Menkhorst and Knight, 2009).
Present. Two records in 2017.
*CR = Critically Endangered; EN = Endangered; VU = Vulnerable; NT = Near Threatened; DD = Data Deficient; NE = Not Evaluated; LC = Least Concern; Mi. = Migratory; Ma. = Marine; Int. = Introduced
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 123
5.3.1 Conservation Significant Fauna Detailed Descriptions
In this section, conservation significant fauna that have been recorded in the Study area, or are considered likely to occur, are addressed in detail. The locations of conservation significant species recorded in the 2017, 2018, and 2019 surveys are shown in Figure 5-1.
5.3.1.1 Eastern Curlew (Numenius madagascariensis) – CR/Mi/Ma (EPBC Act), VU (TPWC Act)
The Eastern Curlew is the largest migratory shorebird in the world, with a long neck and legs, and a very long beak that curves downwards (TSSC, 2015c). Within Australia, they occur from Barrow Island off WA, around the coastal regions of northern Australia, to the NSW coast. This species is endemic to the East Asian-Australasian Flyway, breeding in Russia, Mongolia, and north-eastern China. Around 73 % of the population spends the non-breeding season in Australia, from July to April.
The Eastern Curlew inhabits sheltered coasts, including estuaries, bays, harbours, and lagoons with intertidal mudflats or sandflats, and some records exist of birds within mangroves. This species is threatened by human disturbance, habitat loss, and degradation. Eastern Curlews take flight if humans approach within 30 – 100 m (TSSC, 2015c), which may lead to a reduction in condition due to lost foraging time, increasing the chance of unsuccessful migration. Coastal development and land reclamation can destroy feeding habitat for this species (Close and Newman, 1984).
The Eastern Curlew has been recorded within the Study area in 2016, 2018, and 2019. This species is likely to be restricted to the tidal mudflats and mangrove habitat, on the fringes of the site (Figure 5-1).
5.3.1.2 Great Knot (Calidris tenuirostris) – CR/Mi/Ma (EPBC Act), VU (TPWC Act)
The Great Knot is a medium-sized shorebird, with a wingspan of approximately 58 cm (TSSC, 2016b). The plumage of this bird has three distinctive types: breeding, non-breeding, and juvenile (Higgins and Davies, 1996). Non-breeding plumage (as usually seen in Australia) is grey upperparts and white underparts, while juveniles are darker and browner (Higgins and Davies, 1996). Breeding plumage is black, white, and red marks on the upperparts, with a band of black across the chest. While in Australia, the Great Knot occupies sheltered coastal habitat, with mudflats or sandflats, including estuaries and lagoons (TSSC, 2016b). This species is a non-breeding migrant to Australia, present from August until April.
The Great Knot has not been recorded within the Study area. In 2016, it was recorded in high numbers at other sites throughout the Greater Darwin area.
5.3.1.3 Northern Quoll (Dasyurus hallucatus) – EN (EPBC Act), CR (TPWC Act)
The Northern Quoll is Australia’s smallest species of quoll, while being the largest mammal species known to exhibit facultative male die-off after mating (Van Dyck and Strahan, 2008). The species is brown with white spots on the rump and head, with five toes and striated pads on the hindfeet. The Northern Quoll is found in east and north QLD, northern parts of the NT, and the Kimberley and Pilbara of WA. This species has suffered significant decline in areas where Cane Toads (Rhinella marina) are established, especially in the NT. Mating occurs in winter, with young being carried by the female for 8 – 10 weeks after birth. The young stay with their mother until they can fend for themselves. Northern Quolls inhabit savanna woodlands and grasslands with rocky crevices, tree hollows, and hollow logs (Hill and Ward, 2010).
While not having been recorded at the Study area, the Northern Quoll has previously been recorded 500 m south of the site. Northern Quolls have also been recorded during biological surveys for the Blackmore River Aquaculture Project (URS, 2001), approximately 10 km to the southeast of the site. The Study area likely provides appropriate habitat and their apparent absence is probably due to the impact of Cane Toads on Quoll density.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 124
5.3.1.4 Red Knot (Calidris canutus) – EN/Mi/Ma (EPBC Act), VU (TPWC Act)
Smaller than its close relative the Great Knot, the Red Knot is a robust, short necked species with a straight bill and long wings (Higgins and Davies, 1996). This species has brownish-grey non-breeding plumage, with dark streaks on the head and neck. During breeding, the Red Knot plumage becomes boldly marked, contrasting against the chestnut-red body. This species has a global distribution and breeds at a range of locations around the Arctic (TSSC, 2016a). The Red Knot inhabits intertidal mudflats, sandflats, and beaches on sheltered coasts. They will forage in soft substrates near the water’s edge on intertidal mudflats or sandflats, as well as lakes and floodwaters (Higgins and Davies, 1996).
The Red Knot has not been recorded at the Study area but was recorded in 2016 in the Greater Darwin area.
5.3.1.5 Lesser Sand Plover (Charadrius mongolus) – EN/Mi/Ma (EPBC Act), VU (TPWC Act)
The Lesser Sand Plover is a grey-brown and white shorebird, with a dark eye-stripe and short black bill (Marchant and Higgins, 1993). This species is often difficult to distinguish from the Greater Sand Plover (C. leschenaultii) (TSSC, 2016d). The Lesser Sand Plover breeds in the northern hemisphere and migrates annually to southern breeding grounds, between September and May. While in Australia, this species is found in all states, but mainly in northern and eastern regions (TSSC, 2016d). This species is strictly coastal, inhabiting sandy beaches, mudflats of coastal bays and estuaries, and occasionally mangrove mudflats (TSSC, 2016d).
This species has not been recorded at the Study area; however, in 2016, it was recorded in the Greater Darwin area.
5.3.1.6 Black-footed Tree-rat (Mesembriomys gouldii gouldii) – EN (EPBC Act), VU (TPWC Act)
The Black-footed Tree-rat is a nocturnal, medium-sized mammal, and one of the largest rodents in Australia (Plate 5-6). It has shaggy grey-black fur, with a distinctive long hairy tail with a terminal white brush (TSSC, 2015b). It is restricted to forests and woodlands of the north Kimberley and mainland NT. The Black-footed Tree-rat is a nocturnal species that nests in dense foliage, especially in stands of Pandanus. This species forages on the ground and in trees, sometimes over 500 m from the roost site, feeding on fruit and seeds, as well as invertebrates, flowers, and grasses (TSSC, 2015b).
The Black-footed Tree-rat has been recorded during 2017, 2018, and 2019 surveys of the Study area. The Eucalyptus woodland and Monsoon closed forest vegetation associations are likely to provide important habitat for this species. The Black-footed Tree-rat has suffered a significant decline in the NT, likely due to habitat fragmentation, inappropriate fire regimes (Price et al., 2005), and predation by feral cats (TSSC, 2015b).
Plate 5-6. The Black-footed Tree-rat (M. g. gouldii) during the 2019 trapping survey.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 125
5.3.1.7 Greater Sand Plover (Charadrius leschenaultia) – VU/Mi/Ma (EPBC Act), VU (TPWC Act)
The Greater Sand Plover is a medium-sized shorebird, with a long straight bill that bulges towards the tip (TSSC, 2016c). This species breeds in the northern hemisphere, and approximately 75 % of the population spends the non-breeding season in Australia. During the non-breeding period, the species is widespread within Australia, but mainly inhabits coastal northern Australia (TSSC, 2016c). Like many migratory shorebirds, this species occurs on sandy or muddy beaches, intertidal mudflats, sandbanks, and saltmarshes. This species is susceptible to development due to its high site fidelity, tendency to aggregate, very high energy demands for migration, and requirement for sites containing both roosting and foraging sites (TSSC, 2016c). Many of the most pressing threats to this species occur at the East Asian staging areas.
The Greater Sand Plover was recorded within the Study area during 2016, as well as in the Greater Darwin area.
5.3.1.8 Howard River Toadlet (Uperoleia daviesae) – VU (TPWC Act)
This small species is endemic to the NT and was discovered in 2000. The dorsal surface is pale brown with numerous tubercules, with a cream ventral surface (Ward et al., 2012b). Due to its recent discovery, little is known about the biology of this species, and it is known only from locations in the Howard and Elizabeth River catchments. This species appears to be confined to sandsheet heathland associated with alluvial plains, drainage lines, and seepage zones.
The Howard River Toadlet has been collected during 2017, although the identification was never confirmed. This species is identified by its call, and cannot by physically identified by its appearance. Fifteen small toadlets were recorded during the survey in Monsoon closed forest and Melaleuca woodland habitat types (Figure 5-1).
5.3.1.9 Pale Field-rat (Rattus tunneyi) – VU (TPWC Act)
This attractive rodent is generally known from grassland savannahs across northern Australia (Van Dyck and Strahan, 2008). This species prefers areas with small, often seasonal, watercourses, is strictly nocturnal, and excavates diurnal refuge burrows in loose sandy soil. The requirement to excavate burrows may determine its distribution at a local scale. The diet consists of grass stems, seeds, and roots, particularly Alloteropsis grass, Sorghum seeds, and Pandanus roots. The Pale Field-rat has undergone a 90 % reduction in distribution, due to destruction of preferred creekline habitat by introduced herbivores (Van Dyck and Strahan, 2008).
The Pale Field-rat has been trapped in 2017 within the Monsoon closed forest habitat within the Study area.
5.3.1.10 Whimbrel (Numenius phaeopus) – Mi/Ma (EPBC Act), NT (TPWC Act)
The Whimbrel is a medium-sized Curlew, which is dark brown on the upper half of its body and has a lighter underside with dark brown streaks. This species occupies intertidal mudflats, lagoons, and estuaries, often with mangroves (DEE, 2018c). The Whimbrel is one of very few shorebirds that roost in mangroves (DEE, 2018c). This species has been recorded across the coastal regions of the Top End. Like many migratory shorebirds, the Whimbrel is threatened by habitat loss and degradation, as a result of development, predominantly in staging areas in east Asia.
The Whimbrel has been recorded within the Study area during 2016 and 2018, and within the Greater Darwin area in 2016.
5.3.1.11 Bush Stone-curlew (Burhinus grallarius) – NT (TPWC Act)
The Bush Stone-curlew is well known and iconic throughout much of northern Australia but has suffered a significant decline in settled areas of southern Australia. This species is surrounded by folklore, as a harbinger of death. The Bush Stone-curlew has broad habitat requirements, but individual’s pair and form stable territories, displaying long term site fidelity (Birdlife International, 2016).
The Buch Stone-curlew has been recorded at the site in 2017, 2018, and 2019.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 126
5.3.1.12 Grey-tailed Tattler (Tringa brevipes) – NT (TPWC Act)
The Grey-tailed Tattler is a medium-sized wader, with longer wings and tail than other wader species. It is grey above, with lighter underwings and yellow legs (DEE, 2018c). This species is found on sheltered coasts with reefs and rock platforms, or intertidal mudflats, and usually roosts in the branches of mangroves. It is found throughout the coastal regions of northern Australia, between August and April. The Grey-tailed Tattler is threatened by habitat loss and degradation as a result of development, predominantly in staging areas in east Asia.
The Grey-tailed Tattler has been recorded within the Study area in 2016, 2018, and 2019, as well as in the Greater Darwin area in 2016.
5.3.1.13 Northern Brown Bandicoot (Isoodon macrourus) – NT (TPWC Act)
The Northern Brown Bandicoot is a common urban-adapted species in northern Australia (Plate 5-7). This species occurs in areas with low ground cover, including tall grass and dense shrubbery, but may also live in areas with open understorey (Van Dyck and Strahan, 2008). Bandicoots are generally nocturnal and spend the night foraging in leaf litter and topsoil for invertebrates and fruits. While being well-suited to deal with disturbance and unstable environments, this species is threatened by development for farming and grazing, and inappropriate fire regimes (Van Dyck and Strahan, 2008).
The Northern Brown Bandicoot is common at the site, being trapped using either cage traps or camera traps in 2017, 2018, and 2019, throughout all habitat types.
Plate 5-7. The Northern Brown Bandicoot is the most frequently recorded terrestrial species at the Study area.
5.3.1.14 Western Chestnut Mouse (Pseudomys nanus) – NT (TPWC Act)
The Western Chestnut Mouse is a large and stout mouse, with short limbs and ears (Menkhorst and Knight, 2009). The species is named for it orange-fawn upperparts and chestnut eye-ring. The Western Chestnut Mouse is found throughout northern WA and the top end of the NT, inhabiting woodlands with a shrubby or dense tussock understorey, often along water courses (Menkhorst and Knight, 2009). This species is thought to eat grasses and builds grassy nests, and it is unknown if it excavates a burrow (Van Dyck and Strahan, 2008).
This species has been recorded within the Study area during 2019.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 127
5.3.1.15 Orange Leaf-nosed Bat (Rhinonicteris aurantia) – NT (TPWC Act)
The Orange Leaf-nosed Bat is distinctively coloured, with uniformly rich golden-orange fur (Menkhorst and Knight, 2009). This species is found in northern WA, the Top End, and north-western QLD. As they are unable to compensate by entering torpor, this species is vulnerable to cooling and desiccation; therefore, they require roost sites with hot and humid conditions (Van Dyck and Strahan, 2008). This species feeds on moths and beetles, flying in a fast characteristic zigzag, generally low to the ground (Van Dyck and Strahan, 2008).
The Orange Leaf-nosed Bat has been recorded within the Study area in 2017 and 2019.
5.3.1.16 Arnhem Sheath-tailed Bat (Taphozous kapalgensis) – NT (TPWC Act)
The Arnhem Sheath-tailed Bat may have been recorded in the Study area during 2019; however, the identification of the call is uncertain, and the call may have been from the Common Sheath-tailed Bat (Taphozous georgianus) (Appendix I). The Arnhem Sheath-tailed Bat is brown in colour, with a band of whitish fur along each flank (Menkhorst and Knight, 2009). This species is known only from the top end of the NT, inhabiting floodplains, mangroves, and patchy monsoon forests (Van Dyck and Strahan, 2008). This species forages relatively high, over canopies and open habitats.
This species may have been recorded over three nights in 2019; however, due to poor quality recordings, or similar calls from other species, the calls could not be reliably identified.
5.3.1.17 Northern Brushtail Possum (Trichosurus vulpecula arnhemensis) – NT (TPWC Act)
The Northern Brushtail Possum is a subspecies of the Common Brushtail Possum (T. vulpecula) and is found in the Kimberley of WA and the Top End of the NT. They are generally smaller (1.5 kg) than their southern counterparts and have a slightly different colouration (Menkhorst and Knight, 2009). This species is highly adaptable, able to live in a variety of habitats, including residential areas, vine thickets, forests, woodlands, and areas without trees that offer caves and burrows for shelter. The species has suffered a decline throughout much of the arid regions of Australia due to habitat modification from introduced herbivores, predators, and fire regimes (Pavey and Ward, 2012).
The Northern Brushtail Possum has been recorded within the Study area during 2017 and 2018, in the Monsoon closed forest, Eucalyptus woodlands, and Melaleuca woodlands habitats.
5.3.1.18 Mulga Snake (Pseudechis australis) – NT (TPWC Act)
The Mulga Snake, sometimes known as the King Brown Snake, is one of Australia’s largest venomous snakes, growing up to 2 m long, and is found across most of the mainland (Cogger, 2014). This species can be copper coloured, through to dark olive-brown, with each individual scale generally having a darker tip. The Mulga Snake occurs in a wide range of habitats, from tropical forests to the arid interior (Cogger, 2014). Mulga Snakes are likely to be under threat in northern Australia from preying on the poisonous Cane Toad (R. marinus); however, the response of Mulga Snake populations following Cane Toad invasion have not been as clearly negative as predicted (Brown et al., 2011).
The Mulga snake has been recorded within the Study area in 2017.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 128
6 DISCUSSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS
6.1 NORTHERN TERRITORY LAND CLEARING GUIDELINES
6.1.1 Sensitive Vegetation
Consideration is required for vegetation regarded as “sensitive” to disturbance. Sensitive or significant vegetation communities include rainforest, vine thicket, closed forest or riparian vegetation, mangroves, monsoon vine forest, sand sheet heath, and vegetation containing large trees with hollows suitable for fauna.
Tree hollows provide valuable habitat for fauna. A Top End Eucalypt forest that has five or more Eucalypt stems greater than 50 cm DBH per hectare, and/or 30 or more Eucalypt stems greater than 40 cm DBH per hectare is considered to be of high value for biodiversity. Such forests are likely to be at least 150 to 300 years old and are considered sensitive or significant vegetation requiring special protection.
Sensitive or significant vegetation communities present in the Study area are:
• Monsoon closed forest;
• Eucalypt woodland containing large trees with hollows suitable for fauna and with five or more Eucalypt stems greater than 50 cm DBH per hectare;
• Mangroves; and
• Melaleuca woodland.
Sensitive and significant vegetation in the Study area requires 250 m buffers under the Land Clearing Guidelines.
6.1.2 Drainage Areas
Drainage areas, also known as drainage lines, drainage floors, dambos, and swales, are poorly defined depressions or channels down which surface water regularly concentrates and flows. Drainage areas may become temporarily inundated as storm water flows across a catchment to more significant waterways or water bodies. They play an important role, slowing runoff and allowing sediments to drop from suspension before reaching better-defined channels and water bodies. The period of inundation is short only. However, water may be held for extended periods over the wet season. Unlike watercourses, drainage areas do not form well-defined channels.
Prior to historic disturbance, it is likely that the Study area contained predominantly moderate to well-drained soils of the Keefers Hut Land Units Kf1 and Kf2, interspersed with the more poorly drained streams of Kf3. The fringing vegetation of the Study area remains fairly intact and occupied by the Kf4 Land Unit, surrounded by the poorly drained and intact Coastal Plains Group, Littoral Land Unit (Lit1).
Historic disturbance has removed a large proportion of the freely draining surface soils. The altered land surface now hosts numerous drainage areas mapped as seasonal inundations in Figure 4-2. The vegetation surrounding these drainage areas is often poorly developed with no topsoil present. In the southern peninsula of the Study area, vegetation surrounding seasonal inundations is more developed; however, all areas appear to have evidence of significant historic soil disturbance and the sandy topsoil layer has been removed.
6.2 CONSERVATION SIGNIFICANT VEGETATION AND FLORA
No critical habitats listed under the TPWC Act or ecological communities listed under the EPBC Act are present in the Study area. While no flora listed under the EPBC Act were detected in the Study area, two species listed under the TPWC Act where recorded: Cycas armstrongii (Vulnerable) and Tricoryne elatior (Near Threatened). In addition, two taxa considered Data Deficient occur in the Study area: Buchnera sp. ciliate bracts and Polymeria pusilla.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 129
• Cycas armstrongii is a Vulnerable (TPWC Act) cycad common throughout the Study area in the Eucalyptus woodland areas with an average density of 300 plants per hectare. The species appears to be sensitive to disturbance as it was also found in Regenerating Eucalyptus woodland, but at a much lower average density of 50 plants per hectare.
• Tricoryne elatior is a Near Threatened (TPWC Act) perennial lily, which was identified in low densities from Regenerating Eucalyptus woodland (site W1), Eucalyptus woodland (site F2), and from a targeted search (collection number OC 17, also Eucalyptus woodland). Targeted searching in February 2019 increased the known population size in the Study Area to 132 individuals.
• Buchnera sp. ciliate bracts is considered Data Deficient and was located in the Grevillea open shrublands site G2 at low density.
• Polymeria pusilla is considered Data Deficient and was located at Melaleuca woodland site ME1 as an aquatic herb at 1 % cover, and as a prostrate herb in waterlogged areas of the Disturbed rehabilitated Acacia shrubland site R2 at < 1 % cover.
Targeted searches for Atalaya brevialata (Critically Endangered EPBC Act, Data Deficient TPWC Act) under suitable conditions failed to locate the species in the Study area. This is likely due to the highly restricted known distribution of the species and/or the disturbed nature of the site. Due to the excellent conditions and high intensity searching of the site, the absence of Atalaya brevialata is reported here with a very high level of confidence.
The GHD survey in June 2017 coincided with the ideal time for identification of Stylidium ensatum. Due to the excellent conditions for detecting the species at the time and the lack of suitable habitat recorded by GHD and modelled by the NT Herbarium, the absence of Stylidium ensatum in the Study area is reported here with a very high level of confidence.
Herbarium modelling for Typhonium praetermissum (Vulnerable TPWC Act) identifies potentially suitable habitat in the Study area (DLRM 2019). Targeted searches in February 2019 were conducted at high resolution and in conditions suitable for the detection of the species. The absence of Typhonium praetermissum is reported here at a high level of confidence, however the area mapped by DLRM (2019) is still considered as potentially suitable.
Typhonium taylori (Endangered EPBC Act and TPWC Act) are challenging to survey as they are relatively small herbaceous plants with a perennial tuber and the above ground parts visible only in the wet season. Field identification is generally challenging as the leaves often vary in shape and size within a species, giving rise to the need to obtain flowers or fruit to confirm their identity. The flowers are typically short-lived, often lasting only a day or two. Typhonium taylori flowers appear early in the wet season concurrent with the first appearance of the leaves. The brownish purple flowers protrude only a few centimetres above ground (Hay, 1997) and have been recorded on few occasions, evident by the existence of only four specimens at the NT Herbarium (NT Herbarium, unpublished data). The leaves of Typhonium taylori are also typically only a few centimetres tall. The size of the plant and short duration of the flowers, combined with their occurrence on seasonally saturated substrates, make Typhonium taylori a cryptic and challenging plant to survey (Liddle and Trikojus, 2010).
Searches of the known distribution of Typhonium taylori were made in February 2019 and no fertile plants could be located. As such, analysis of the suitability of the potential habitat is discussed instead, which is also relevant to the absence of Utricularias in the Study area. Liddle et al. (2013) detailed the vegetation that is known to occur in conjunction with T. taylori and several conservation significant Utricularia species in the Howard sandplain. The vegetation in the Study area identified as Grevillea shrublands has some similarity with the vegetation type where two subpopulations of T. taylori have been located, as Grevillea pteridifolia and Dapsilanthus spathaceus were present. However, these species are widespread and, in the Study area, occur in conjunction with a suite of other species that are not common to the known T. taylori subpopulation areas. Additionally, there has been significant ground disturbance in the Study area in this vegetation type, and the sandy topsoil layer that may have once been potential habitat for T. taylori has been removed. Cross referencing the Land Unit mapping (Fogarty et al., 1984) with the current vegetation also indicates that only the central area
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 130
now covered by the Grevillea shrubland was likely to have hosted this vegetation prior to disturbance. It is likely that the northern and southern peninsulas historically had Eucalyptus woodland or Tussock grassland.
Both Liddle and Trikojus (2010) and Liddle et al. (2013) consider soil disturbance to be a limiting factor in the potential distribution of T. taylori and, as such, the absence of T. taylori in the Study area is reported here with a high level of confidence. Utricularias are less cryptic than T. taylori but are also sensitive to disturbance (Liddle et al., 2013). Due to the high resolution of search effort, the lack of detection, and the high incidence of soil disturbance at the site, the absence of Utricularias in the Study area is reported here with a very high level of confidence.
6.3 INTRODUCED FLORA
Two Class B weeds were recorded in the Study area: *Cenchrus polystachyos and *Andropogon gayanus. Legislation requires that growth and spread of Class B weeds be controlled under the WM Act.
• *Andropogon gayanus (Gamba Grass) is the dominant species in the Disturbed not rehabilitated areas, with densities of 60 – 70 % cover. It also occurs at high densities along tracks in other vegetation types and in lower densities in all previously disturbed vegetation.
• *Cenchrus polystachyos was recorded at multiple locations in the Study area, predominantly along tracks.
6.4 CONSERVATION SIGNIFICANCE FAUNA
The diverse habitat present within the Study area hosts a relatively diverse assemblage of fauna species including a range of conservation significant fauna, comprising 22 birds, seven mammals, three reptiles, and one amphibian.
Of the 22 conservation significant bird species recorded at the Study area, the majority are migratory shorebirds and waders, such as the Eastern Curlew and Greater Sand Plover. In 2018 and 2019, these species were recorded predominantly within the tidal waterways, including the mudflats and mangroves, which fringe the Study area (Figure 5-1). In 2016, a broad range of additional species, including the Great Knot, Red Knot, Lesser Sand Plover, and Bar-tailed Godwit, were recorded at sites around the Greater Darwin area; however, they were not recorded within the Study area. Many of these birds are of international importance and face multi-faceted threats throughout their habits, with the key threatening processes being habitat destruction and modification (DoE, 2015). In addition, many are sensitive to physical disturbance, such as approach by people, as well as noise and light, and these impacts must be considered beyond the extent of the development envelope.
The mammal assemblage at the site is relatively diverse and abundant given the level of disturbance and clearing that has occurred. The Black-footed Tree-rat is the only species listed under the EPBC Act that was recorded. A number of species listed under the TPWC Act were recorded, including the Pale Field-rat, Northern Brown Bandicoot, and Northern Brushtail Possum. These species share common threatening factors, including predation by feral cats, and habitat degradation from fragmentation, agriculture, and poor fire management (Woinarksi et al., 2014). As these species can be present within the development envelope, they will likely be affected by the reduction in available habitat or other biological factors (e.g. possible increased density of introduced predators). Many common introduced species are present at the site, which is expected given the proximity to urban areas and the existing habitat fragmentation and disturbance.
The Northern Quoll has been recorded in previous surveys in sites adjacent to the Study area (URS, 2001). While the species has not been recorded within the Study area, habitat suitable for the Northern Quoll is present. Development at the site should be carried out assuming this species may be present.
The Howard River Toadlet was recorded during the 2017 Biological Survey, although the identification was not confirmed (as it was not calling at the time). This species has only been recorded in a very small area in the Howard and Elizabeth River catchments and is likely to rely on ephemeral or permanent waterways within the site, especially with sandy substrates. In order to confirm the identification of this species and to gain a better
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 131
understanding of its distribution within the Study area, a targeted survey should be conducted during the wet season of 2019/2020, while this species is calling.
Given the diversity and abundance of conservation significant mammal species, targeted trapping of mammals was carried out in 2019 using five traplines across the Study area. This survey was designed to be repeated as a monitoring strategy. If this survey is repeated annually throughout the development phase, the impacts to populations of native mammals may be identified and managed.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 132
7 REFERENCES
Armstrong, K.N., and Coles, R.B. (2007). Echolocation call frequency differences between geographic isolates of Rhinonicteris aurantia (Chiroptera: Hipposideridae): implications of nasal chamber size. Journal of Mammalogy, 88, 94–104.
Atlas of Living Australia (ALA). (2018). Atlas of Living Australia. https://www.ala.org.au/ [accessed: December 2018].
Baker, B., Price, O., Woniarski, J., Gold, S., Connors, G., Fisher, A., and Hempel, C. (2005). Northern Territory Bioregions – assessment of key biodiversity values and threats. Northern Territory Government. Department of Natural Resources, Environment and the Arts, Northern Territory, Darwin.
BirdLife International. (2016). Burhinus grallarius. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species 2016: e.T22693600A93415183. doi:10.2305/IUCN.UK.2016-3.RLTS.T22693600A93415183.en. [accessed: 09 January 2019].
Brock, J. (1995). Remnant Vegetation Survey Darwin to Palmerston Region: A Report to Greening Australia N.T. Available from: Northern Territory Library (Territory Stories). https://www.territorystories.nt.gov.au/jspui/handle/10070/239792 [accessed: March 2018].
Brocklehurst, P.S., and Edmeades, B.F. (1996). Mangrove Survey of Darwin Harbour, Northern Territory, Australia. Technical Report No. R96/7. Northern Territory Government. Department of Lands, Planning and the Environment, Northern Territory, Darwin.
Brocklehurst, P.S., Lewis, D., Napier, D., and Lynch, D. (2007). Northern Territory Guidelines and Field Methodology for Vegetation Survey and Mapping. Technical Report No. 02/2007D. Northern Territory Government. Department of Natural Resources, Environment and the Arts, Northern Territory, Darwin.
Brown, G.P., Phillips, B.L., and Shine, R. (2011). The ecological impact of invasive cane toads on tropical snakes: field data do not support laboratory-based predictions. Ecology, 92(2), 422-431.
Bureau of Meteorology (BoM). (2019a). Climate Data Online. http://www.bom.gov.au/climate/data/ [accessed: August 2019].
Bureau of Meteorology (BoM). (2019b). Seasonal Climate Summary for Northern Territory – Product code IDCKGCC2R0. http://www.bom.gov.au/climate/current/season/nt/summary.shtml [accessed: August 2019].
Churchill, S. K. (2008). Australian Bats. Allen and Unwin: Sydney.
Close, D.H., and Newman, O.M.G. (1984). The decline of the Eastern Curlew in south-eastern Australia. Emu, 84, 38-40.
Cogger, H.G. (2014). Reptiles and amphibians of Australia. CSIRO Publishing: Collingwood.
Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation (CSIRO). (2006). Flora of Australia: Mosses 1, Vol 51. CSIRO Publishing: Melbourne. http://www.environment.gov.au/science/abrs/publications/flora-of-australia/vol51
Corben, C. (2015). AnalookW for bat call analysis using ZCA. Version 4.1t.
Cowie, I. (2001). Preliminary report on a survey of Utricularia (Lentibulariaceae) in the Howard River – Shoal Bay area. Report for Greening Australia. https://www.greeningaustralia.org.au/wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Howard-Sands-Utricularia-Report-1.pdf
Cowie, I. (2014). Threatened species of the Northern Territory: Atalaya brevialata. Northern Territory Government. Department of Environment and Natural Resources, Darwin. https://nt.gov.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0008/376262/atalaya-brevialata.pdf
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 133
Cowie, I., and Kerrigan, R. (2006). Threatened Species of the Northern Territory: Goodenia quadrifida. Northern Territory Government. Department of Environment and Natural Resources, Northern Territory, Darwin. https://nt.gov.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0006/376269/goodenia-quadrifida.pdf
Cowie, I., Kerrigan, R., and Stuckey, B. (2012). Threatened Species of the Northern Territory: Helicteres sp. Glenluckie Creek. Northern Territory Government. Department of Land Resource Management, Northern Territory, Darwin. http://eflora.nt.gov.au/viewfile?file_id=521
Cowie, I., Lock, M.J., Short. S.P., and Osterkamp Madsen, M. (2001). Floodplain Flora. A Flora of the Coastal Floodplains of the Northern Territory, Australia. Kew Bulletin, 56, 249. doi:10.2307/4119447.
Cowie, I.D., and Stuckey, B. (2012). Atalaya brevialata (Sapindaceae), a new species from the Northern Territory, Australia. Nuytsia, 22(6), 363–370.
Czechura, G.V., Hobson, R.G., and Stewart, D.A. (2009). Observations on the biology of the Red Goshawk Erythrotriorchis radiatus in Queensland. Australian Field Ornithology, 26(4), 148.
Department of the Environment and Energy (DEE). (2018a). Australia’s Bioregions (IBRA). Commonwealth of Australia, Canberra. http://www.environment.gov.au/parks/nrs/science/bioregion-framework/ibra/index.html
Department of the Environment and Energy (DEE). (2018b). Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 List of Threatened Flora. Commonwealth of Australia, Canberra. http://www.environment.gov.au/cgi-bin/sprat/public/publicthreatenedlist.pl?wanted=flora
Department of the Environment and Energy (DEE). (2018c). Species Profile and Threats Database. Commonwealth of Australia, Canberra. http://www.environment.gov.au/sprat
Department of the Environment and Energy (DEE). (2019a). Australian Ramsar Wetlands. Commonwealth of Australia, Canberra. https://www.environment.gov.au/water/wetlands/australian-wetlands-database/australian-ramsar-wetlands
Department of the Environment and Energy (DEE). (2019b). Directory of Important Wetlands in Australia. Commonwealth of Australia, Canberra. https://www.environment.gov.au/water/wetlands/australian-wetlands-database/directory-important-wetlands
Department of Environment and Natural Resources (DENR). (2000). Land Resources of the Elizabeth, Darwin and Blackmore Rivers – Greater Darwin Area, Northern Territory. Northern Territory Government, Darwin. http://www.ntlis.nt.gov.au/metadata/export_data?type=htmlandmetadata_id=2DBCB771203606B6E040CD9B0F274EFE
Department of Environment and Natural Resources (DENR). (2019). Land Clearing Guidelines. Technical Report. Northern Territory Government, Darwin.
Department of the Environment, Water, Heritage and the Arts (DEWHA). (2008). Darwin Coastal Bioregion. Rangelands 2008 – Taking the Pulse. Commonwealth of Australia, Canberra. https://www.environment.gov.au/system/files/resources/a8015c25-4aa2-4833-ad9c-e98d09e2ab52/files/bioregion-darwin-coastal.pdf
Department of Lands, Planning and the Environment (DLPE). (2015). Darwin Regional Land Use Plan. Northern Territory Government, Darwin. https://dlpe.nt.gov.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0006/262914/darwin-regional-land-use-plan-2015.pdf
Department of Land Resource Management (DLRM). (2013). FloraNT: Northern Territory flora online. Northern Territory Government, Darwin. http://eflora.nt.gov.au
Department of Land Resource Management (DLRM). (2015). Northern Territory Weed Data Collection Manual. Northern Territory Government, Darwin. https://nt.gov.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0007/233854/nt-weed-data-collection-manual-section-1.pdf
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 134
Department of Land Resource Management (DLRM). (2016a). Atalaya brevialata Threatened species distribution in the Greater Darwin Region. Northern Territory Government, Darwin. https://nt.gov.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0008/405539/atalaya-brevialata-mapped-distribution.pdf
Department of Land Resource Management (DLRM). (2016b). Helicteres macrothrix Threatened species distribution in the Greater Darwin Region. Northern Territory Government, Darwin. https://nt.gov.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0006/405537/helicteres-macrothrix-mapped-distribution.pdf
Department of Land Resource Management (DLRM). (2016c). Ptychosperma macarthurii Threatened species distribution in the Greater Darwin Region. Northern Territory Government, Darwin. https://nt.gov.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0007/405538/ptychosperma-macarthurii-mapped-distribution.pdf
Department of Land Resource Management (DLRM). (2016d). Stylidium ensatum. Threatened species distribution in the Greater Darwin Region. Northern Territory Government, Darwin. https://nt.gov.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0005/405536/stylidium-ensatum-mapped-distribution.pdf
Department of Land Resource Management (DLRM). (2016e). Typhonium praetermissum Threatened species distribution in the Greater Darwin Region. Northern Territory Government, Darwin. https://nt.gov.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0019/405541/typhonium-praetermissum-mapped-distribution.pdf
Department of Land Resource Management (DLRM). (2018). Northern Territory Weed Management Handbook. Northern Territory Government, Darwin. https://nt.gov.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0004/233833/NT-Weedmanagement_handbook_2018.pdf
Department of Land Resource Management (DLRM). (2019). Typhonium praetermissum Threatened species distribution in the Greater Darwin Region. Northern Territory Government, Darwin.
Department of Natural Resources, Environment, The Arts and Sport (DNRETAS). (2013). Darwin Harbour – Site of Conservation Significance. Northern Territory Government, Darwin. www.nt.gov.au/nretas
Department of the Environment (DoE). (2015). Wildlife Conservation Plan for Migratory Shorebirds. Commonwealth of Australia, Canberra. http://www.environment.gov.au/system/files/resources/9995c620-45c9-4574-af8e-a7cfb9571deb/files/widlife-conservation-plan-migratory-shorebirds.pdf
Department Primary Industry and Resources (DPIR). (2016). Northern Territory Biosecurity Strategy 2016-2016, Northern Territory Government, Darwin. https://dpir.nt.gov.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0004/358717/nt-biosecurity-strategy.pdf
Northern Territory Environment Protection Authority (NT EPA). (2013). Guidelines for Assessment of Impacts on Terrestrial Biodiversity. Version 2.0. Northern Territory Government, Darwin. https://ntepa.nt.gov.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0004/287428/guideline_assessment_terrestrial_biodiversity.pdf
Northern Territory Environment Protection Authority (NT EPA). (2016). Terms of Reference for the Preparation of an Environmental Impact Statement: Darwin Refinery TNG Limited. Northern Territory Government, Darwin. https://ntepa.nt.gov.au/environmental-assessments/register/darwin-refinery
Executive Steering Committee for Australian Vegetation Information (ESCAVI). (2003). Australian Vegetation Attribute Manual: National Vegetation Information System, Version 6.0. Commonwealth of Australia. Department of the Environment and Heritage, Canberra.
Firth, R.S., Brook, B.W., Woinarski, J.C., and Fordham, D.A. (2010). Decline and likely extinction of a northern Australian native rodent, the Brush-tailed Rabbit-rat Conilurus penicillatus. Biological Conservation, 143(5), 1193-1201.
Fogarty P.J., Howe D., and Dunlop C.R. (1979). The land resources of the Darwin area. Northern Territory Government. Land Conservation Unit, Conservation Commission of the Northern Territory, Darwin.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 135
Fogarty, P.J., Lynch, B., and Wood, B.G. (1984). Land Resources of The Elizabeth, Darwin and Blackmore Rivers. Report Number 15/84d. Northern Territory Government. Land Conservation Unit, Conservation Commission of the Northern Territory, Darwin. http://hdl.handle.net/10070/229286
Fukuda, Y., Webb, G., Manolis, C., Delaney, R., Letnic, M., Lindner, G., and Whitehead, P. (2011). Recovery of saltwater crocodiles following unregulated hunting in tidal rivers of the Northern Territory, Australia. The Journal of Wildlife Management, 75, 1253–1266. doi:10.1002/jwmg.191.
GHD. (2016). Mount Peake Project, Darwin Refinery; Threatened and Migratory species – Shorebird Survey. Unpublished report prepared for TNG Limited.
GHD. (2017). Darwin Process Plant, Terrestrial Flora and Fauna Survey. Unpublished report prepared for TNG Limited.
Griffiths, A.D., Koenig, J., Carrol, F., and Price, O. (2002). Activity area and day-time tree use of the black-footed tree-rat Mesembriomys gouldii. Australian Mammalogy, 23, 181-183.
Hay, A. (1997). Two new species and a new combination in Australian Typhonium (Araceae Tribe Areae). Edinburgh Journal of Botany, 54(3), 329-336.
Hempel, C.J. (2003). The application of Landsat imagery to land cover mapping in the greater Darwin region. Technical report number 74, ISBN 1 9207 7217 0. Northern Territory Government. Biodiversity Unit, Department of Infrastructure, Planning and Environment, Darwin.
Higgins, P.J., and Davies, S.J.J.F. (Eds.). (1996). Handbook of Australian, New Zealand and Antarctic birds. Volume 3: Snipe to Pigeons. Oxford University Press: Melbourne.
Higgins, P.J. (Ed.) (1999). Handbook of Australian, New Zealand and Antarctic birds. Volume 4: Parrots to Dollarbirds. Oxford University Press: Melbourne.
Hill, B.M., and Ward, S.J. (2010). National Recovery Plan for the Northern Quoll Dasyurus hallucatus. Northern Territory Government. Department of Natural Resources, Environment, The Arts and Sport, Darwin.
Johnstone, R.E., and Storr, G.M. (2004). Handbook of Western Australian Birds. Volume 2: Passerines (Blue-winged Pitta to Goldfinch). Western Australian Museum: Perth.
Kerle, J.A. (1998). The population dynamics of a tropical possum, Trichosurus vulpecula arnhemensis Collett. Wildlife Research, 25(2), 171-181.
Kerrigan, R., Cowie, I., and Liddle, D. (2007). Threatened Species of the Northern Territory: Burmannia sp. Bathurst Island. Northern Territory Government. Department of Environment and Natural Resources, Darwin. https://nt.gov.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0018/208422/burmannia.pdf
Liddle, D.T., Harkness, P., Westaway, P.J., Lewis, D.L., and Cowie, I.D. (2013). Vegetation communities and plant biodiversity values of the seasonally saturated lands of the Howard Sand Plains Site of Conservation Significance in the Northern Territory of Australia. Report to the Australian Government Caring for Our Country Initiative. Northern Territory Government. Department of Land Resource Management, Darwin.
Liddle, D.T., and Trikojus, N.A. (2010). Distribution, life history, population monitoring and management recommendations for the endangered herb Typhonium taylori in the Northern Territory of Australia. Northern Territory Government. Biodiversity Conservation Unit, Department of Natural Resources, Environment, The Arts and Sport, Darwin. http://eflora.nt.gov.au/viewfile?file_id=3961
Lynch, B., Cuff, N., and Green, C. (2012) Summary of the Origin and Derivation of the 1:250,000 Land System Descriptions for the Northern Part of the Northern Territory (DRAFT). Northern Territory Government. Land Resource Assessment Unit, Department of Land Resource Management, Darwin.
Marchant, S., and Higgins, P.J. (Eds.). (1993). Handbook of Australian, New Zealand and Antarctic Birds. Volume 2: Raptors to Lapwings. Oxford University Press: Melbourne.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 136
Maslin, B.R. (coordinator) (2018). WATTLE: Interactive Identification of Australian Acacia. Version 3. Australian Biological Resources Study, Canberra; Department of Biodiversity, Conservation and Attractions, Perth; Identic Pty Ltd, Brisbane. https://apps.lucidcentral.org/wattle/text/intro/index.html
McKenzie, N.L., and Bullen, R.D. (2009). The echolocation calls, habitat relationships, foraging niches and communities of Pilbara microbats. Records of the Western Australian Museum Supplement, 78, 123-155.
Menkhorst, P., and Knight, F. (2009). A Field Guide to the Mammals of Australia, 2nd Ed. Oxford University Press: Melbourne.
Morcombe, M.K. (2010). Field Guide to Australian Birds. Steve Parish Publishing: Archerfield.
North Australia Fire Information (NAFI). (2018). North Australia and Rangelands Fire Information service. http://www.firenorth.org.au/nafi3/
O’Malley, C. (2006). National recovery plan for the Gouldian finch (Erythrura gouldiae). WWF Australia, Sydney; and Parks and Wildlife NT, Department of Natural Resources, Environment and the Arts, Northern Territory, Palmerston.
Pavey, C., and Ward, S. (2012). Threatened Species of the Northern Territory: Common Brushtailed Possum, Trichosurus vulpecula. Northern Territory Government. Department of Environment and Natural Resources, Darwin. https://nt.gov.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0019/205525/common-brushtail-possum.pdf
Pizzey, G., and Knight, F. (2012). The Field Guide to the Birds of Australia. Harper Collins Publishers: Sydney.
Price, O., Rankmore, B., Milne, D., Brock, C., Tynan, C., Kean, L., and Roeger, L. (2005). Regional patterns of mammal abundance and their relationship to landscape variables in eucalypt woodlands near Darwin, northern Australia. Wildlife Research, 32, 435-446.
Rossiter-Rachor, N.A., Setterfield, S.A., Douglas, M.M., and Hutley, L.B. (2003). Testing the grass-fire cycle: exotic grass invasion in the tropical savannas of northern Australia. Diversity and Distributions, 9, 169–176.
Rossiter-Rachor, N.A., Setterfield, S.A., Douglas, M.M., Hutley, L.B., Cook, G.D., and Schmidt, S. (2009). Invasive Andropogon gayanus (gamba grass) is an ecosystem transformer of nitrogen relations in Australian savanna. Ecological Applications, 19(6), 1546–1560.
Russell-Smith, J. (1991). Classification, species richness, and environmental relations of monsoon rain forest in northern Australia. Journal of Vegetation Science, 2(2), 259-278.
Schulz, M., and Thomson, B. (2007). National recovery plan for the bare-rumped sheathtail bat Saccolaimus nudicluniatus. Report to Department of the Environment and Water Resources, Canberra. Queensland Parks and Wildlife Service, Brisbane.
Sharp D., and Simon, B.K. (2002). AusGrass: grasses of Australia. CSIRO Publishing/Australian Biological Resources Study (ABRS): Melbourne.
Short, P.S., and Cowie, I.D. (2011). Flora of the Darwin Region. Volume 1. Northern Territory Government. Department of Natural Resources, Environment, the Arts and Sport, Darwin.
Simpson, K. (1993). Field Guide to the Birds of Australia: the most complete one-volume book of identification. Viking O'Neil: Hawthorn.
Storr, G.M. (1977). Birds of the Northern Territory. Western Australian Museum: Perth.
Storr, G.M. (1980). Birds of the Kimberley Division, Western Australia. Western Australian Museum: Perth.
Threatened Species Scientific Committee (TSSC). (2013). Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC Act) (s266B) Approved Conservation Advice for Atalaya brevialata (a shrub). Commonwealth of Australia, Canberra. Department of the Environment. http://www.environment.gov.au/biodiversity/threatened/species/pubs/86125-conservation-advice.pdf
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 137
Threatened Species Scientific Committee (TSSC). (2015a). Conservation Advice Erythrotriorchis radiatus Red goshawk. Commonwealth of Australia, Canberra. Department of the Environment. http://www.environment.gov.au/biodiversity/threatened/species/pubs/942-conservation-advice-31102015.pdf
Threatened Species Scientific Committee (TSSC). (2015b). Conservation Advice Mesembriomys gouldii gouldii Black-footed tree-rat (Kimberley and mainland Northern Territory). Commonwealth of Australia, Canberra. Department of the Environment. http://www.environment.gov.au/biodiversity/threatened/species/pubs/87618-conservation-advice.pdf
Threatened Species Scientific Committee (TSSC). (2015c). Conservation Advice Numenius madagascariensis Eastern curlew. Commonwealth of Australia, Canberra. Department of the Environment. http://www.environment.gov.au/biodiversity/threatened/species/pubs/847-conservation-advice.pdf
Threatened Species Scientific Committee (TSSC). (2015d). Conservation Advice Petrogale concinna monastria Nabarlek (Kimberley). Commonwealth of Australia, Canberra. Department of the Environment. http://www.environment.gov.au/biodiversity/threatened/species/pubs/87607-conservation-advice-2015123.pdf
Threatened Species Scientific Committee (TSSC). (2016a). Conservation Advice Calidris canutus Red knot. Commonwealth of Australia, Canberra. Department of the Environment. http://www.environment.gov.au/biodiversity/threatened/species/pubs/855-conservation-advice-05052016.pdf
Threatened Species Scientific Committee (TSSC). (2016b). Conservation Advice Calidris tenuirostriss Great knot. Commonwealth of Australia, Canberra. Department of the Environment. http://www.environment.gov.au/biodiversity/threatened/species/pubs/862-conservation-advice-05052016.pdf
Threatened Species Scientific Committee (TSSC). (2016c). Conservation Advice Charadrius leschenaultii Greater sand plover. Commonwealth of Australia, Canberra. Department of the Environment. http://www.environment.gov.au/biodiversity/threatened/species/pubs/877-conservation-advice-05052016.pdf
Threatened Species Scientific Committee (TSSC). (2016d). Conservation Advice Charadrius mongolus Lesser sand plover. Commonwealth of Australia, Canberra. Department of the Environment. http://www.environment.gov.au/biodiversity/threatened/species/pubs/879-conservation-advice-05052016.pdf
Threatened Species Scientific Committee (TSSC). (2016e). Conservation Advice Macroderma gigas Ghost bat. Commonwealth of Australia, Canberra. Department of the Environment. http://www.environment.gov.au/biodiversity/threatened/species/pubs/174-conservation-advice-05052016.pdf
Tidemann, C.R., Priddel, D.M., Nelson, J.E., and Pettigrew, J.D. (1985). Foraging behaviour of the Australian ghost bat, Macroderma gigas (Microchiroptera: Megadermatidae). Australian Journal of Zoology, 33(5), 705-713.
Trudgen, M.E. (1988). A report on the flora and vegetation of the Port Kennedy area. Unpublished report prepared for Bowman Bishaw and Associates, West Perth.
URS Australia Pty Ltd (URS). (2001). Public Environmental Report: Blackmore River (East) Aquaculture Project Middle Arm, Darwin Harbour, Northern Territory. Prepared for Phelps/Panizza Holdings. https://ntepa.nt.gov.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0004/286438/perfull.pdf
Van Dyck, S., and Strahan, R. (Eds.). (2008). The Mammals of Australia (3rd ed.). New Holland Publishers: Sydney.
Ward, S., Woinarski, J., Griffiths, T., and McKay, L. (2012a). Threatened Species of the Northern Territory: Yellow-spotted Monitor, Varanus panoptes. Northern Territory Government. Department of Environment and Natural Resources, Darwin. https://nt.gov.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0006/206466/floodplain-monitor.pdf
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG Page | 138
Ward, S., Young, S., and Hill, B. (2012b). Threatened Species of the Northern Territory: Howard River Toadlet Uperoleia daviesae. Northern Territory Government. Department of Environment and Natural Resources, Darwin. https://nt.gov.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0003/205527/howard-river-toadlet.pdf
Wheeler, J.R., Rye, B.L., Koch, B.L., and Wilson, A.J.G. (1992). Flora of the Kimberley Region. Western Australian Herbarium: Perth.
Wightman, G.M. (2006). Mangroves of the Northern Territory, Australia: identification and traditional use. Northern Territory Government. Department of Natural Resources, Environment, the Arts and Sport, Darwin.
Wilson, B.A., Brocklehurst, P.S., Clark, M.J., and Dickinson, K.J.M. (1990). Vegetation Survey of the Northern Territory, Australia. Explanatory notes to accompany 1:1 000 000 Map Sheets. Northern Territory Government. Northern Territory Conservation Commission, Darwin.
Wilson, S., and Swan, G. (2003). A Complete Guide to Reptiles of Australia (2nd ed.). New Holland Publishers: Sydney.
Woinarski, J., and Ward, S. (2012). Threatened Species of the Northern Territory: Northern Brush-tailed Phascogale (Northern Territory subspecies) Phascogale pirata. Northern Territory Government. Department of Environment and Natural Resources, Darwin. https://nt.gov.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0003/205509/brush-tailed-phascogale.pdf
Wood, B.G., Fogarty, P.J., and Day, K.J. (1985). The Land Systems of the Darwin Region. Technical Report No. 24. Northern Territory Government. Conservation Commission of the Northern Territory, Darwin.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG
APPENDICES
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG
APPENDIX A: STRIKE DATABASE
STRIKE - Department of Primary Industry and ResourcesHistorical titles Lot 1817
© Northern Territory Government.
This map is generated from the STRIKE for information purposes only. No guarantee of accuracy or completeness is provided.
Titles and Geoscience Information is sourced from the Northern Territory Government's Department of Primary Industry and Resources, Department of Infrastructure, Planning and Logistics and Department of Environment and Natural Resources
Topographic data sourced from Geoscience Australia and the Department of Infrastructure, Planning and Logistics
Disclaimer: The Northern Territory Government does not warrant this map as definitive, nor free from error and does not accept liability for loss caused by, or arising from reliance upon information provided herein. The information presented on this map is current to ‘some date’. Future modifications may be made as new information becomes available.
Datum: GDA94
Printed: 21 May 2018
Published by and on the authority of the Northern Territory Government
STRIKE - Department Primary Industry and Resources
Historical titles Lot 1817Major Towns
Roads - NT
Roads - Regional
Roads - Urban
Historical Mineral Titles
© Northern Territory Government.
This map is generated from the STRIKE for information purposes only. No guarantee of accuracy or completeness is provided.
Titles and Geoscience Information is sourced from the Northern Territory Government's Department of Primary Industry and Resources, Department of Infrastructure, Planning and Logistics and Department of Environment and Natural Resources
Topographic data sourced from Geoscience Australia and the Department of Infrastructure, Planning and Logistics
Disclaimer: The Northern Territory Government does not warrant this map as definitive, nor free from error and does not accept liability for loss caused by, or arising from reliance upon information provided herein. The information presented on this map is current to ‘some date’. Future modifications may be made as new information becomes available.
Printed: 21 May 2018
Published by and on the authority of the Northern Territory Government
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG
APPENDIX B: SPECIES-BY-SITE MATRIX AND SPECIES ACCUMULATION CURVE
Appendix F: Species by Site Matrix
Family Taxa MA2 MA6 MA3 MA5 MA1 MA4 F1 F2 F3 W1 W2 W3 D1 D2 G1 G2 GR1 ME1 ME2 ME3 ME5 R1 R2 R3 WL5 W4 ME4 R4 F4 OC
Acanthaceae Avicennia marina Y Y
Amaranthaceae Gomphrena canescens subsp. erythrina Y
Amaranthaceae Gomphrena flaccida Y
Apocynaceae Apocynaceae sp. Y Y
Arecaceae Livistona humilis Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Asparagaceae Asparagus racemosus Y
Asteraceae Pleurocarpaea denticulata Y
Bignoniaceae Dolichandrone filiformis Y
Bixaceae Cochlospermum fraseri subsp. ? Y
Bixaceae Cochlospermum Y
Boraginaceae Heliotropium ventricosum Y
Burseraceae Canarium australianum Y
Cannabaceae Trema tomentosa Y
Celastraceae Denhamia ferdinandi Y
Celastraceae ? Denhamia obsura Y
Celastraceae Stackhousia intermedia Y
Centrolepidaceae Centrolepis exserta Y Y
Combretaceae Lumnitzera racemosa Y Y Y Y Y
Combretaceae Terminalia ferdinandiana Y Y Y Y Y
Combretaceae Terminalia grandiflora Y
Commelinaceae Cartonema spicatum Y Y Y Y Y Y
Commelinaceae Cartonema trigonospermum Y
Commelinaceae Murdannia graminea Y
Commelinaceae Murdannia sp. Top end Y Y
Convolvulaceae Ipomoea eriocarpa Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Convolvulaceae Operculina sp. Y Y
Convolvulaceae Polymeria ambigua Y Y Y Y Y
Convolvulaceae Polymeria pusilla Y Y
Cucurbitaceae Cucumis argenteus Y
Cucurbitaceae Curcurbitaceae Y
Cycadaceae Cycas armstrongii (VU) Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Cyperaceae Arthrostylis aphylla Y Y
Appendix F: Species by Site Matrix
Family Taxa MA2 MA6 MA3 MA5 MA1 MA4 F1 F2 F3 W1 W2 W3 D1 D2 G1 G2 GR1 ME1 ME2 ME3 ME5 R1 R2 R3 WL5 W4 ME4 R4 F4 OC
Cyperaceae Cyperaceae sp. Y Y
Cyperaceae Cyperus compressus* Y
Cyperaceae Cyperus haspan subsp. juncoides Y
Cyperaceae Fimbristylis acicularis Y Y Y Y
Cyperaceae Fimbristylis acuminata Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Cyperaceae Fimbristylis furva Y Y Y Y
Cyperaceae Fimbristylis microcarya Y
Cyperaceae Fimbristylis pubisquama Y
Cyperaceae Fimbristylis tristachya Y Y Y Y Y Y
Cyperaceae Fuirena ciliaris Y Y Y Y Y Y
Cyperaceae Rhynchospora exserta Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Cyperaceae Rhynchospora leae Y
Cyperaceae Scleria laxa Y Y Y Y
Cyperaceae Scleria pygmaea Y
Dilleniaceae Hibbertia brevipedunculata Y Y Y Y Y
Dilleniaceae Hibbertia juncea Y
Droseraceae Drosera darwinensis Y Y Y Y
Droseraceae Drosera dilatato-petiolaris Y
Droseraceae Drosera sp. Y
Ebenaceae Diospyros calycantha Y
Eriocaulaceae Eriocaulon setaceum Y Y
Eriocaulaceae Eriocaulon sp. Y Y Y Y Y
Euphorbiaceae Croton tomentellus Y
Euphorbiaceae Euphorbia schultzii var schultzii Y Y Y
Euphorbiaceae Excoecaria ovalis Y Y
Euphorbiaceae Microstachys chamaelea Y Y Y Y Y Y
Fabaceae Acacia ?mimula Y
Fabaceae Acacia auriculiformis Y Y
Fabaceae Acacia difficilis Y Y
Fabaceae Acacia dimidiata Y Y Y Y Y
Fabaceae Acacia latescens Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Fabaceae Acacia pellita Y Y
Appendix F: Species by Site Matrix
Family Taxa MA2 MA6 MA3 MA5 MA1 MA4 F1 F2 F3 W1 W2 W3 D1 D2 G1 G2 GR1 ME1 ME2 ME3 ME5 R1 R2 R3 WL5 W4 ME4 R4 F4 OC
Fabaceae Acacia sp. 1 Y
Fabaceae Acacia sp. 2 Y Y
Fabaceae Aeschynomene americana* Y
Fabaceae Clitoria australis Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Fabaceae Crotalaria goreensis* Y Y
Fabaceae Crotalaria medicaginea var. medicaginea Y Y Y
Fabaceae Crotalaria montana var. angustifolia Y
Fabaceae Desmodium brownii Y Y Y Y
Fabaceae Desmodium heterocarpon var. strigosum Y
Fabaceae Desmodium tricostachyum Y Y
Fabaceae Erythrophleum chlorostachys Y Y Y Y
Fabaceae Flemingia parviflora Y Y
Fabaceae Galactia sp. Y
Fabaceae Galactia tenuiflora Y Y Y
Fabaceae Sesbania cannabina Y
Fabaceae Stylosanthes hamata* Y Y
Fabaceae Stylosanthes scabra* Y Y Y
Fabaceae Tephrosia remotiflora Y Y Y Y Y
Fabaceae Vigna vexillata var. angustifolia Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Flagellariaceae Flagellaria indica Y
Goodeniaceae Goodenia armstrongiana Y Y
Goodeniaceae Goodenia holtzeana Y Y Y Y Y
Goodeniaceae Goodenia sp. Y
Hemerocallidaceae Tricoryne elatior (NT) Y Y Y
Lamiaceae Premna acuminata Y Y Y Y Y
Lecythidaceae Planchonia careya Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Lentibulariaceae Utricularia chrysantha Y Y Y
Lentibulariaceae Utricularia leptoplectra Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Loganiaceae Mitrasacme ? nummularia Y
Loganiaceae Mitrasacme connata Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Loganiaceae Mitrasacme exserta Y Y Y
Loganiaceae Mitrasacme gentianea? Y
Appendix F: Species by Site Matrix
Family Taxa MA2 MA6 MA3 MA5 MA1 MA4 F1 F2 F3 W1 W2 W3 D1 D2 G1 G2 GR1 ME1 ME2 ME3 ME5 R1 R2 R3 WL5 W4 ME4 R4 F4 OC
Loganiaceae Mitrasacme nummularia Y
Loganiaceae ? Mitrasacme Y
Loganiaceae Mitrasacme sp. Y
Malvaceae Brachychiton megaphyllus Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Malvaceae Hibiscus ? petherickii (NT) Y Y
Malvaceae Melochia corchorifolia Y Y
Malvaceae Sterculia quadrifida Y
Malvaceae Waltheria indica Y Y Y Y
Meliaceae Xylocarpus moluccensis Y
Moraceae Fatoua pilsoa Y
Moraceae ? Fatoua villosa seedling Y
Moraceae Ficus aculeata var. indecora Y
Moraceae Ficus sp. Y
Myrtaceae Calytrix extipulata Y Y
Myrtaceae Corymbia bleeseri Y
Myrtaceae Corymbia polycarpa Y
Myrtaceae Corymbia porrecta Y
Myrtaceae Eucalyptus miniata Y Y Y Y Y
Myrtaceae Eucalyptus tetradonta Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Myrtaceae Lophostemon lactifluus Y
Myrtaceae Melaleuca leucadendra Y Y
Myrtaceae Melaleuca nervosa Y Y
Myrtaceae Melaleuca viridiflora Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Oleoaceae Jasminum molle Y
Onagraceae Ludwigia hyssopifolia Y Y Y
Orchidaceae Geodorum neocaledonium Y
Orobanchaceae Buchnera gracilis Y Y Y Y Y Y
Orobanchaceae Buchnera sp. Y Y Y
Orobanchaceae Buchnera sp. Ciliate bracts Y
Orobanchaceae Centranthera cochinchinensis Y Y
Pandanaceae Pandanus spiralis Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Passifloraceae Passiflora foetida* Y Y Y Y
Appendix F: Species by Site Matrix
Family Taxa MA2 MA6 MA3 MA5 MA1 MA4 F1 F2 F3 W1 W2 W3 D1 D2 G1 G2 GR1 ME1 ME2 ME3 ME5 R1 R2 R3 WL5 W4 ME4 R4 F4 OC
Phyllanthaceae Flueggea virosa subsp. melanthesoides Y
Phyllanthaceae Phyllanthus minutiflorus Y Y
Picrodendraceae Petalostigma pubescens Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Picrodendraceae Petalostigma quadriloculare Y Y
Plantaginaceae Scoparia dulcis* Y Y
Plantaginaceae Stemodia lythrifolia Y Y Y
Poaceae Andropogon gayanus* Y Y Y Y Y Y
Poaceae Aristida holathera var. holathera Y Y Y Y
Poaceae Aristida inaequiglumis Y
Poaceae Aristida sp. Y
Poaceae Cenchrus ciliaris* Y
Poaceae Cenchrus polystachyos* Y Y Y Y Y
Poaceae Chrysopogon oliganthus Y Y Y
Poaceae Chrysopogon sp. Y Y Y
Poaceae Ectrosia agrostoides Y
Poaceae Ectrosia leporina Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Poaceae Eriachne ciliata Y
Poaceae Eriachne triseta Y Y Y Y
Poaceae Heterachne abortiva Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Poaceae Heteropogon triticeus Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Poaceae Heteropogon triticeus juveille Y Y Y
Poaceae Isachne confusa Y Y
Poaceae Ischaemum fragile Y Y
Poaceae Mnesithea formosa Y Y Y Y Y Y
Poaceae Mnesithea rottboelliodes Y Y Y Y
Poaceae Paspalidium rarum Y
Poaceae Paspalum scrobiculatum Y
Poaceae Poaceae Y
Poaceae Poaceae sp. Y
Poaceae Pseudopogonantherum contortum Y Y Y Y
Poaceae Rottboellia cochinchinensis Y Y Y
Poaceae Setaria apiculata Y Y
Appendix F: Species by Site Matrix
Family Taxa MA2 MA6 MA3 MA5 MA1 MA4 F1 F2 F3 W1 W2 W3 D1 D2 G1 G2 GR1 ME1 ME2 ME3 ME5 R1 R2 R3 WL5 W4 ME4 R4 F4 OC
Poaceae Sorghum intrans Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Poaceae Sorghum plumosum Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Poaceae Themeda triandra Y Y
Poaceae Urochloa polyphylla Y Y Y Y Y Y
Poaceae ? Whiteochloa Y Y
Polygalaceae Polygala barbata Y Y Y Y Y
Polygalaceae Polygala obversa Y
Polygalaceae Salomonia ciliata Y
Proteaceae Grevillea dimidiata Y Y Y Y Y
Proteaceae Grevillea dryandri subsp. Dryandri Y Y Y
Proteaceae Grevillea heliosperma Y
Proteaceae Grevillea Pteridifolia Y Y
Proteaceae Persoonia falcata Y
Pteridaceae Cheilanthes tenuifolia Y
Restionaceae ? Dapsilanthus spathaceus Y
Rhizophoraceae Bruguiera aristada Y
Rhizophoraceae Bruguiera exaristata Y Y
Rhizophoraceae Ceriops tagal Y Y Y Y
Rubiaceae Coelospermum reticulatum Y Y Y
Rubiaceae Spermacoce ? stenophylla Y
Rubiaceae Spermacoce articularis* Y
Rubiaceae Spermacoce calliantha Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Rubiaceae Spermacoce sp. Y
Rubiaceae Spermacoce stenophylla Y Y
Sapindaceae Dodonaea hispidula Y
Sapindaceae Dodonaea hispidula var ? Y Y Y Y Y
Sapotaceae Planchonella arnhemica Y Y Y
Smilaceae Smilax australis Y Y
Taccaceae Tacca leontopetaloides Y Y Y Y Y Y
Thymelaeceae Tecanthes punicea Y
Violaceae Hybanthus enneaspermus Y
Vitaceae Ampelocissus acetosa Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Appendix F: Species by Site Matrix
Family Taxa MA2 MA6 MA3 MA5 MA1 MA4 F1 F2 F3 W1 W2 W3 D1 D2 G1 G2 GR1 ME1 ME2 ME3 ME5 R1 R2 R3 WL5 W4 ME4 R4 F4 OC
Xyridaceae Xyris complanata Y Y Y
Xyridaceae Xyris oligantha Y Y Y
Xyridaceae Xyris pauciflora Y
Xyridaceae Xyris sp. Y
Indet. Y
Indet. Y
Indet. Sp. Y
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG
APPENDIX C: PMST 100 KM SEARCH
EPBC Act Protected Matters Report
This report provides general guidance on matters of national environmental significance and other mattersprotected by the EPBC Act in the area you have selected.
Information on the coverage of this report and qualifications on data supporting this report are contained in thecaveat at the end of the report.
Information is available about Environment Assessments and the EPBC Act including significance guidelines,forms and application process details.
Other Matters Protected by the EPBC Act
Acknowledgements
Buffer: 100.0Km
Matters of NES
Report created: 06/06/18 13:19:50
Coordinates
This map may contain data which are©Commonwealth of Australia(Geoscience Australia), ©PSMA 2010
CaveatExtra Information
DetailsSummary
Summary
This part of the report summarises the matters of national environmental significance that may occur in, or mayrelate to, the area you nominated. Further information is available in the detail part of the report, which can beaccessed by scrolling or following the links below. If you are proposing to undertake an activity that may have asignificant impact on one or more matters of national environmental significance then you should consider theAdministrative Guidelines on Significance.
Matters of National Environmental Significance
Listed Threatened Ecological Communities:
Listed Migratory Species:
None
Great Barrier Reef Marine Park:
Wetlands of International Importance:
Listed Threatened Species:
None
59
None
None
National Heritage Places:
Commonwealth Marine Area:
World Heritage Properties:
1
1
73
The EPBC Act protects the environment on Commonwealth land, the environment from the actions taken onCommonwealth land, and the environment from actions taken by Commonwealth agencies. As heritage values of aplace are part of the 'environment', these aspects of the EPBC Act protect the Commonwealth Heritage values of aCommonwealth Heritage place. Information on the new heritage laws can be found athttp://www.environment.gov.au/heritage
This part of the report summarises other matters protected under the Act that may relate to the area you nominated.Approval may be required for a proposed activity that significantly affects the environment on Commonwealth land,when the action is outside the Commonwealth land, or the environment anywhere when the action is taken onCommonwealth land. Approval may also be required for the Commonwealth or Commonwealth agencies proposing totake an action that is likely to have a significant impact on the environment anywhere.
A permit may be required for activities in or on a Commonwealth area that may affect a member of a listed threatenedspecies or ecological community, a member of a listed migratory species, whales and other cetaceans, or a member ofa listed marine species.
Other Matters Protected by the EPBC Act
None
None
14
Listed Marine Species:
Whales and Other Cetaceans:
113
Commonwealth Heritage Places:
35
9
Critical Habitats:
Commonwealth Land:
Commonwealth Reserves Terrestrial:
NoneCommonwealth Reserves Marine:
Extra Information
This part of the report provides information that may also be relevant to the area you have nominated.
7
25State and Territory Reserves:
Nationally Important Wetlands:
NoneRegional Forest Agreements:
Invasive Species: 34
NoneKey Ecological Features (Marine)
Details
Wetlands of International Importance (Ramsar) [ Resource Information ]Name ProximityKakadu national park Within 10km of Ramsar
Listed Threatened Species [ Resource Information ]Name Status Type of PresenceBirds
Red Knot, Knot [855] Endangered Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Calidris canutus
Curlew Sandpiper [856] Critically Endangered Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Calidris ferruginea
Great Knot [862] Critically Endangered Roosting known to occurwithin area
Calidris tenuirostris
Greater Sand Plover, Large Sand Plover [877] Vulnerable Roosting known to occurwithin area
Charadrius leschenaultii
Lesser Sand Plover, Mongolian Plover [879] Endangered Roosting known to occurwithin area
Charadrius mongolus
Alligator Rivers Yellow Chat, Yellow Chat (AlligatorRivers) [67089]
Endangered Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Epthianura crocea tunneyi
Red Goshawk [942] Vulnerable Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Erythrotriorchis radiatus
Gouldian Finch [413] Endangered Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Erythrura gouldiae
Crested Shrike-tit (northern), Northern Shrike-tit[26013]
Vulnerable Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Falcunculus frontatus whitei
Commonwealth Marine Area [ Resource Information ]
Name
Approval is required for a proposed activity that is located within the Commonwealth Marine Area which has, will have, or islikely to have a significant impact on the environment. Approval may be required for a proposed action taken outside theCommonwealth Marine Area but which has, may have or is likely to have a significant impact on the environment in theCommonwealth Marine Area. Generally the Commonwealth Marine Area stretches from three nautical miles to two hundrednautical miles from the coast.
EEZ and Territorial Sea
Matters of National Environmental Significance
If you are planning to undertake action in an area in or close to the Commonwealth Marine Area, and a marinebioregional plan has been prepared for the Commonwealth Marine Area in that area, the marine bioregionalplan may inform your decision as to whether to refer your proposed action under the EPBC Act.
Marine Regions [ Resource Information ]
NameNorth
Name Status Type of Presence
Partridge Pigeon (eastern) [64441] Vulnerable Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Geophaps smithii smithii
Bar-tailed Godwit (baueri), Western Alaskan Bar-tailedGodwit [86380]
Vulnerable Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Limosa lapponica baueri
Northern Siberian Bar-tailed Godwit, Bar-tailed Godwit(menzbieri) [86432]
Critically Endangered Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Limosa lapponica menzbieri
Tiwi Islands Hooded Robin, Hooded Robin (TiwiIslands) [67092]
Critically Endangered Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Melanodryas cucullata melvillensis
Eastern Curlew, Far Eastern Curlew [847] Critically Endangered Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Numenius madagascariensis
Australian Painted Snipe [77037] Endangered Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Rostratula australis
Masked Owl (northern) [26048] Vulnerable Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Tyto novaehollandiae kimberli
Tiwi Islands Masked Owl [26049] Endangered Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Tyto novaehollandiae melvillensis
Mammals
Fawn Antechinus [344] Vulnerable Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Antechinus bellus
Sei Whale [34] Vulnerable Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Balaenoptera borealis
Blue Whale [36] Endangered Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Balaenoptera musculus
Fin Whale [37] Vulnerable Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Balaenoptera physalus
Brush-tailed Rabbit-rat, Brush-tailed Tree-rat,Pakooma [132]
Vulnerable Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Conilurus penicillatus
Northern Quoll, Digul [Gogo-Yimidir], Wijingadda[Dambimangari], Wiminji [Martu] [331]
Endangered Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Dasyurus hallucatus
Arnhem Leaf-nosed Bat [86675] Endangered Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Hipposideros inornatus
Ghost Bat [174] Vulnerable Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Macroderma gigas
Humpback Whale [38] Vulnerable Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Megaptera novaeangliae
Black-footed Tree-rat (Kimberley and mainlandNorthern Territory), Djintamoonga, Manbul [87618]
Endangered Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Mesembriomys gouldii gouldii
Name Status Type of Presence
Black-footed Tree-rat (Melville Island) [87619] Vulnerable Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Mesembriomys gouldii melvillensis
Golden-backed Tree-rat, Koorrawal [119] Vulnerable Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Mesembriomys macrurus
Nabarlek (Top End) [87606] Endangered Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Petrogale concinna canescens
Northern Brush-tailed Phascogale [82954] Vulnerable Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Phascogale pirata
Bare-rumped Sheath-tailed Bat, Bare-rumpedSheathtail Bat [66889]
Vulnerable Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Saccolaimus saccolaimus nudicluniatus
Butler's Dunnart [302] Vulnerable Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Sminthopsis butleri
Water Mouse, False Water Rat, Yirrkoo [66] Vulnerable Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Xeromys myoides
Plants
[86125] Critically Endangered Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Atalaya brevialata
[82017] Endangered Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Burmannia sp. Bathurst Island (R.Fensham 1021)
[56035] Vulnerable Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Goodenia quadrifida
[86586] Endangered Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Helicteres macrothrix
a vine [55436] Vulnerable Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Hoya australis subsp. oramicola
a triggerplant [86366] Endangered Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Stylidium ensatum
a herb [62412] Endangered Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Typhonium jonesii
a herb [79227] Endangered Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Typhonium mirabile
a herb [65904] Endangered Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Typhonium taylori
a shrub [82030] Endangered Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Xylopia monosperma
Reptiles
Plains Death Adder [83821] Vulnerable Species or species habitatknown to occur
Acanthophis hawkei
Name Status Type of Presencewithin area
Loggerhead Turtle [1763] Endangered Foraging, feeding or relatedbehaviour known to occurwithin area
Caretta caretta
Green Turtle [1765] Vulnerable Breeding known to occurwithin area
Chelonia mydas
Leatherback Turtle, Leathery Turtle, Luth [1768] Endangered Breeding likely to occurwithin area
Dermochelys coriacea
Hawksbill Turtle [1766] Vulnerable Foraging, feeding or relatedbehaviour known to occurwithin area
Eretmochelys imbricata
Olive Ridley Turtle, Pacific Ridley Turtle [1767] Endangered Breeding known to occurwithin area
Lepidochelys olivacea
Yellow-snouted Gecko, Yellow-snouted Ground Gecko[82993]
Endangered Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Lucasium occultum
Flatback Turtle [59257] Vulnerable Breeding known to occurwithin area
Natator depressus
Sharks
White Shark, Great White Shark [64470] Vulnerable Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Carcharodon carcharias
Northern River Shark, New Guinea River Shark[82454]
Endangered Breeding known to occurwithin area
Glyphis garricki
Speartooth Shark [82453] Critically Endangered Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Glyphis glyphis
Dwarf Sawfish, Queensland Sawfish [68447] Vulnerable Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Pristis clavata
Freshwater Sawfish, Largetooth Sawfish, RiverSawfish, Leichhardt's Sawfish, Northern Sawfish[60756]
Vulnerable Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Pristis pristis
Green Sawfish, Dindagubba, Narrowsnout Sawfish[68442]
Vulnerable Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Pristis zijsron
Whale Shark [66680] Vulnerable Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Rhincodon typus
Listed Migratory Species [ Resource Information ]* Species is listed under a different scientific name on the EPBC Act - Threatened Species list.Name Threatened Type of PresenceMigratory Marine Birds
Common Noddy [825] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Anous stolidus
Fork-tailed Swift [678] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Apus pacificus
Streaked Shearwater [1077] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Calonectris leucomelas
Lesser Frigatebird, Least Frigatebird [1012] Species or speciesFregata ariel
Name Threatened Type of Presencehabitat known to occurwithin area
Great Frigatebird, Greater Frigatebird [1013] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Fregata minor
Little Tern [82849] Breeding known to occurwithin area
Sternula albifrons
Migratory Marine Species
Narrow Sawfish, Knifetooth Sawfish [68448] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Anoxypristis cuspidata
Sei Whale [34] Vulnerable Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Balaenoptera borealis
Bryde's Whale [35] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Balaenoptera edeni
Blue Whale [36] Endangered Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Balaenoptera musculus
Fin Whale [37] Vulnerable Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Balaenoptera physalus
White Shark, Great White Shark [64470] Vulnerable Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Carcharodon carcharias
Loggerhead Turtle [1763] Endangered Foraging, feeding or relatedbehaviour known to occurwithin area
Caretta caretta
Green Turtle [1765] Vulnerable Breeding known to occurwithin area
Chelonia mydas
Salt-water Crocodile, Estuarine Crocodile [1774] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Crocodylus porosus
Leatherback Turtle, Leathery Turtle, Luth [1768] Endangered Breeding likely to occurwithin area
Dermochelys coriacea
Dugong [28] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Dugong dugon
Hawksbill Turtle [1766] Vulnerable Foraging, feeding or relatedbehaviour known to occurwithin area
Eretmochelys imbricata
Shortfin Mako, Mako Shark [79073] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Isurus oxyrinchus
Longfin Mako [82947] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Isurus paucus
Olive Ridley Turtle, Pacific Ridley Turtle [1767] Endangered Breeding known to occurwithin area
Lepidochelys olivacea
Reef Manta Ray, Coastal Manta Ray, Inshore MantaRay, Prince Alfred's Ray, Resident Manta Ray [84994]
Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Manta alfredi
Giant Manta Ray, Chevron Manta Ray, Pacific Species or speciesManta birostris
Name Threatened Type of PresenceManta Ray, Pelagic Manta Ray, Oceanic Manta Ray[84995]
habitat likely to occur withinarea
Humpback Whale [38] Vulnerable Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Megaptera novaeangliae
Flatback Turtle [59257] Vulnerable Breeding known to occurwithin area
Natator depressus
Irrawaddy Dolphin [45] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Orcaella brevirostris
Killer Whale, Orca [46] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Orcinus orca
Dwarf Sawfish, Queensland Sawfish [68447] Vulnerable Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Pristis clavata
Freshwater Sawfish, Largetooth Sawfish, RiverSawfish, Leichhardt's Sawfish, Northern Sawfish[60756]
Vulnerable Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Pristis pristis
Green Sawfish, Dindagubba, Narrowsnout Sawfish[68442]
Vulnerable Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Pristis zijsron
Whale Shark [66680] Vulnerable Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Rhincodon typus
Indo-Pacific Humpback Dolphin [50] Breeding known to occurwithin area
Sousa chinensis
Spotted Bottlenose Dolphin (Arafura/Timor Seapopulations) [78900]
Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Tursiops aduncus (Arafura/Timor Sea populations)
Migratory Terrestrial Species
Red-rumped Swallow [80610] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Cecropis daurica
Oriental Cuckoo, Horsfield's Cuckoo [86651] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Cuculus optatus
Barn Swallow [662] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Hirundo rustica
Grey Wagtail [642] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Motacilla cinerea
Yellow Wagtail [644] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Motacilla flava
Rufous Fantail [592] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Rhipidura rufifrons
Migratory Wetlands Species
Oriental Reed-Warbler [59570] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Acrocephalus orientalis
Common Sandpiper [59309] Species or species habitatknown to occur
Actitis hypoleucos
Name Threatened Type of Presencewithin area
Ruddy Turnstone [872] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Arenaria interpres
Sharp-tailed Sandpiper [874] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Calidris acuminata
Sanderling [875] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Calidris alba
Red Knot, Knot [855] Endangered Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Calidris canutus
Curlew Sandpiper [856] Critically Endangered Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Calidris ferruginea
Pectoral Sandpiper [858] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Calidris melanotos
Red-necked Stint [860] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Calidris ruficollis
Long-toed Stint [861] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Calidris subminuta
Great Knot [862] Critically Endangered Roosting known to occurwithin area
Calidris tenuirostris
Little Ringed Plover [896] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Charadrius dubius
Greater Sand Plover, Large Sand Plover [877] Vulnerable Roosting known to occurwithin area
Charadrius leschenaultii
Lesser Sand Plover, Mongolian Plover [879] Endangered Roosting known to occurwithin area
Charadrius mongolus
Oriental Plover, Oriental Dotterel [882] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Charadrius veredus
Swinhoe's Snipe [864] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Gallinago megala
Pin-tailed Snipe [841] Roosting likely to occurwithin area
Gallinago stenura
Oriental Pratincole [840] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Glareola maldivarum
Broad-billed Sandpiper [842] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Limicola falcinellus
Asian Dowitcher [843] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Limnodromus semipalmatus
Bar-tailed Godwit [844] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Limosa lapponica
Black-tailed Godwit [845] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Limosa limosa
Eastern Curlew, Far Eastern Curlew [847] Critically Endangered Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Numenius madagascariensis
Little Curlew, Little Whimbrel [848] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Numenius minutus
Name Threatened Type of Presence
Whimbrel [849] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Numenius phaeopus
Osprey [952] Breeding known to occurwithin area
Pandion haliaetus
Pacific Golden Plover [25545] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Pluvialis fulva
Grey Plover [865] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Pluvialis squatarola
Grey-tailed Tattler [851] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Tringa brevipes
Wood Sandpiper [829] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Tringa glareola
Wandering Tattler [831] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Tringa incana
Common Greenshank, Greenshank [832] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Tringa nebularia
Marsh Sandpiper, Little Greenshank [833] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Tringa stagnatilis
Terek Sandpiper [59300] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Xenus cinereus
Commonwealth Land [ Resource Information ]The Commonwealth area listed below may indicate the presence of Commonwealth land in this vicinity. Due tothe unreliability of the data source, all proposals should be checked as to whether it impacts on aCommonwealth area, before making a definitive decision. Contact the State or Territory government landdepartment for further information.
NameCommonwealth Land -Commonwealth Land - Australian Customs ServiceCommonwealth Land - Australian Government SolicitorCommonwealth Land - Department of Administrative ServicesCommonwealth Land - Department of Community Services & HealthCommonwealth Land - Department of Immigration Local Government & Ethnic AffairsCommonwealth Land - Department of Transport & Regional DevelopmentCommonwealth Land - Deputy Crown SolicitorCommonwealth Land - Director of Property Services Defence EstateCommonwealth Land - National Transmission AgencyDefence - AUSTRALIAN ARMY BAND - DARWINDefence - BERRIMAH ONEDefence - DARWIN - AP10 RADAR SITE - LEE POINTDefence - DARWIN - AP3 RECEIVING STATION - LEE POINTDefence - DARWIN - TRANSMITTING STATION '11 MILE'Defence - DARWIN RELOCATIONS CENTREDefence - DARWIN RIVER GRAVEL QUARRYDefence - DEFENCE FORCE CAREERS REFERENCE CENTREDefence - Esanda BuilidngDefence - HMAS COONAWARRA (Berrimah)Defence - HUMPTY DOO TRANSMITTING STATIONDefence - KANGAROO FLATS TRAINING AREADefence - KOWANDI NORTH COMMUNICATION STATIONDefence - KOWANDI SOUTH REPEATING STATIONDefence - LARRAKEYAH BARRACKSDefence - LEANYER BOMBING RANGEDefence - MT BUNDY TRAINING AREADefence - Patrol Boat Base (DARWIN NAVAL BASE)Defence - QUAIL ISLAND BOMBING RANGE
Other Matters Protected by the EPBC Act
Listed Marine Species [ Resource Information ]* Species is listed under a different scientific name on the EPBC Act - Threatened Species list.Name Threatened Type of PresenceBirds
Oriental Reed-Warbler [59570] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Acrocephalus orientalis
Common Sandpiper [59309] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Actitis hypoleucos
Common Noddy [825] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Anous stolidus
Magpie Goose [978] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Anseranas semipalmata
Fork-tailed Swift [678] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Apus pacificus
Great Egret, White Egret [59541] Breeding known to occurwithin area
Ardea alba
Cattle Egret [59542] Breeding likely to occurwithin area
Ardea ibis
Ruddy Turnstone [872] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Arenaria interpres
Sharp-tailed Sandpiper [874] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Calidris acuminata
Sanderling [875] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Calidris alba
Red Knot, Knot [855] Endangered Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Calidris canutus
Curlew Sandpiper [856] Critically Endangered Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Calidris ferruginea
Pectoral Sandpiper [858] Species or speciesCalidris melanotos
NameDefence - RAAF BASE DARWINDefence - ROBERTSON BARRACKS (Waler Barracks)Defence - SHOAL BAY RECEIVING STATIONDefence - STOKES HILL OIL FUEL INSTALLATIONDefence - WINNELLIE ONEDefence - WINNELLIE TWO
Commonwealth Heritage Places [ Resource Information ]Name StatusStateNatural
Listed placeMount Bundey Military Training Area NTHistoric
Listed placeAdelaide River War Cemetery NTListed placeLarrakeyah Barracks Headquarters Building NTListed placeLarrakeyah Barracks Precinct NTListed placeLarrakeyah Barracks Sergeants Mess NTListed placeRAAF Base Commanding Officers Residence NTListed placeRAAF Base Precinct NTListed placeRAAF Base Tropical Housing Type 2 NTListed placeRAAF Base Tropical Housing Type 3 NT
Name Threatened Type of Presencehabitat known to occurwithin area
Red-necked Stint [860] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Calidris ruficollis
Long-toed Stint [861] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Calidris subminuta
Great Knot [862] Critically Endangered Roosting known to occurwithin area
Calidris tenuirostris
Streaked Shearwater [1077] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Calonectris leucomelas
Little Ringed Plover [896] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Charadrius dubius
Greater Sand Plover, Large Sand Plover [877] Vulnerable Roosting known to occurwithin area
Charadrius leschenaultii
Lesser Sand Plover, Mongolian Plover [879] Endangered Roosting known to occurwithin area
Charadrius mongolus
Red-capped Plover [881] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Charadrius ruficapillus
Oriental Plover, Oriental Dotterel [882] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Charadrius veredus
Oriental Cuckoo, Himalayan Cuckoo [710] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Cuculus saturatus
Lesser Frigatebird, Least Frigatebird [1012] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Fregata ariel
Great Frigatebird, Greater Frigatebird [1013] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Fregata minor
Swinhoe's Snipe [864] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Gallinago megala
Pin-tailed Snipe [841] Roosting likely to occurwithin area
Gallinago stenura
Oriental Pratincole [840] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Glareola maldivarum
White-bellied Sea-Eagle [943] Breeding known to occurwithin area
Haliaeetus leucogaster
Grey-tailed Tattler [59311] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Heteroscelus brevipes
Wandering Tattler [59547] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Heteroscelus incanus
Black-winged Stilt [870] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Himantopus himantopus
Red-rumped Swallow [59480] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Hirundo daurica
Barn Swallow [662] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Hirundo rustica
Name Threatened Type of Presence
Broad-billed Sandpiper [842] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Limicola falcinellus
Asian Dowitcher [843] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Limnodromus semipalmatus
Bar-tailed Godwit [844] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Limosa lapponica
Black-tailed Godwit [845] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Limosa limosa
Rainbow Bee-eater [670] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Merops ornatus
Grey Wagtail [642] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Motacilla cinerea
Yellow Wagtail [644] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Motacilla flava
Eastern Curlew, Far Eastern Curlew [847] Critically Endangered Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Numenius madagascariensis
Little Curlew, Little Whimbrel [848] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Numenius minutus
Whimbrel [849] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Numenius phaeopus
Osprey [952] Breeding known to occurwithin area
Pandion haliaetus
Pacific Golden Plover [25545] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Pluvialis fulva
Grey Plover [865] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Pluvialis squatarola
Rufous Fantail [592] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Rhipidura rufifrons
Painted Snipe [889] Endangered* Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Rostratula benghalensis (sensu lato)
Little Tern [813] Breeding known to occurwithin area
Sterna albifrons
Australian Pratincole [818] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Stiltia isabella
Wood Sandpiper [829] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Tringa glareola
Common Greenshank, Greenshank [832] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Tringa nebularia
Marsh Sandpiper, Little Greenshank [833] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Tringa stagnatilis
Terek Sandpiper [59300] Roosting known to occurwithin area
Xenus cinereus
Fish
Name Threatened Type of Presence
Three-keel Pipefish [66192] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Campichthys tricarinatus
Pacific Short-bodied Pipefish, Short-bodied Pipefish[66194]
Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Choeroichthys brachysoma
Pig-snouted Pipefish [66198] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Choeroichthys suillus
Fijian Banded Pipefish, Brown-banded Pipefish[66199]
Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Corythoichthys amplexus
Reticulate Pipefish, Yellow-banded Pipefish, NetworkPipefish [66200]
Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Corythoichthys flavofasciatus
Reef-top Pipefish [66201] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Corythoichthys haematopterus
Schultz's Pipefish [66205] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Corythoichthys schultzi
Bluestripe Pipefish, Indian Blue-stripe Pipefish, PacificBlue-stripe Pipefish [66211]
Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Doryrhamphus excisus
Cleaner Pipefish, Janss' Pipefish [66212] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Doryrhamphus janssi
Girdled Pipefish [66214] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Festucalex cinctus
Brock's Pipefish [66219] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Halicampus brocki
Red-hair Pipefish, Duncker's Pipefish [66220] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Halicampus dunckeri
Mud Pipefish, Gray's Pipefish [66221] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Halicampus grayi
Spiny-snout Pipefish [66225] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Halicampus spinirostris
Ribboned Pipehorse, Ribboned Seadragon [66226] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Haliichthys taeniophorus
Blue-speckled Pipefish, Blue-spotted Pipefish [66228] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Hippichthys cyanospilos
Short-keel Pipefish, Short-keeled Pipefish [66230] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Hippichthys parvicarinatus
Beady Pipefish, Steep-nosed Pipefish [66231] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Hippichthys penicillus
Name Threatened Type of Presence
Spiny Seahorse, Thorny Seahorse [66236] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Hippocampus histrix
Spotted Seahorse, Yellow Seahorse [66237] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Hippocampus kuda
Flat-face Seahorse [66238] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Hippocampus planifrons
Hedgehog Seahorse [66239] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Hippocampus spinosissimus
Tidepool Pipefish [66255] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Micrognathus micronotopterus
Pallid Pipehorse, Hardwick's Pipehorse [66272] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Solegnathus hardwickii
Gunther's Pipehorse, Indonesian Pipefish [66273] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Solegnathus lettiensis
Robust Ghostpipefish, Blue-finned Ghost Pipefish,[66183]
Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Solenostomus cyanopterus
Rough-snout Ghost Pipefish [68425] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Solenostomus paegnius
Double-end Pipehorse, Double-ended Pipehorse,Alligator Pipefish [66279]
Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Syngnathoides biaculeatus
Bentstick Pipefish, Bend Stick Pipefish, Short-tailedPipefish [66280]
Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Trachyrhamphus bicoarctatus
Straightstick Pipefish, Long-nosed Pipefish, StraightStick Pipefish [66281]
Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Trachyrhamphus longirostris
Mammals
Dugong [28] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Dugong dugon
Reptiles
Horned Seasnake [1114] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Acalyptophis peronii
Dubois' Seasnake [1116] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Aipysurus duboisii
Spine-tailed Seasnake [1117] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Aipysurus eydouxii
Olive Seasnake [1120] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Aipysurus laevis
Stokes' Seasnake [1122] Species or species habitatmay occur within
Astrotia stokesii
Name Threatened Type of Presencearea
Loggerhead Turtle [1763] Endangered Foraging, feeding or relatedbehaviour known to occurwithin area
Caretta caretta
Green Turtle [1765] Vulnerable Breeding known to occurwithin area
Chelonia mydas
Freshwater Crocodile, Johnston's Crocodile,Johnston's River Crocodile [1773]
Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Crocodylus johnstoni
Salt-water Crocodile, Estuarine Crocodile [1774] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Crocodylus porosus
Leatherback Turtle, Leathery Turtle, Luth [1768] Endangered Breeding likely to occurwithin area
Dermochelys coriacea
Spectacled Seasnake [1123] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Disteira kingii
Olive-headed Seasnake [1124] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Disteira major
Beaked Seasnake [1126] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Enhydrina schistosa
Hawksbill Turtle [1766] Vulnerable Foraging, feeding or relatedbehaviour known to occurwithin area
Eretmochelys imbricata
Black-ringed Seasnake [1100] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Hydrelaps darwiniensis
Black-headed Seasnake [1101] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Hydrophis atriceps
Slender-necked Seasnake [25925] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Hydrophis coggeri
Elegant Seasnake [1104] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Hydrophis elegans
Plain Seasnake [1107] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Hydrophis inornatus
null [25926] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Hydrophis mcdowelli
Spotted Seasnake, Ornate Reef Seasnake [1111] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Hydrophis ornatus
Large-headed Seasnake, Pacific Seasnake [1112] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Hydrophis pacificus
Spine-bellied Seasnake [1113] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Lapemis hardwickii
Olive Ridley Turtle, Pacific Ridley Turtle [1767] Endangered Breeding known to occurLepidochelys olivacea
Name Threatened Type of Presencewithin area
Flatback Turtle [59257] Vulnerable Breeding known to occurwithin area
Natator depressus
Northern Mangrove Seasnake [1090] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Parahydrophis mertoni
Yellow-bellied Seasnake [1091] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Pelamis platurus
Whales and other Cetaceans [ Resource Information ]Name Status Type of PresenceMammals
Sei Whale [34] Vulnerable Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Balaenoptera borealis
Bryde's Whale [35] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Balaenoptera edeni
Blue Whale [36] Endangered Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Balaenoptera musculus
Fin Whale [37] Vulnerable Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Balaenoptera physalus
Common Dophin, Short-beaked Common Dolphin [60] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Delphinus delphis
Risso's Dolphin, Grampus [64] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Grampus griseus
Humpback Whale [38] Vulnerable Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Megaptera novaeangliae
Irrawaddy Dolphin [45] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Orcaella brevirostris
Killer Whale, Orca [46] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Orcinus orca
Indo-Pacific Humpback Dolphin [50] Breeding known to occurwithin area
Sousa chinensis
Spotted Dolphin, Pantropical Spotted Dolphin [51] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Stenella attenuata
Indian Ocean Bottlenose Dolphin, Spotted BottlenoseDolphin [68418]
Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Tursiops aduncus
Spotted Bottlenose Dolphin (Arafura/Timor Seapopulations) [78900]
Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Tursiops aduncus (Arafura/Timor Sea populations)
Bottlenose Dolphin [68417] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Tursiops truncatus s. str.
State and Territory Reserves [ Resource Information ]Name StateAdelaide River Foreshore NTBlack Jungle / Lambells Lagoon Conservation Reserve NTBlackmore River NTBuffalo Creek Management Area NTCasuarina NTChannel Island NTCharles Darwin NTDjukbinj NTFogg Dam NTGeorge Brown Darwin NTHarrison Dam Conservation Area NTHolmes Jungle NTHoward Springs NTHoward Springs NTIndian Island NTKnuckey Lagoons NTLeaning Tree Lagoon NTLitchfield NTManton Dam Recreation Area NTMary River NTMelacca Swamp NTShoal Bay NTTerritory Wildlife Park / Berry Springs Nature Park NTTree Point Conservation Area NTVernon Islands NT
Extra Information
Invasive Species [ Resource Information ]Weeds reported here are the 20 species of national significance (WoNS), along with other introduced plantsthat are considered by the States and Territories to pose a particularly significant threat to biodiversity. Thefollowing feral animals are reported: Goat, Red Fox, Cat, Rabbit, Pig, Water Buffalo and Cane Toad. Maps fromLandscape Health Project, National Land and Water Resouces Audit, 2001.
Name Status Type of PresenceBirds
Common Myna, Indian Myna [387] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Acridotheres tristis
Rock Pigeon, Rock Dove, Domestic Pigeon [803] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Columba livia
House Sparrow [405] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Passer domesticus
Name Status Type of Presence
Eurasian Tree Sparrow [406] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Passer montanus
Common Starling [389] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Sturnus vulgaris
Frogs
Cane Toad [83218] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Rhinella marina
Mammals
Domestic Cattle [16] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Bos taurus
Water Buffalo, Swamp Buffalo [1] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Bubalus bubalis
Domestic Dog [82654] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Canis lupus familiaris
Donkey, Ass [4] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Equus asinus
Horse [5] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Equus caballus
Cat, House Cat, Domestic Cat [19] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Felis catus
House Mouse [120] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Mus musculus
Black Rat, Ship Rat [84] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Rattus rattus
Pig [6] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Sus scrofa
Plants
Gamba Grass [66895] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Andropogon gayanus
Pond Apple, Pond-apple Tree, Alligator Apple,Bullock's Heart, Cherimoya, Monkey Apple, Bobwood,Corkwood [6311]
Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Annona glabra
Para Grass [5879] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Brachiaria mutica
Cabomba, Fanwort, Carolina Watershield, Fish Grass,Washington Grass, Watershield, Carolina Fanwort,Common Cabomba [5171]
Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Cabomba caroliniana
Buffel-grass, Black Buffel-grass [20213] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Cenchrus ciliaris
Cat's Claw Vine, Yellow Trumpet Vine, Cat's Claw Species or speciesDolichandra unguis-cati
Nationally Important Wetlands [ Resource Information ]Name StateAdelaide River Floodplain System NTFinniss Floodplain and Fog Bay Systems NTKakadu National Park NTMary Floodplain System NTMount Bundey Training Area - Mary River Floodplain NTPort Darwin NTShoal Bay - Micket Creek NT
Name Status Type of PresenceCreeper, Funnel Creeper [85119] habitat likely to occur within
area
Water Hyacinth, Water Orchid, Nile Lily [13466] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Eichhornia crassipes
Hymenachne, Olive Hymenachne, Water Stargrass,West Indian Grass, West Indian Marsh Grass [31754]
Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Hymenachne amplexicaulis
Cotton-leaved Physic-Nut, Bellyache Bush, Cotton-leafPhysic Nut, Cotton-leaf Jatropha, Black Physic Nut[7507]
Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Jatropha gossypifolia
Lantana, Common Lantana, Kamara Lantana, Large-leaf Lantana, Pink Flowered Lantana, Red FloweredLantana, Red-Flowered Sage, White Sage, Wild Sage[10892]
Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Lantana camara
Mimosa, Giant Mimosa, Giant Sensitive Plant,ThornySensitive Plant, Black Mimosa, CatclawMimosa, Bashful Plant [11223]
Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Mimosa pigra
Parkinsonia, Jerusalem Thorn, Jelly Bean Tree, HorseBean [12301]
Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Parkinsonia aculeata
Mission Grass, Perennial Mission Grass,Missiongrass, Feathery Pennisetum, FeatherPennisetum, Thin Napier Grass, West IndianPennisetum, Blue Buffel Grass [21194]
Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Pennisetum polystachyon
Delta Arrowhead, Arrowhead, Slender Arrowhead[68483]
Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Sagittaria platyphylla
Salvinia, Giant Salvinia, Aquarium Watermoss, KaribaWeed [13665]
Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Salvinia molesta
Prickly Acacia, Blackthorn, Prickly Mimosa, BlackPiquant, Babul [84351]
Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Vachellia nilotica
Reptiles
Asian House Gecko [1708] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Hemidactylus frenatus
Mourning Gecko [1712] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Lepidodactylus lugubris
Flowerpot Blind Snake, Brahminy Blind Snake, CacingBesi [1258]
Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Ramphotyphlops braminus
- non-threatened seabirds which have only been mapped for recorded breeding sites
- migratory species that are very widespread, vagrant, or only occur in small numbers
- some species and ecological communities that have only recently been listed
Not all species listed under the EPBC Act have been mapped (see below) and therefore a report is a general guide only. Where available datasupports mapping, the type of presence that can be determined from the data is indicated in general terms. People using this information in makinga referral may need to consider the qualifications below and may need to seek and consider other information sources.
For threatened ecological communities where the distribution is well known, maps are derived from recovery plans, State vegetation maps, remotesensing imagery and other sources. Where threatened ecological community distributions are less well known, existing vegetation maps and pointlocation data are used to produce indicative distribution maps.
- seals which have only been mapped for breeding sites near the Australian continent
Such breeding sites may be important for the protection of the Commonwealth Marine environment.
Threatened, migratory and marine species distributions have been derived through a variety of methods. Where distributions are well known and iftime permits, maps are derived using either thematic spatial data (i.e. vegetation, soils, geology, elevation, aspect, terrain, etc) together with pointlocations and described habitat; or environmental modelling (MAXENT or BIOCLIM habitat modelling) using point locations and environmental datalayers.
The information presented in this report has been provided by a range of data sources as acknowledged at the end of the report.Caveat
- migratory and
The following species and ecological communities have not been mapped and do not appear in reports produced from this database:
- marine
This report is designed to assist in identifying the locations of places which may be relevant in determining obligations under the EnvironmentProtection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999. It holds mapped locations of World and National Heritage properties, Wetlands of Internationaland National Importance, Commonwealth and State/Territory reserves, listed threatened, migratory and marine species and listed threatenedecological communities. Mapping of Commonwealth land is not complete at this stage. Maps have been collated from a range of sources at variousresolutions.
- threatened species listed as extinct or considered as vagrants
- some terrestrial species that overfly the Commonwealth marine area
The following groups have been mapped, but may not cover the complete distribution of the species:
Only selected species covered by the following provisions of the EPBC Act have been mapped:
Where very little information is available for species or large number of maps are required in a short time-frame, maps are derived either from 0.04or 0.02 decimal degree cells; by an automated process using polygon capture techniques (static two kilometre grid cells, alpha-hull and convex hull);or captured manually or by using topographic features (national park boundaries, islands, etc). In the early stages of the distribution mappingprocess (1999-early 2000s) distributions were defined by degree blocks, 100K or 250K map sheets to rapidly create distribution maps. More reliabledistribution mapping methods are used to update these distributions as time permits.
-12.56038 130.96538
Coordinates
-Environment and Planning Directorate, ACT-Birdlife Australia-Australian Bird and Bat Banding Scheme
-Department of Parks and Wildlife, Western Australia
Acknowledgements
-Office of Environment and Heritage, New South Wales
-Department of Primary Industries, Parks, Water and Environment, Tasmania
-Department of Land and Resource Management, Northern Territory-Department of Environmental and Heritage Protection, Queensland
-Department of Environment and Primary Industries, Victoria
-Australian National Wildlife Collection
-Department of Environment, Water and Natural Resources, South Australia
This database has been compiled from a range of data sources. The department acknowledges the followingcustodians who have contributed valuable data and advice:
-Australian Museum
-National Herbarium of NSW
Forestry Corporation, NSW-Australian Government, Department of Defence
-State Herbarium of South Australia
The Department is extremely grateful to the many organisations and individuals who provided expert adviceand information on numerous draft distributions.
-Natural history museums of Australia
-Queensland Museum
-Australian National Herbarium, Canberra
-Royal Botanic Gardens and National Herbarium of Victoria
-Geoscience Australia
-Ocean Biogeographic Information System
-Online Zoological Collections of Australian Museums-Queensland Herbarium
-Western Australian Herbarium
-Tasmanian Herbarium
-Northern Territory Herbarium
-South Australian Museum
-Museum Victoria
-University of New England
-CSIRO
-Other groups and individuals-Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Hobart, Tasmania
-Museum and Art Gallery of the Northern Territory
-Reef Life Survey Australia-Australian Institute of Marine Science-Australian Government National Environmental Science Program
-Australian Tropical Herbarium, Cairns
-Australian Government – Australian Antarctic Data Centre
-Queen Victoria Museum and Art Gallery, Inveresk, Tasmania
-eBird Australia
-American Museum of Natural History
© Commonwealth of Australia
+61 2 6274 1111
Canberra ACT 2601 Australia
GPO Box 787
Department of the Environment
Please feel free to provide feedback via the Contact Us page.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG
APPENDIX D: PMST 1 KM SEARCH
EPBC Act Protected Matters Report
This report provides general guidance on matters of national environmental significance and other mattersprotected by the EPBC Act in the area you have selected.
Information on the coverage of this report and qualifications on data supporting this report are contained in thecaveat at the end of the report.
Information is available about Environment Assessments and the EPBC Act including significance guidelines,forms and application process details.
Other Matters Protected by the EPBC Act
Acknowledgements
Buffer: 1.0Km
Matters of NES
Report created: 18/12/18 19:05:54
Coordinates
This map may contain data which are©Commonwealth of Australia(Geoscience Australia), ©PSMA 2010
CaveatExtra Information
DetailsSummary
Summary
This part of the report summarises the matters of national environmental significance that may occur in, or mayrelate to, the area you nominated. Further information is available in the detail part of the report, which can beaccessed by scrolling or following the links below. If you are proposing to undertake an activity that may have asignificant impact on one or more matters of national environmental significance then you should consider theAdministrative Guidelines on Significance.
Matters of National Environmental Significance
Listed Threatened Ecological Communities:
Listed Migratory Species:
None
Great Barrier Reef Marine Park:
Wetlands of International Importance:
Listed Threatened Species:
None
18
None
None
National Heritage Places:
Commonwealth Marine Area:
World Heritage Properties:
None
None
19
The EPBC Act protects the environment on Commonwealth land, the environment from the actions taken onCommonwealth land, and the environment from actions taken by Commonwealth agencies. As heritage values of aplace are part of the 'environment', these aspects of the EPBC Act protect the Commonwealth Heritage values of aCommonwealth Heritage place. Information on the new heritage laws can be found athttp://www.environment.gov.au/heritage
This part of the report summarises other matters protected under the Act that may relate to the area you nominated.Approval may be required for a proposed activity that significantly affects the environment on Commonwealth land,when the action is outside the Commonwealth land, or the environment anywhere when the action is taken onCommonwealth land. Approval may also be required for the Commonwealth or Commonwealth agencies proposing totake an action that is likely to have a significant impact on the environment anywhere.
A permit may be required for activities in or on a Commonwealth area that may affect a member of a listed threatenedspecies or ecological community, a member of a listed migratory species, whales and other cetaceans, or a member ofa listed marine species.
Other Matters Protected by the EPBC Act
None
None
None
Listed Marine Species:
Whales and Other Cetaceans:
53
Commonwealth Heritage Places:
None
None
Critical Habitats:
Commonwealth Land:
Commonwealth Reserves Terrestrial:
NoneAustralian Marine Parks:
Extra Information
This part of the report provides information that may also be relevant to the area you have nominated.
1
NoneState and Territory Reserves:
Nationally Important Wetlands:
NoneRegional Forest Agreements:
Invasive Species: 23
NoneKey Ecological Features (Marine)
Details
Listed Threatened Species [ Resource Information ]Name Status Type of PresenceBirds
Red Knot, Knot [855] Endangered Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Calidris canutus
Curlew Sandpiper [856] Critically Endangered Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Calidris ferruginea
Red Goshawk [942] Vulnerable Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Erythrotriorchis radiatus
Gouldian Finch [413] Endangered Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Erythrura gouldiae
Partridge Pigeon (eastern) [64441] Vulnerable Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Geophaps smithii smithii
Eastern Curlew, Far Eastern Curlew [847] Critically Endangered Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Numenius madagascariensis
Australian Painted-snipe, Australian Painted Snipe[77037]
Endangered Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Rostratula australis
Masked Owl (northern) [26048] Vulnerable Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Tyto novaehollandiae kimberli
Mammals
Fawn Antechinus [344] Vulnerable Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Antechinus bellus
Brush-tailed Rabbit-rat, Brush-tailed Tree-rat,Pakooma [132]
Vulnerable Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Conilurus penicillatus
Northern Quoll, Digul [Gogo-Yimidir], Wijingadda[Dambimangari], Wiminji [Martu] [331]
Endangered Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Dasyurus hallucatus
Ghost Bat [174] Vulnerable Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Macroderma gigas
Matters of National Environmental Significance
Name Status Type of Presence
Black-footed Tree-rat (Kimberley and mainlandNorthern Territory), Djintamoonga, Manbul [87618]
Endangered Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Mesembriomys gouldii gouldii
Nabarlek (Top End) [87606] Endangered Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Petrogale concinna canescens
Northern Brush-tailed Phascogale [82954] Vulnerable Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Phascogale pirata
Bare-rumped Sheath-tailed Bat, Bare-rumpedSheathtail Bat [66889]
Vulnerable Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Saccolaimus saccolaimus nudicluniatus
Water Mouse, False Water Rat, Yirrkoo [66] Vulnerable Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Xeromys myoides
Reptiles
Plains Death Adder [83821] Vulnerable Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Acanthophis hawkei
Listed Migratory Species [ Resource Information ]* Species is listed under a different scientific name on the EPBC Act - Threatened Species list.Name Threatened Type of PresenceMigratory Marine Birds
Fork-tailed Swift [678] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Apus pacificus
Migratory Marine Species
Salt-water Crocodile, Estuarine Crocodile [1774] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Crocodylus porosus
Migratory Terrestrial Species
Red-rumped Swallow [80610] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Cecropis daurica
Oriental Cuckoo, Horsfield's Cuckoo [86651] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Cuculus optatus
Barn Swallow [662] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Hirundo rustica
Grey Wagtail [642] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Motacilla cinerea
Yellow Wagtail [644] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Motacilla flava
Rufous Fantail [592] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Rhipidura rufifrons
Migratory Wetlands Species
Oriental Reed-Warbler [59570] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Acrocephalus orientalis
Common Sandpiper [59309] Species or species habitatknown to occur
Actitis hypoleucos
Name Threatened Type of Presencewithin area
Sharp-tailed Sandpiper [874] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Calidris acuminata
Red Knot, Knot [855] Endangered Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Calidris canutus
Curlew Sandpiper [856] Critically Endangered Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Calidris ferruginea
Pectoral Sandpiper [858] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Calidris melanotos
Oriental Plover, Oriental Dotterel [882] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Charadrius veredus
Oriental Pratincole [840] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Glareola maldivarum
Eastern Curlew, Far Eastern Curlew [847] Critically Endangered Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Numenius madagascariensis
Osprey [952] Breeding known to occurwithin area
Pandion haliaetus
Common Greenshank, Greenshank [832] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Tringa nebularia
Listed Marine Species [ Resource Information ]* Species is listed under a different scientific name on the EPBC Act - Threatened Species list.Name Threatened Type of PresenceBirds
Oriental Reed-Warbler [59570] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Acrocephalus orientalis
Common Sandpiper [59309] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Actitis hypoleucos
Magpie Goose [978] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Anseranas semipalmata
Fork-tailed Swift [678] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Apus pacificus
Great Egret, White Egret [59541] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Ardea alba
Cattle Egret [59542] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Ardea ibis
Other Matters Protected by the EPBC Act
Name Threatened Type of Presence
Sharp-tailed Sandpiper [874] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Calidris acuminata
Red Knot, Knot [855] Endangered Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Calidris canutus
Curlew Sandpiper [856] Critically Endangered Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Calidris ferruginea
Pectoral Sandpiper [858] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Calidris melanotos
Oriental Plover, Oriental Dotterel [882] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Charadrius veredus
Black-eared Cuckoo [705] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Chrysococcyx osculans
Oriental Pratincole [840] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Glareola maldivarum
White-bellied Sea-Eagle [943] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Haliaeetus leucogaster
Red-rumped Swallow [59480] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Hirundo daurica
Barn Swallow [662] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Hirundo rustica
Rainbow Bee-eater [670] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Merops ornatus
Grey Wagtail [642] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Motacilla cinerea
Yellow Wagtail [644] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Motacilla flava
Eastern Curlew, Far Eastern Curlew [847] Critically Endangered Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Numenius madagascariensis
Osprey [952] Breeding known to occurwithin area
Pandion haliaetus
Rufous Fantail [592] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Rhipidura rufifrons
Painted Snipe [889] Endangered* Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Rostratula benghalensis (sensu lato)
Common Greenshank, Greenshank [832] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Tringa nebularia
Fish
Name Threatened Type of Presence
Three-keel Pipefish [66192] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Campichthys tricarinatus
Pacific Short-bodied Pipefish, Short-bodied Pipefish[66194]
Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Choeroichthys brachysoma
Pig-snouted Pipefish [66198] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Choeroichthys suillus
Fijian Banded Pipefish, Brown-banded Pipefish[66199]
Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Corythoichthys amplexus
Reticulate Pipefish, Yellow-banded Pipefish, NetworkPipefish [66200]
Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Corythoichthys flavofasciatus
Reef-top Pipefish [66201] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Corythoichthys haematopterus
Bluestripe Pipefish, Indian Blue-stripe Pipefish, PacificBlue-stripe Pipefish [66211]
Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Doryrhamphus excisus
Cleaner Pipefish, Janss' Pipefish [66212] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Doryrhamphus janssi
Girdled Pipefish [66214] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Festucalex cinctus
Brock's Pipefish [66219] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Halicampus brocki
Mud Pipefish, Gray's Pipefish [66221] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Halicampus grayi
Spiny-snout Pipefish [66225] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Halicampus spinirostris
Ribboned Pipehorse, Ribboned Seadragon [66226] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Haliichthys taeniophorus
Blue-speckled Pipefish, Blue-spotted Pipefish [66228] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Hippichthys cyanospilos
Short-keel Pipefish, Short-keeled Pipefish [66230] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Hippichthys parvicarinatus
Beady Pipefish, Steep-nosed Pipefish [66231] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Hippichthys penicillus
Spiny Seahorse, Thorny Seahorse [66236] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Hippocampus histrix
Spotted Seahorse, Yellow Seahorse [66237] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Hippocampus kuda
Name Threatened Type of Presence
Flat-face Seahorse [66238] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Hippocampus planifrons
Hedgehog Seahorse [66239] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Hippocampus spinosissimus
Tidepool Pipefish [66255] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Micrognathus micronotopterus
Pallid Pipehorse, Hardwick's Pipehorse [66272] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Solegnathus hardwickii
Gunther's Pipehorse, Indonesian Pipefish [66273] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Solegnathus lettiensis
Robust Ghostpipefish, Blue-finned Ghost Pipefish,[66183]
Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Solenostomus cyanopterus
Double-end Pipehorse, Double-ended Pipehorse,Alligator Pipefish [66279]
Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Syngnathoides biaculeatus
Bentstick Pipefish, Bend Stick Pipefish, Short-tailedPipefish [66280]
Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Trachyrhamphus bicoarctatus
Straightstick Pipefish, Long-nosed Pipefish, StraightStick Pipefish [66281]
Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Trachyrhamphus longirostris
Reptiles
Freshwater Crocodile, Johnston's Crocodile,Johnston's River Crocodile [1773]
Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Crocodylus johnstoni
Salt-water Crocodile, Estuarine Crocodile [1774] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Crocodylus porosus
Extra Information
Invasive Species [ Resource Information ]Weeds reported here are the 20 species of national significance (WoNS), along with other introduced plantsthat are considered by the States and Territories to pose a particularly significant threat to biodiversity. Thefollowing feral animals are reported: Goat, Red Fox, Cat, Rabbit, Pig, Water Buffalo and Cane Toad. Maps fromLandscape Health Project, National Land and Water Resouces Audit, 2001.
Name Status Type of PresenceBirds
Rock Pigeon, Rock Dove, Domestic Pigeon [803] Species or species habitatlikely to occur
Columba livia
Name Status Type of Presencewithin area
Frogs
Cane Toad [83218] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Rhinella marina
Mammals
Domestic Cattle [16] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Bos taurus
Water Buffalo, Swamp Buffalo [1] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Bubalus bubalis
Domestic Dog [82654] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Canis lupus familiaris
Horse [5] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Equus caballus
Cat, House Cat, Domestic Cat [19] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Felis catus
House Mouse [120] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Mus musculus
Black Rat, Ship Rat [84] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Rattus rattus
Pig [6] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Sus scrofa
Plants
Gamba Grass [66895] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Andropogon gayanus
Para Grass [5879] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Brachiaria mutica
Cabomba, Fanwort, Carolina Watershield, Fish Grass,Washington Grass, Watershield, Carolina Fanwort,Common Cabomba [5171]
Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Cabomba caroliniana
Buffel-grass, Black Buffel-grass [20213] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Cenchrus ciliaris
Hymenachne, Olive Hymenachne, Water Stargrass,West Indian Grass, West Indian Marsh Grass [31754]
Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Hymenachne amplexicaulis
Cotton-leaved Physic-Nut, Bellyache Bush, Cotton-leafPhysic Nut, Cotton-leaf Jatropha, Black Physic Nut[7507]
Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Jatropha gossypifolia
Lantana, Common Lantana, Kamara Lantana, Large-leaf Lantana, Pink Flowered Lantana, Red FloweredLantana, Red-Flowered Sage, White Sage, Wild Sage[10892]
Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Lantana camara
Mimosa, Giant Mimosa, Giant Sensitive Plant,ThornySensitive Plant, Black Mimosa, CatclawMimosa, Bashful Plant [11223]
Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Mimosa pigra
Nationally Important Wetlands [ Resource Information ]Name StatePort Darwin NT
Name Status Type of Presence
Parkinsonia, Jerusalem Thorn, Jelly Bean Tree, HorseBean [12301]
Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Parkinsonia aculeata
Mission Grass, Perennial Mission Grass,Missiongrass, Feathery Pennisetum, FeatherPennisetum, Thin Napier Grass, West IndianPennisetum, Blue Buffel Grass [21194]
Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Pennisetum polystachyon
Salvinia, Giant Salvinia, Aquarium Watermoss, KaribaWeed [13665]
Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Salvinia molesta
Reptiles
Asian House Gecko [1708] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Hemidactylus frenatus
Flowerpot Blind Snake, Brahminy Blind Snake, CacingBesi [1258]
Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Ramphotyphlops braminus
- non-threatened seabirds which have only been mapped for recorded breeding sites
- migratory species that are very widespread, vagrant, or only occur in small numbers
- some species and ecological communities that have only recently been listed
Not all species listed under the EPBC Act have been mapped (see below) and therefore a report is a general guide only. Where available datasupports mapping, the type of presence that can be determined from the data is indicated in general terms. People using this information in makinga referral may need to consider the qualifications below and may need to seek and consider other information sources.
For threatened ecological communities where the distribution is well known, maps are derived from recovery plans, State vegetation maps, remotesensing imagery and other sources. Where threatened ecological community distributions are less well known, existing vegetation maps and pointlocation data are used to produce indicative distribution maps.
- seals which have only been mapped for breeding sites near the Australian continent
Such breeding sites may be important for the protection of the Commonwealth Marine environment.
Threatened, migratory and marine species distributions have been derived through a variety of methods. Where distributions are well known and iftime permits, maps are derived using either thematic spatial data (i.e. vegetation, soils, geology, elevation, aspect, terrain, etc) together with pointlocations and described habitat; or environmental modelling (MAXENT or BIOCLIM habitat modelling) using point locations and environmental datalayers.
The information presented in this report has been provided by a range of data sources as acknowledged at the end of the report.Caveat
- migratory and
The following species and ecological communities have not been mapped and do not appear in reports produced from this database:
- marine
This report is designed to assist in identifying the locations of places which may be relevant in determining obligations under the EnvironmentProtection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999. It holds mapped locations of World and National Heritage properties, Wetlands of Internationaland National Importance, Commonwealth and State/Territory reserves, listed threatened, migratory and marine species and listed threatenedecological communities. Mapping of Commonwealth land is not complete at this stage. Maps have been collated from a range of sources at variousresolutions.
- threatened species listed as extinct or considered as vagrants
- some terrestrial species that overfly the Commonwealth marine area
The following groups have been mapped, but may not cover the complete distribution of the species:
Only selected species covered by the following provisions of the EPBC Act have been mapped:
Where very little information is available for species or large number of maps are required in a short time-frame, maps are derived either from 0.04or 0.02 decimal degree cells; by an automated process using polygon capture techniques (static two kilometre grid cells, alpha-hull and convex hull);or captured manually or by using topographic features (national park boundaries, islands, etc). In the early stages of the distribution mappingprocess (1999-early 2000s) distributions were defined by degree blocks, 100K or 250K map sheets to rapidly create distribution maps. More reliabledistribution mapping methods are used to update these distributions as time permits.
-12.56153 130.96978
Coordinates
-Environment and Planning Directorate, ACT-Birdlife Australia-Australian Bird and Bat Banding Scheme
-Department of Parks and Wildlife, Western Australia
Acknowledgements
-Office of Environment and Heritage, New South Wales
-Department of Primary Industries, Parks, Water and Environment, Tasmania
-Department of Land and Resource Management, Northern Territory-Department of Environmental and Heritage Protection, Queensland
-Department of Environment and Primary Industries, Victoria
-Australian National Wildlife Collection
-Department of Environment, Water and Natural Resources, South Australia
This database has been compiled from a range of data sources. The department acknowledges the followingcustodians who have contributed valuable data and advice:
-Australian Museum
-National Herbarium of NSW
Forestry Corporation, NSW-Australian Government, Department of Defence
-State Herbarium of South Australia
The Department is extremely grateful to the many organisations and individuals who provided expert adviceand information on numerous draft distributions.
-Natural history museums of Australia
-Queensland Museum
-Australian National Herbarium, Canberra
-Royal Botanic Gardens and National Herbarium of Victoria
-Geoscience Australia
-Ocean Biogeographic Information System
-Online Zoological Collections of Australian Museums-Queensland Herbarium
-Western Australian Herbarium
-Tasmanian Herbarium
-Northern Territory Herbarium
-South Australian Museum
-Museum Victoria
-University of New England
-CSIRO
-Other groups and individuals-Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Hobart, Tasmania
-Museum and Art Gallery of the Northern Territory
-Reef Life Survey Australia-Australian Institute of Marine Science-Australian Government National Environmental Science Program
-Australian Tropical Herbarium, Cairns
-Australian Government – Australian Antarctic Data Centre
-Queen Victoria Museum and Art Gallery, Inveresk, Tasmania
-eBird Australia
-American Museum of Natural History
© Commonwealth of Australia
+61 2 6274 1111
Canberra ACT 2601 Australia
GPO Box 787
Department of the Environment
Please feel free to provide feedback via the Contact Us page.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG
APPENDIX E: PMST 10 KM SEARCH
EPBC Act Protected Matters Report
This report provides general guidance on matters of national environmental significance and other mattersprotected by the EPBC Act in the area you have selected.
Information on the coverage of this report and qualifications on data supporting this report are contained in thecaveat at the end of the report.
Information is available about Environment Assessments and the EPBC Act including significance guidelines,forms and application process details.
Other Matters Protected by the EPBC Act
Acknowledgements
Buffer: 10.0Km
Matters of NES
Report created: 09/01/19 18:19:55
Coordinates
This map may contain data which are©Commonwealth of Australia(Geoscience Australia), ©PSMA 2010
CaveatExtra Information
DetailsSummary
Summary
This part of the report summarises the matters of national environmental significance that may occur in, or mayrelate to, the area you nominated. Further information is available in the detail part of the report, which can beaccessed by scrolling or following the links below. If you are proposing to undertake an activity that may have asignificant impact on one or more matters of national environmental significance then you should consider theAdministrative Guidelines on Significance.
Matters of National Environmental Significance
Listed Threatened Ecological Communities:
Listed Migratory Species:
None
Great Barrier Reef Marine Park:
Wetlands of International Importance:
Listed Threatened Species:
None
41
None
None
National Heritage Places:
Commonwealth Marine Area:
World Heritage Properties:
None
None
55
The EPBC Act protects the environment on Commonwealth land, the environment from the actions taken onCommonwealth land, and the environment from actions taken by Commonwealth agencies. As heritage values of aplace are part of the 'environment', these aspects of the EPBC Act protect the Commonwealth Heritage values of aCommonwealth Heritage place. Information on the new heritage laws can be found athttp://www.environment.gov.au/heritage
This part of the report summarises other matters protected under the Act that may relate to the area you nominated.Approval may be required for a proposed activity that significantly affects the environment on Commonwealth land,when the action is outside the Commonwealth land, or the environment anywhere when the action is taken onCommonwealth land. Approval may also be required for the Commonwealth or Commonwealth agencies proposing totake an action that is likely to have a significant impact on the environment anywhere.
A permit may be required for activities in or on a Commonwealth area that may affect a member of a listed threatenedspecies or ecological community, a member of a listed migratory species, whales and other cetaceans, or a member ofa listed marine species.
Other Matters Protected by the EPBC Act
None
None
12
Listed Marine Species:
Whales and Other Cetaceans:
93
Commonwealth Heritage Places:
3
None
Critical Habitats:
Commonwealth Land:
Commonwealth Reserves Terrestrial:
NoneAustralian Marine Parks:
Extra Information
This part of the report provides information that may also be relevant to the area you have nominated.
1
NoneState and Territory Reserves:
Nationally Important Wetlands:
NoneRegional Forest Agreements:
Invasive Species: 31
NoneKey Ecological Features (Marine)
Details
Listed Threatened Species [ Resource Information ]Name Status Type of PresenceBirds
Red Knot, Knot [855] Endangered Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Calidris canutus
Curlew Sandpiper [856] Critically Endangered Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Calidris ferruginea
Great Knot [862] Critically Endangered Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Calidris tenuirostris
Greater Sand Plover, Large Sand Plover [877] Vulnerable Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Charadrius leschenaultii
Lesser Sand Plover, Mongolian Plover [879] Endangered Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Charadrius mongolus
Alligator Rivers Yellow Chat, Yellow Chat (AlligatorRivers) [67089]
Endangered Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Epthianura crocea tunneyi
Red Goshawk [942] Vulnerable Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Erythrotriorchis radiatus
Gouldian Finch [413] Endangered Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Erythrura gouldiae
Partridge Pigeon (eastern) [64441] Vulnerable Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Geophaps smithii smithii
Bar-tailed Godwit (baueri), Western Alaskan Bar-tailedGodwit [86380]
Vulnerable Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Limosa lapponica baueri
Northern Siberian Bar-tailed Godwit, Bar-tailed Godwit(menzbieri) [86432]
Critically Endangered Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Limosa lapponica menzbieri
Eastern Curlew, Far Eastern Curlew [847] Critically Endangered Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Numenius madagascariensis
Australian Painted-snipe, Australian Painted Snipe Endangered Species or speciesRostratula australis
Matters of National Environmental Significance
Name Status Type of Presence[77037] habitat may occur within
area
Masked Owl (northern) [26048] Vulnerable Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Tyto novaehollandiae kimberli
Mammals
Fawn Antechinus [344] Vulnerable Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Antechinus bellus
Blue Whale [36] Endangered Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Balaenoptera musculus
Brush-tailed Rabbit-rat, Brush-tailed Tree-rat,Pakooma [132]
Vulnerable Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Conilurus penicillatus
Northern Quoll, Digul [Gogo-Yimidir], Wijingadda[Dambimangari], Wiminji [Martu] [331]
Endangered Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Dasyurus hallucatus
Ghost Bat [174] Vulnerable Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Macroderma gigas
Humpback Whale [38] Vulnerable Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Megaptera novaeangliae
Black-footed Tree-rat (Kimberley and mainlandNorthern Territory), Djintamoonga, Manbul [87618]
Endangered Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Mesembriomys gouldii gouldii
Nabarlek (Top End) [87606] Endangered Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Petrogale concinna canescens
Northern Brush-tailed Phascogale [82954] Vulnerable Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Phascogale pirata
Bare-rumped Sheath-tailed Bat, Bare-rumpedSheathtail Bat [66889]
Vulnerable Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Saccolaimus saccolaimus nudicluniatus
Water Mouse, False Water Rat, Yirrkoo [66] Vulnerable Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Xeromys myoides
Plants
[86125] Critically Endangered Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Atalaya brevialata
a triggerplant [86366] Endangered Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Stylidium ensatum
a herb [65904] Endangered Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Typhonium taylori
Reptiles
Plains Death Adder [83821] Vulnerable Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Acanthophis hawkei
Loggerhead Turtle [1763] Endangered Foraging, feeding or relatedbehaviour known to occurwithin area
Caretta caretta
Name Status Type of Presence
Green Turtle [1765] Vulnerable Foraging, feeding or relatedbehaviour known to occurwithin area
Chelonia mydas
Leatherback Turtle, Leathery Turtle, Luth [1768] Endangered Foraging, feeding or relatedbehaviour likely to occurwithin area
Dermochelys coriacea
Hawksbill Turtle [1766] Vulnerable Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Eretmochelys imbricata
Olive Ridley Turtle, Pacific Ridley Turtle [1767] Endangered Foraging, feeding or relatedbehaviour known to occurwithin area
Lepidochelys olivacea
Flatback Turtle [59257] Vulnerable Foraging, feeding or relatedbehaviour known to occurwithin area
Natator depressus
Sharks
White Shark, Great White Shark [64470] Vulnerable Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Carcharodon carcharias
Northern River Shark, New Guinea River Shark[82454]
Endangered Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Glyphis garricki
Dwarf Sawfish, Queensland Sawfish [68447] Vulnerable Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Pristis clavata
Freshwater Sawfish, Largetooth Sawfish, RiverSawfish, Leichhardt's Sawfish, Northern Sawfish[60756]
Vulnerable Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Pristis pristis
Green Sawfish, Dindagubba, Narrowsnout Sawfish[68442]
Vulnerable Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Pristis zijsron
Whale Shark [66680] Vulnerable Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Rhincodon typus
Listed Migratory Species [ Resource Information ]* Species is listed under a different scientific name on the EPBC Act - Threatened Species list.Name Threatened Type of PresenceMigratory Marine Birds
Common Noddy [825] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Anous stolidus
Fork-tailed Swift [678] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Apus pacificus
Streaked Shearwater [1077] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Calonectris leucomelas
Lesser Frigatebird, Least Frigatebird [1012] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Fregata ariel
Great Frigatebird, Greater Frigatebird [1013] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Fregata minor
Little Tern [82849] Species or species habitatmay occur within
Sternula albifrons
Name Threatened Type of Presencearea
Migratory Marine Species
Narrow Sawfish, Knifetooth Sawfish [68448] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Anoxypristis cuspidata
Bryde's Whale [35] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Balaenoptera edeni
Blue Whale [36] Endangered Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Balaenoptera musculus
White Shark, Great White Shark [64470] Vulnerable Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Carcharodon carcharias
Loggerhead Turtle [1763] Endangered Foraging, feeding or relatedbehaviour known to occurwithin area
Caretta caretta
Green Turtle [1765] Vulnerable Foraging, feeding or relatedbehaviour known to occurwithin area
Chelonia mydas
Salt-water Crocodile, Estuarine Crocodile [1774] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Crocodylus porosus
Leatherback Turtle, Leathery Turtle, Luth [1768] Endangered Foraging, feeding or relatedbehaviour likely to occurwithin area
Dermochelys coriacea
Dugong [28] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Dugong dugon
Hawksbill Turtle [1766] Vulnerable Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Eretmochelys imbricata
Olive Ridley Turtle, Pacific Ridley Turtle [1767] Endangered Foraging, feeding or relatedbehaviour known to occurwithin area
Lepidochelys olivacea
Reef Manta Ray, Coastal Manta Ray, Inshore MantaRay, Prince Alfred's Ray, Resident Manta Ray [84994]
Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Manta alfredi
Giant Manta Ray, Chevron Manta Ray, Pacific MantaRay, Pelagic Manta Ray, Oceanic Manta Ray [84995]
Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Manta birostris
Humpback Whale [38] Vulnerable Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Megaptera novaeangliae
Flatback Turtle [59257] Vulnerable Foraging, feeding or relatedbehaviour known to occurwithin area
Natator depressus
Australian Snubfin Dolphin [81322] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Orcaella heinsohni
Killer Whale, Orca [46] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Orcinus orca
Dwarf Sawfish, Queensland Sawfish [68447] Vulnerable Species or species habitatknown to occur
Pristis clavata
Name Threatened Type of Presencewithin area
Freshwater Sawfish, Largetooth Sawfish, RiverSawfish, Leichhardt's Sawfish, Northern Sawfish[60756]
Vulnerable Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Pristis pristis
Green Sawfish, Dindagubba, Narrowsnout Sawfish[68442]
Vulnerable Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Pristis zijsron
Whale Shark [66680] Vulnerable Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Rhincodon typus
Indo-Pacific Humpback Dolphin [50] Breeding known to occurwithin area
Sousa chinensis
Spotted Bottlenose Dolphin (Arafura/Timor Seapopulations) [78900]
Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Tursiops aduncus (Arafura/Timor Sea populations)
Migratory Terrestrial Species
Red-rumped Swallow [80610] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Cecropis daurica
Oriental Cuckoo, Horsfield's Cuckoo [86651] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Cuculus optatus
Barn Swallow [662] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Hirundo rustica
Grey Wagtail [642] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Motacilla cinerea
Yellow Wagtail [644] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Motacilla flava
Rufous Fantail [592] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Rhipidura rufifrons
Migratory Wetlands Species
Oriental Reed-Warbler [59570] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Acrocephalus orientalis
Common Sandpiper [59309] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Actitis hypoleucos
Ruddy Turnstone [872] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Arenaria interpres
Sharp-tailed Sandpiper [874] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Calidris acuminata
Sanderling [875] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Calidris alba
Red Knot, Knot [855] Endangered Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Calidris canutus
Curlew Sandpiper [856] Critically Endangered Species or species habitatknown to occur
Calidris ferruginea
Name Threatened Type of Presencewithin area
Pectoral Sandpiper [858] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Calidris melanotos
Great Knot [862] Critically Endangered Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Calidris tenuirostris
Greater Sand Plover, Large Sand Plover [877] Vulnerable Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Charadrius leschenaultii
Lesser Sand Plover, Mongolian Plover [879] Endangered Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Charadrius mongolus
Oriental Plover, Oriental Dotterel [882] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Charadrius veredus
Oriental Pratincole [840] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Glareola maldivarum
Bar-tailed Godwit [844] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Limosa lapponica
Black-tailed Godwit [845] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Limosa limosa
Eastern Curlew, Far Eastern Curlew [847] Critically Endangered Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Numenius madagascariensis
Whimbrel [849] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Numenius phaeopus
Osprey [952] Breeding known to occurwithin area
Pandion haliaetus
Grey Plover [865] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Pluvialis squatarola
Common Greenshank, Greenshank [832] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Tringa nebularia
Listed Marine Species [ Resource Information ]* Species is listed under a different scientific name on the EPBC Act - Threatened Species list.Name Threatened Type of PresenceBirds
Commonwealth Land [ Resource Information ]The Commonwealth area listed below may indicate the presence of Commonwealth land in this vicinity. Due tothe unreliability of the data source, all proposals should be checked as to whether it impacts on aCommonwealth area, before making a definitive decision. Contact the State or Territory government landdepartment for further information.
NameCommonwealth Land -Commonwealth Land - Director of Property Services Defence EstateDefence - KOWANDI NORTH COMMUNICATION STATION
Other Matters Protected by the EPBC Act
Name Threatened Type of Presence
Oriental Reed-Warbler [59570] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Acrocephalus orientalis
Common Sandpiper [59309] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Actitis hypoleucos
Common Noddy [825] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Anous stolidus
Magpie Goose [978] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Anseranas semipalmata
Fork-tailed Swift [678] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Apus pacificus
Great Egret, White Egret [59541] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Ardea alba
Cattle Egret [59542] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Ardea ibis
Ruddy Turnstone [872] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Arenaria interpres
Sharp-tailed Sandpiper [874] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Calidris acuminata
Sanderling [875] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Calidris alba
Red Knot, Knot [855] Endangered Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Calidris canutus
Curlew Sandpiper [856] Critically Endangered Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Calidris ferruginea
Pectoral Sandpiper [858] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Calidris melanotos
Great Knot [862] Critically Endangered Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Calidris tenuirostris
Streaked Shearwater [1077] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Calonectris leucomelas
Greater Sand Plover, Large Sand Plover [877] Vulnerable Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Charadrius leschenaultii
Lesser Sand Plover, Mongolian Plover [879] Endangered Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Charadrius mongolus
Oriental Plover, Oriental Dotterel [882] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Charadrius veredus
Name Threatened Type of Presence
Black-eared Cuckoo [705] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Chrysococcyx osculans
Lesser Frigatebird, Least Frigatebird [1012] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Fregata ariel
Great Frigatebird, Greater Frigatebird [1013] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Fregata minor
Oriental Pratincole [840] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Glareola maldivarum
White-bellied Sea-Eagle [943] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Haliaeetus leucogaster
Red-rumped Swallow [59480] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Hirundo daurica
Barn Swallow [662] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Hirundo rustica
Bar-tailed Godwit [844] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Limosa lapponica
Black-tailed Godwit [845] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Limosa limosa
Rainbow Bee-eater [670] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Merops ornatus
Grey Wagtail [642] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Motacilla cinerea
Yellow Wagtail [644] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Motacilla flava
Eastern Curlew, Far Eastern Curlew [847] Critically Endangered Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Numenius madagascariensis
Whimbrel [849] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Numenius phaeopus
Osprey [952] Breeding known to occurwithin area
Pandion haliaetus
Grey Plover [865] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Pluvialis squatarola
Rufous Fantail [592] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Rhipidura rufifrons
Painted Snipe [889] Endangered* Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Rostratula benghalensis (sensu lato)
Little Tern [813] Species or speciesSterna albifrons
Name Threatened Type of Presencehabitat may occur withinarea
Common Greenshank, Greenshank [832] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Tringa nebularia
Fish
Three-keel Pipefish [66192] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Campichthys tricarinatus
Pacific Short-bodied Pipefish, Short-bodied Pipefish[66194]
Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Choeroichthys brachysoma
Pig-snouted Pipefish [66198] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Choeroichthys suillus
Fijian Banded Pipefish, Brown-banded Pipefish[66199]
Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Corythoichthys amplexus
Reticulate Pipefish, Yellow-banded Pipefish, NetworkPipefish [66200]
Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Corythoichthys flavofasciatus
Reef-top Pipefish [66201] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Corythoichthys haematopterus
Bluestripe Pipefish, Indian Blue-stripe Pipefish, PacificBlue-stripe Pipefish [66211]
Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Doryrhamphus excisus
Cleaner Pipefish, Janss' Pipefish [66212] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Doryrhamphus janssi
Girdled Pipefish [66214] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Festucalex cinctus
Brock's Pipefish [66219] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Halicampus brocki
Mud Pipefish, Gray's Pipefish [66221] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Halicampus grayi
Spiny-snout Pipefish [66225] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Halicampus spinirostris
Ribboned Pipehorse, Ribboned Seadragon [66226] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Haliichthys taeniophorus
Blue-speckled Pipefish, Blue-spotted Pipefish [66228] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Hippichthys cyanospilos
Short-keel Pipefish, Short-keeled Pipefish [66230] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Hippichthys parvicarinatus
Beady Pipefish, Steep-nosed Pipefish [66231] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Hippichthys penicillus
Spiny Seahorse, Thorny Seahorse [66236] Species or speciesHippocampus histrix
Name Threatened Type of Presencehabitat may occur withinarea
Spotted Seahorse, Yellow Seahorse [66237] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Hippocampus kuda
Flat-face Seahorse [66238] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Hippocampus planifrons
Hedgehog Seahorse [66239] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Hippocampus spinosissimus
Tidepool Pipefish [66255] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Micrognathus micronotopterus
Pallid Pipehorse, Hardwick's Pipehorse [66272] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Solegnathus hardwickii
Gunther's Pipehorse, Indonesian Pipefish [66273] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Solegnathus lettiensis
Robust Ghostpipefish, Blue-finned Ghost Pipefish,[66183]
Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Solenostomus cyanopterus
Double-end Pipehorse, Double-ended Pipehorse,Alligator Pipefish [66279]
Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Syngnathoides biaculeatus
Bentstick Pipefish, Bend Stick Pipefish, Short-tailedPipefish [66280]
Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Trachyrhamphus bicoarctatus
Straightstick Pipefish, Long-nosed Pipefish, StraightStick Pipefish [66281]
Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Trachyrhamphus longirostris
Mammals
Dugong [28] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Dugong dugon
Reptiles
Horned Seasnake [1114] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Acalyptophis peronii
Dubois' Seasnake [1116] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Aipysurus duboisii
Spine-tailed Seasnake [1117] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Aipysurus eydouxii
Olive Seasnake [1120] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Aipysurus laevis
Stokes' Seasnake [1122] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Astrotia stokesii
Loggerhead Turtle [1763] Endangered Foraging, feeding or relatedbehaviour known to occurwithin area
Caretta caretta
Name Threatened Type of Presence
Green Turtle [1765] Vulnerable Foraging, feeding or relatedbehaviour known to occurwithin area
Chelonia mydas
Freshwater Crocodile, Johnston's Crocodile,Johnston's River Crocodile [1773]
Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Crocodylus johnstoni
Salt-water Crocodile, Estuarine Crocodile [1774] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Crocodylus porosus
Leatherback Turtle, Leathery Turtle, Luth [1768] Endangered Foraging, feeding or relatedbehaviour likely to occurwithin area
Dermochelys coriacea
Spectacled Seasnake [1123] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Disteira kingii
Olive-headed Seasnake [1124] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Disteira major
Beaked Seasnake [1126] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Enhydrina schistosa
Hawksbill Turtle [1766] Vulnerable Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Eretmochelys imbricata
Black-ringed Seasnake [1100] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Hydrelaps darwiniensis
Black-headed Seasnake [1101] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Hydrophis atriceps
Slender-necked Seasnake [25925] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Hydrophis coggeri
Elegant Seasnake [1104] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Hydrophis elegans
Plain Seasnake [1107] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Hydrophis inornatus
null [25926] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Hydrophis mcdowelli
Spotted Seasnake, Ornate Reef Seasnake [1111] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Hydrophis ornatus
Large-headed Seasnake, Pacific Seasnake [1112] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Hydrophis pacificus
Spine-bellied Seasnake [1113] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Lapemis hardwickii
Olive Ridley Turtle, Pacific Ridley Turtle [1767] Endangered Foraging, feeding or relatedbehaviour known to occurwithin area
Lepidochelys olivacea
Name Threatened Type of Presence
Flatback Turtle [59257] Vulnerable Foraging, feeding or relatedbehaviour known to occurwithin area
Natator depressus
Northern Mangrove Seasnake [1090] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Parahydrophis mertoni
Yellow-bellied Seasnake [1091] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Pelamis platurus
Whales and other Cetaceans [ Resource Information ]Name Status Type of PresenceMammals
Bryde's Whale [35] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Balaenoptera edeni
Blue Whale [36] Endangered Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Balaenoptera musculus
Common Dophin, Short-beaked Common Dolphin [60] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Delphinus delphis
Risso's Dolphin, Grampus [64] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Grampus griseus
Humpback Whale [38] Vulnerable Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Megaptera novaeangliae
Irrawaddy Dolphin [45] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Orcaella brevirostris
Killer Whale, Orca [46] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Orcinus orca
Indo-Pacific Humpback Dolphin [50] Breeding known to occurwithin area
Sousa chinensis
Spotted Dolphin, Pantropical Spotted Dolphin [51] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Stenella attenuata
Indian Ocean Bottlenose Dolphin, Spotted BottlenoseDolphin [68418]
Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Tursiops aduncus
Spotted Bottlenose Dolphin (Arafura/Timor Seapopulations) [78900]
Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Tursiops aduncus (Arafura/Timor Sea populations)
Bottlenose Dolphin [68417] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Tursiops truncatus s. str.
Extra Information
Invasive Species [ Resource Information ]Weeds reported here are the 20 species of national significance (WoNS), along with other introduced plantsthat are considered by the States and Territories to pose a particularly significant threat to biodiversity. Thefollowing feral animals are reported: Goat, Red Fox, Cat, Rabbit, Pig, Water Buffalo and Cane Toad. Maps fromLandscape Health Project, National Land and Water Resouces Audit, 2001.
Name Status Type of PresenceBirds
Common Myna, Indian Myna [387] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Acridotheres tristis
Rock Pigeon, Rock Dove, Domestic Pigeon [803] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Columba livia
House Sparrow [405] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Passer domesticus
Eurasian Tree Sparrow [406] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Passer montanus
Common Starling [389] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Sturnus vulgaris
Frogs
Cane Toad [83218] Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Rhinella marina
Mammals
Domestic Cattle [16] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Bos taurus
Water Buffalo, Swamp Buffalo [1] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Bubalus bubalis
Domestic Dog [82654] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Canis lupus familiaris
Horse [5] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Equus caballus
Cat, House Cat, Domestic Cat [19] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Felis catus
House Mouse [120] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Mus musculus
Black Rat, Ship Rat [84] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Rattus rattus
Pig [6] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Sus scrofa
Name Status Type of PresencePlants
Gamba Grass [66895] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Andropogon gayanus
Pond Apple, Pond-apple Tree, Alligator Apple,Bullock's Heart, Cherimoya, Monkey Apple, Bobwood,Corkwood [6311]
Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Annona glabra
Para Grass [5879] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Brachiaria mutica
Cabomba, Fanwort, Carolina Watershield, Fish Grass,Washington Grass, Watershield, Carolina Fanwort,Common Cabomba [5171]
Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Cabomba caroliniana
Buffel-grass, Black Buffel-grass [20213] Species or species habitatmay occur within area
Cenchrus ciliaris
Cat's Claw Vine, Yellow Trumpet Vine, Cat's ClawCreeper, Funnel Creeper [85119]
Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Dolichandra unguis-cati
Water Hyacinth, Water Orchid, Nile Lily [13466] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Eichhornia crassipes
Hymenachne, Olive Hymenachne, Water Stargrass,West Indian Grass, West Indian Marsh Grass [31754]
Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Hymenachne amplexicaulis
Cotton-leaved Physic-Nut, Bellyache Bush, Cotton-leafPhysic Nut, Cotton-leaf Jatropha, Black Physic Nut[7507]
Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Jatropha gossypifolia
Lantana, Common Lantana, Kamara Lantana, Large-leaf Lantana, Pink Flowered Lantana, Red FloweredLantana, Red-Flowered Sage, White Sage, Wild Sage[10892]
Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Lantana camara
Mimosa, Giant Mimosa, Giant Sensitive Plant,ThornySensitive Plant, Black Mimosa, CatclawMimosa, Bashful Plant [11223]
Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Mimosa pigra
Parkinsonia, Jerusalem Thorn, Jelly Bean Tree, HorseBean [12301]
Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Parkinsonia aculeata
Mission Grass, Perennial Mission Grass,Missiongrass, Feathery Pennisetum, FeatherPennisetum, Thin Napier Grass, West IndianPennisetum, Blue Buffel Grass [21194]
Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Pennisetum polystachyon
Salvinia, Giant Salvinia, Aquarium Watermoss, KaribaWeed [13665]
Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Salvinia molesta
Reptiles
Asian House Gecko [1708] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Hemidactylus frenatus
Mourning Gecko [1712] Species or species habitatlikely to occur within area
Lepidodactylus lugubris
Flowerpot Blind Snake, Brahminy Blind Snake, CacingBesi [1258]
Species or species habitatknown to occur within area
Ramphotyphlops braminus
Nationally Important Wetlands [ Resource Information ]Name StatePort Darwin NT
- non-threatened seabirds which have only been mapped for recorded breeding sites
- migratory species that are very widespread, vagrant, or only occur in small numbers
- some species and ecological communities that have only recently been listed
Not all species listed under the EPBC Act have been mapped (see below) and therefore a report is a general guide only. Where available datasupports mapping, the type of presence that can be determined from the data is indicated in general terms. People using this information in makinga referral may need to consider the qualifications below and may need to seek and consider other information sources.
For threatened ecological communities where the distribution is well known, maps are derived from recovery plans, State vegetation maps, remotesensing imagery and other sources. Where threatened ecological community distributions are less well known, existing vegetation maps and pointlocation data are used to produce indicative distribution maps.
- seals which have only been mapped for breeding sites near the Australian continent
Such breeding sites may be important for the protection of the Commonwealth Marine environment.
Threatened, migratory and marine species distributions have been derived through a variety of methods. Where distributions are well known and iftime permits, maps are derived using either thematic spatial data (i.e. vegetation, soils, geology, elevation, aspect, terrain, etc) together with pointlocations and described habitat; or environmental modelling (MAXENT or BIOCLIM habitat modelling) using point locations and environmental datalayers.
The information presented in this report has been provided by a range of data sources as acknowledged at the end of the report.Caveat
- migratory and
The following species and ecological communities have not been mapped and do not appear in reports produced from this database:
- marine
This report is designed to assist in identifying the locations of places which may be relevant in determining obligations under the EnvironmentProtection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999. It holds mapped locations of World and National Heritage properties, Wetlands of Internationaland National Importance, Commonwealth and State/Territory reserves, listed threatened, migratory and marine species and listed threatenedecological communities. Mapping of Commonwealth land is not complete at this stage. Maps have been collated from a range of sources at variousresolutions.
- threatened species listed as extinct or considered as vagrants
- some terrestrial species that overfly the Commonwealth marine area
The following groups have been mapped, but may not cover the complete distribution of the species:
Only selected species covered by the following provisions of the EPBC Act have been mapped:
Where very little information is available for species or large number of maps are required in a short time-frame, maps are derived either from 0.04or 0.02 decimal degree cells; by an automated process using polygon capture techniques (static two kilometre grid cells, alpha-hull and convex hull);or captured manually or by using topographic features (national park boundaries, islands, etc). In the early stages of the distribution mappingprocess (1999-early 2000s) distributions were defined by degree blocks, 100K or 250K map sheets to rapidly create distribution maps. More reliabledistribution mapping methods are used to update these distributions as time permits.
-12.56034 130.96559
Coordinates
-Environment and Planning Directorate, ACT-Birdlife Australia-Australian Bird and Bat Banding Scheme
-Department of Parks and Wildlife, Western Australia
Acknowledgements
-Office of Environment and Heritage, New South Wales
-Department of Primary Industries, Parks, Water and Environment, Tasmania
-Department of Land and Resource Management, Northern Territory-Department of Environmental and Heritage Protection, Queensland
-Department of Environment and Primary Industries, Victoria
-Australian National Wildlife Collection
-Department of Environment, Water and Natural Resources, South Australia
This database has been compiled from a range of data sources. The department acknowledges the followingcustodians who have contributed valuable data and advice:
-Australian Museum
-National Herbarium of NSW
Forestry Corporation, NSW-Australian Government, Department of Defence
-State Herbarium of South Australia
The Department is extremely grateful to the many organisations and individuals who provided expert adviceand information on numerous draft distributions.
-Natural history museums of Australia
-Queensland Museum
-Australian National Herbarium, Canberra
-Royal Botanic Gardens and National Herbarium of Victoria
-Geoscience Australia
-Ocean Biogeographic Information System
-Online Zoological Collections of Australian Museums-Queensland Herbarium
-Western Australian Herbarium
-Tasmanian Herbarium
-Northern Territory Herbarium
-South Australian Museum
-Museum Victoria
-University of New England
-CSIRO
-Other groups and individuals-Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery, Hobart, Tasmania
-Museum and Art Gallery of the Northern Territory
-Reef Life Survey Australia-Australian Institute of Marine Science-Australian Government National Environmental Science Program
-Australian Tropical Herbarium, Cairns
-Australian Government – Australian Antarctic Data Centre
-Queen Victoria Museum and Art Gallery, Inveresk, Tasmania
-eBird Australia
-American Museum of Natural History
© Commonwealth of Australia
+61 2 6274 1111
Canberra ACT 2601 Australia
GPO Box 787
Department of the Environment
Please feel free to provide feedback via the Contact Us page.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG
APPENDIX F: NR MAPS SPECIES ATLAS SEARCH
Family Scientificname Commonname Tpwca EpbcaDROSERACEAE Drosera fulva Drosera, Sundew DDGOODENIACEAE Goodenia elaiosoma Goodenia DDCYPERACEAE Fimbristylis dunlopii Fimbristylis, Fringe-rush DDERIOCAULACEAE Eriocaulon tricornum Eriocaulon DDLORANTHACEAE Amyema conspicua subsp. obscurinervis Amyema, Mistletoe DDORCHIDACEAE Didymoplexis pallens Didymoplexis DDFABACEAE Sesbania erubescens Sesbania DDORCHIDACEAE Nervilia peltata Nervilia DDSTYLIDIACEAE Stylidium tenerrimum Stylidium DDFABACEAE Indigofera schultziana Indigofera DDORCHIDACEAE Habenaria hymenophylla Habenaria, Rainforest Habenaria DDCYPERACEAE Cyperus compactus Cyperus, Nutgrass DDRUBIACEAE Spermacoce phalloides Spermacoce DDAPOCYNACEAE Cynanchum liebianum Cynanchum DDFABACEAE Alysicarpus brownii Alysicarpus DDLINDERNIACEAE Lindernia sp. Mount Bundey Lindernia DDARACEAE Typhonium russell-smithii Typhonium DDMALVACEAE Hibiscus vitifolius subsp. vitifolius Hibiscus DDCYPERACEAE Scleria biflora subsp. biflora Scleria DDPOACEAE Schizachyrium perplexum Schizachyrium DDLENTIBULARIACEAE Utricularia simmonsii Utricularia, Bladderwort DDRUBIACEAE Pavetta vaga Pavetta DDFABACEAE Indigofera polygaloides Indigofera DDHAEMODORACEAE Haemodorum sp. red flowers Haemodorum, Bloodroot DDORCHIDACEAE Crepidium fontinale Malaxis DDORCHIDACEAE Tropidia territorialis DDRUBIACEAE Spermacoce inaperta Spermacoce DDSAPINDACEAE Atalaya brevialata Atalaya DD CRPOACEAE Eriachne squarrosa Eriachne, Wanderrie Grass DDAMARANTHACEAE Gomphrena conica Gomphrena, Fluffy Gomphrena DDOROBANCHACEAE Centranthera tranquebarica Centranthera DDRUBIACEAE Spermacoce brachystema Spermacoce DDCYPERACEAE Cyperus tenuiculmis Cyperus, Nutgrass DDLINDERNIACEAE Lindernia sp. Hann River Lindernia DDPOACEAE Eragrostis ecarinata Eragrostis, Lovegrass DDAMARANTHACEAE Gomphrena involucrata Gomphrena DDLAMIACEAE Callicarpa brevistyla Callicarpa DDMALVACEAE Hibiscus vitifolius Hibiscus DDARACEAE Typhonium johnsonianum Typhonium DDCYPERACEAE Fimbristylis bisumbellata Fimbristylis, Fringe-rush DDCYPERACEAE Cyperus pilosus Cyperus, Nutgrass DDPOACEAE Paspalidium udum Paspalidium DDCYPERACEAE Scleria psilorrhiza Scleria DDCLEOMACEAE Cleome lophosperma DDORCHIDACEAE Empusa habenarina Liparis DDPOACEAE Whiteochloa multiciliata Whiteochloa DDCYMODOCEACEAE Halodule pinifolia Halodule DDAPOCYNACEAE Cynanchum christineae Cynanchum DDRUBIACEAE Pavetta conferta Pavetta DD
Appendix D: NR Maps NT Species Atlas database search, centred on Lot 1817 Hundred of Ayres (-12.56153,
130.96978) with a 100km buffer for conservation significant species. Report generated in March 2018
CYPERACEAE Thoracostachyum sumatranum Thoracostachyum DDCYPERACEAE Scleria mikawana Scleria DDMALVACEAE Brachychiton sp. Wangi Brachychiton, Kurrajong DDHYDATELLACEAE Trithuria cowieana Trithuria DDCYPERACEAE Scleria biflora Scleria DDPOACEAE Eragrostis concinna Eragrostis, Lovegrass DDACANTHACEAE Acanthus ebracteatus subsp. ebarbatus Acanthus, Purple Mangrove Holly DDSOLANACEAE Nicotiana monoschizocarpa Nicotiana DDPOACEAE Elionurus citreus Elionurus DDCLEOMACEAE Cleome tetrandra var. tetrandra Cleome DDSOLANACEAE Physalis minima Physalis, Wild Gooseberry DDFABACEAE Zornia sp. Darwin Zornia DDORCHIDACEAE Habenaria ferdinandii Habenaria DDCYPERACEAE Cyperus paniceus Cyperus, Nutgrass DDORCHIDACEAE Nervilia dallachyana Nervilia DDORCHIDACEAE Pachystoma pubescens Pachystoma DDCYMODOCEACEAE Halodule uninervis Halodule DDCONVOLVULACEAE Polymeria pusilla Polymeria DDPORTULACACEAE Calandrinia sp. Berry Springs DDCLEOMACEAE Cleome bundeica DDCOMMELINACEAE Murdannia cryptantha Murdannia DDMALVACEAE Hibiscus lobatus Hibiscus DDORCHIDACEAE Calochilus holtzei Calochilus DDAPOCYNACEAE Cynanchum brachystelmoides Cynanchum DDPOACEAE Microchloa indica Microchloa DDPODOSTEMACEAE Malaccotristicha australis Malaccotristicha DDTYPHACEAE Typha orientalis Typha, Bulrush, Bullrush DDLINDERNIACEAE Lindernia sp. Litchfield Lindernia DDCONVOLVULACEAE Jacquemontia sp. Douglas Daly Jacquemontia DDORCHIDACEAE Eulophia venosa Eulophia DDRUBIACEAE Spermacoce suprahila Spermacoce DDPOACEAE Eriochloa fatmensis DDAMARANTHACEAE Gomphrena atrorubra Gomphrena DDPOACEAE Eragrostis potamophila Eragrostis, Lovegrass DDCAMPANULACEAE Lobelia sp. Cox Peninsula Lobelia DDHEMEROCALLIDACEAECaesia setifera Caesia DDORCHIDACEAE Nervilia crociformis Nervilia DDLENTIBULARIACEAE Utricularia australis Utricularia, Bladderwort DDFABACEAE Galactia sp. Litchfield Galactia DDMALVACEAE Sida subcordata Sida DDFABACEAE Zornia disticha Zornia DDFABACEAE Zornia acuta Zornia DDOROBANCHACEAE Aeginetia saccharicola Aeginetia DDORCHIDACEAE Habenaria elongata Habenaria DDCENTROLEPIDACEAE Centrolepis sp. carinate DDHYDROCHARITACEAE Halophila decipiens Halophila DDLENTIBULARIACEAE Utricularia tubulata Utricularia, Bladderwort DDLORANTHACEAE Amyema sp. Alligator Amyema, Mistletoe DDPOACEAE Digitaria leucostachya Digitaria DDFABACEAE Glycine hirticaulis subsp. hirticaulis Glycine DDARACEAE Lemna tenera Lemna, Duck Weed DDAMARANTHACEAE Tecticornia halocnemoides subsp. tenuis Tecticornia, Samphire DD
LOGANIACEAE Mitrasacme inornata Mitrasacme DDCYPERACEAE Websteria confervoides Websteria DDEUPHORBIACEAE Croton dockrillii Croton DDPOACEAE Ectrosia lasioclada Ectrosia DDCONVOLVULACEAE Ipomoea brassii Ipomoea DDFABACEAE Aphyllodium stylosanthoides Aphyllodium DDLYTHRACEAE Ammannia striatiflora Nesaea DDISOETACEAE Isoetes cristata Isoetes, Quillwort DDPOACEAE Coelachne pulchella Coelachne DDBORAGINACEAE Heliotropium consimile Heliotropium DDASTERACEAE Cyanthillium patulum Vernonia DDORCHIDACEAE Calochilus caesius DDAMARANTHACEAE Tecticornia indica subsp. bidens Tecticornia, Samphire DDPOACEAE Echinochloa dietrichiana Echinochloa DDFABACEAE Vigna vexillata var. youngiana Vigna DDGOODENIACEAE Goodenia quadrifida Goodenia DD VUGOODENIACEAE Goodenia kakadu Goodenia DDCYPERACEAE Fimbristylis merrillii Fimbristylis, Fringe-rush DDPOACEAE Eragrostis sororia Eragrostis, Lovegrass DDASTERACEAE Diodontium filifolium Diodontium DDDILLENIACEAE Hibbertia fractiflexa subsp. serotina DDALISMATACEAE Butomopsis latifolia Butomopsis DDARACEAE Typhonium sp. Cobourg DDLINDERNIACEAE Vandellia subulata Lindernia DDPLANTAGINACEAE Stemodia grossa Stemodia DDPOACEAE Iseilema calvum Iseilema, Flinders Grass DDFABACEAE Chamaecrista nomame var. grandiflora Chamaecrista DDCYPERACEAE Fimbristylis dipsacea Fimbristylis, Fringe-rush DDPOLYGONACEAE Persicaria dichotoma Persicaria DDCONVOLVULACEAE Evolvulus alsinoides var. alsinoides Evolvulus, Blue Periwinkle, Tropical SpeedwellDDFABACEAE Zornia muelleriana subsp. muelleriana Zornia DDLINDERNIACEAE Lindernia sp. Robyns showy anthers Lindernia DDPOACEAE Oplismenus hirtellus Oplismenus DDMALVACEAE Abutilon sp. Mataranka Abutilon DDMALVACEAE Helicteres macrothrix Helicteres EN ENARACEAE Typhonium taylori Typhonium EN ENSTYLIDIACEAE Stylidium ensatum Stylidium ENARECACEAE Ptychosperma macarthurii Ptychosperma, Macarthurs Palm ENRUTACEAE Clausena excavata ENORCHIDACEAE Habenaria rumphii Habenaria ENRUTACEAE Boronia wilsonii Boronia NTMALVACEAE Brachychiton fitzgeraldianus Brachychiton, Kurrajong NTFABACEAE Dendrolobium stipatum Dendrolobium NTLENTIBULARIACEAE Utricularia hamiltonii Utricularia, Bladderwort NTPROTEACEAE Grevillea longicuspis Grevillea NTPITTOSPORACEAE Pittosporum moluccanum Pittosporum NTLENTIBULARIACEAE Utricularia holtzei Utricularia, Bladderwort NTCOMBRETACEAE Terminalia sp. Black Point Terminalia NTEUPHORBIACEAE Endospermum myrmecophilum Endospermum NTMALVACEAE Pentapetes phoenicea Pentapetes NTBYBLIDACEAE Byblis aquatica Byblis NTDILLENIACEAE Hibbertia angulata Hibbertia NT
RUTACEAE Citrus gracilis Citrus NTOLACACEAE Ximenia americana Ximenia NTAPOCYNACEAE Heterostemma magnificum Heterostemma NTPHRYMACEAE Peplidium maritimum Peplidium NTMALVACEAE Helicteres tenuipila Helicteres NTPTERIDACEAE Acrostichum aureum Acrostichum NTFABACEAE Crotalaria quinquefolia Crotalaria, Rattlepod NTPOACEAE Ischaemum barbatum Ischaemum NTMYRTACEAE Syzygium claviflorum Syzygium NTFABACEAE Acacia oligoneura Acacia, Wattle NTORCHIDACEAE Chiloschista phyllorhiza Chiloschista NTDROSERACEAE Aldrovanda vesiculosa Aldrovanda, Waterwheel NTFABACEAE Sophora longipes Sophora NTPROTEACEAE Grevillea myosodes Grevillea NTHEMEROCALLIDACEAETricoryne elatior Tricoryne, Yellow Rush Lily NTCONVOLVULACEAE Operculina turpethum Operculina NTPROTEACEAE Grevillea pterosperma Grevillea, Desert Grevillea, Desert Spider-flowerNTCYPERACEAE Hypolytrum nemorum Hypolytrum NTOROBANCHACEAE Rhamphicarpa australiensis Rhamphicarpa NTFABACEAE Glycine montis-douglas Glycine NTACANTHACEAE Avicennia integra Avicennia, Northern Territory MangroveNTDILLENIACEAE Hibbertia scabra Hibbertia NTMALVACEAE Triumfetta aquila Triumfetta NTTHELYPTERIDACEAE Sphaerostephanos unitus var. unitus Sphaerostephanos NTASPLENIACEAE Asplenium sp. Litchfield Asplenium NTMENYANTHACEAE Nymphoides subacuta Nymphoides NTMALVACEAE Hibiscus petherickii Hibiscus NTPRIMULACEAE Embelia tiwiensis NTOPHIOGLOSSACEAE Ophioglossum lusitanicum Ophioglossum, Austral Adders TongueNTFABACEAE Acacia setulifera Acacia, Wattle NTURTICACEAE Pouzolzia zeylanica Pouzolzia NTRHIZOPHORACEAE Rhizophora lamarckii Rhizophora, Stilt-root Mangrove NTMELIACEAE Turraea pubescens Turraea NTLENTIBULARIACEAE Utricularia subulata Utricularia, Bladderwort NTFABACEAE Desmodium tiwiense Desmodium NTMYRTACEAE Melaleuca stipitata Melaleuca, Paperbark NTCYPERACEAE Cyperus malaccensis Cyperus, Nutgrass NTRUBIACEAE Hedyotis auricularia var. melanesica Hedyotis NTFABACEAE Canavalia cathartica Canavalia NTMYRTACEAE Syzygium hemilamprum subsp. hemilamprum Syzygium NTPTERIDACEAE Vittaria ensiformis Vittaria, Tape Fern NTCYCADACEAE Cycas armstrongii VUARACEAE Typhonium praetermissum Typhonium VUPONTEDERIACEAE Monochoria hastata Monochoria VULENTIBULARIACEAE Utricularia singeriana Utricularia, Bladderwort VULENTIBULARIACEAE Utricularia dunstaniae Utricularia, Bladderwort VUORCHIDACEAE Luisia corrugata Luisia VUORCHIDACEAE Zeuxine oblonga Zeuxine VUMALVACEAE Schoutenia ovata Schoutenia VUORCHIDACEAE Crepidium marsupichila Malaxis VUCLEOMACEAE Cleome insolata VUPANDANACEAE Freycinetia excelsa Freycinetia VU
MALVACEAE Hibiscus brennanii Hibiscus VUANNONACEAE Mitrella tiwiensis Mitrella VU VULAURACEAE Endiandra limnophila Endiandra VUSANTALACEAE Dendromyza reinwardtiana Dendromyza VU
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG
APPENDIX G: SURVEY SITE DETAILS
Sample Level
Quadrat Size
Survey Date Si
te
VA
GDA 94 MGA Zone 52 Landform Description Co
nd
itio
n
Dra
inag
e
Co
nsu
ltan
t
Quadrat 20 x 20 16/04/2018 F1 VA1 0712925 8610658
Slight rise Very Good well APM
Quadrat 20 x 20 16/04/2018 F2 VA1 0713761 8611607
Plain, slight rise from surrounding
Very Good well APM
Quadrat 20 x 20 18/04/2018 F3 VA1 0714235 8612042
Plain, slight rise from surrounding
Very Good well APM
Quadrat 20 x 20 17/04/2018 W1 VA1
0713176 8610234
Plain upper crest draining east towards river
Very Good well APM
Check Site 20 x 20 18/04/2018 W4 VA1 0713345 8611517
Sandplain, slight rise from surrounds
Very Good well APM
Flora Check Site
20 x 20 2/08/2018 CS10 VA1 0714265 8612088
Undulating sandplain Very Good well GHD
Flora Check Site
20 x 20 2/08/2018 CS06 VA1 0712903 8611952
Undulating sandplain Very Good well GHD
Flora Check Site
20 x 20 2/08/2018 CS04 VA1 0712875 8611660
Undulating sandplain Very Good well GHD
Flora Quadrat
20 x 20 2/08/2018 Q13 VA1 0712787 8612844
Undulating sandplain Very Good well GHD
Flora Quadrat
20 x 20 2/08/2018 Q17 VA1 0713503 8609289
Undulating sandplain Very Good well GHD
Flora Quadrat
20 x 20 2/08/2018 Q16 VA1 0713726 8611586
Undulating sandplain Very Good well GHD
Flora Quadrat
20 x 20 2/08/2018 Q02 VA1 0713204 8612228
Undulating sandplain Very Good well GHD
Flora Quadrat
20 x 20 2/08/2018 Q01 VA1 0713132 8610263
Undulating sandplain Very Good well GHD
Flora Quadrat
20 x 20 2/08/2018 Q09 VA1 0713538 8609585
Undulating sandplain Very Good well GHD
Flora Check Site
20 x 20 2/08/2018 CS02 VA10 0713210 8611434
Tussock grassland Very Good poor GHD
Flora Check Site
20 x 20 2/08/2018 CS01 VA10 0713316 8611304
Tussock grassland Very Good poor GHD
Flora Quadrat
20 x 20 2/08/2018 Q07 VA10 0713359 8611303
Tussock grassland Very Good poor GHD
Check Site 20 x 20 18/04/2018 W5 VA2 0713382 8611683
Slight rise Good well APM
Quadrat 20 x 20 18/04/2018 W2 VA2
0713495 8611252
Plain upper crest draining south towards river
Good well APM
Quadrat 20 x 20 18/04/2018 W3 VA2
0712877 8612709
Plain upper crest draining east towards river
Good well APM
Check Site 20 x 20 18/04/2018 W6 VA2 0713460 8611521
Undulating sandplain Degraded well APM
Check Site 20 x 20 18/04/2018 W7 VA2 0713559 8611234
Undulating sandplain Good well APM
Flora Check Site
20 x 20 2/08/2018 CS03 VA2 0713139 8611503
Slight rise Good well GHD
Flora Check Site
20 x 20 2/08/2018 CS12 VA2 0712518 8610118
Undulating sandplain Good well GHD
Flora Quadrat
20 x 20 2/08/2018 Q08 VA2 0712765 8609160
Undulating sandplain Very Good well GHD
Quadrat 20 x 20 15/04/2018 ME5 VA3 0713244 8612916
Narrow band between Mangrove and plains
Good med APM
Quadrat 20 x 20 15/04/2018 ME1 VA3 0712999 8612969
Narrow band between Mangrove and plains
Excellent poor APM
Quadrat 20 x 20 15/04/2018 ME2 VA3 0713438 8609703
Narrow band between Mangrove and plains
Excellent poor APM
Quadrat 20 x 20 16/04/2018 ME3 VA3 0712479 8610452
Narrow band between Mangrove and plains
Excellent poor APM
Check Site 20 x 20 18/04/2018 ME4 VA3 0713300 8611494
Narrow band between Mangrove and plains
Excellent poor APM
Flora Check Site
20 x 20 2/08/2018 CS11 VA3 0714110 8612568
Melaleuca open woodland
Good poor GHD
Flora Check Site
20 x 20 2/08/2018 CS05 VA3 0712863 8611748
Melaleuca open woodland
Excellent poor GHD
Flora Quadrat
20 x 20 2/08/2018 Q12 VA3 0712700 8612749
Melaleuca open woodland
Excellent poor GHD
Flora Quadrat
20 x 20 2/08/2018 Q03 VA3 0713258 8611262
Melaleuca open woodland
Excellent poor GHD
Flora Quadrat
20 x 20 2/08/2018 Q06 VA3 0712841 8612435
Melaleuca open woodland
Excellent poor GHD
Flora Quadrat
20 x 20 2/08/2018 Q04 VA3 0713284 8611469
Melaleuca open woodland
Excellent poor GHD
Flora Quadrat
20 x 20 2/08/2018 Q14 VA3 0712453 8610195
Melaleuca open woodland
Excellent poor GHD
Quadrat 20 x 20 16/04/2018 G1 VA4 0713024 8609610
Gravelly plain Degraded moderate APM
Quadrat 20 x 20 17/04/2018 G2 VA4 0712960 8609142
Sandplain Degraded poor APM
Quadrat 20 x 20 19/04/2018 GR1 VA5 0713389 8611482
Gravelly plain Degraded poor APM
Quadrat 20 x 20 16/04/2018 R1 VA6 0713881 8611976
Rehabilitated sand plains
Degraded med APM
Quadrat 20 x 20 17/04/2018 R2 VA6 0713483 8612531
Rehabilitated sand plains
Degraded med APM
Quadrat 20 x 20 17/04/2018 R3 VA6 0713586 8612141
Rehabilitated sand plains
Degraded well APM
Quadrat 20 x 20 16/04/2018 D1 VA7 0712736 8610479
Soil heaps created from quarrying
Completely Degraded
moderate APM
Quadrat 20 x 20 16/04/2018 D2 VA7 0713964 8612550
Soil heaps created from quarrying
Completely Degraded
moderate APM
Flora Check Site
20 x 20 2/08/2018 CS13 VA7 0713079 8610004
Seasonal inundation from soil removal
Degraded poor GHD
Quadrat 50 x 10 17/04/2018 MA2 VA8 0713229 8610518
Margin of tidal zone Excellent poor APM
Quadrat 50 x 10 18/04/2018 MA6 VA8 0713031 8611466
Margin of tidal zone Excellent poor APM
Quadrat 50 x 10 17/04/2018 MA3 VA8 0713237 8610424
Margin of tidal zone Excellent poor APM
Quadrat 50 x 10 18/04/2018 MA5 VA8 0712775 8612450
Margin of tidal zone Excellent poor APM
Quadrat 50 x 10 17/04/2018 MA1 VA8 0713459 8610818
Margin of tidal zone Excellent poor APM
Quadrat 50 x 10 18/04/2018 MA4 VA8 0712796 8612158
Margin of tidal zone Excellent poor APM
Flora Check Site
10 x 40 2/08/2018 CS08 VA8 0714461 8612651
Mangrove closed forest/shrubland
Excellent poor GHD
Flora Check Site
10 x 40 2/08/2018 CS07 VA8 0712710 8612244
Mangrove closed forest/shrubland
Excellent poor GHD
Flora Quadrat
10 x 40 2/08/2018 Q11 VA8 0712636 8612825
Mangrove closed forest/shrubland
Excellent poor GHD
Flora Quadrat
10 x 40 2/08/2018 Q18 VA8 0712552 8613004
Mangrove closed forest/shrubland
Excellent poor GHD
Flora Quadrat
10 x 40 2/08/2018 Q05 VA8 0712830 8611764
Mangrove closed forest/shrubland
Excellent poor GHD
Flora Quadrat
10 x 40 2/08/2018 Q15 VA8 0712465 8609956
Mangrove closed forest/shrubland
Excellent poor GHD
Flora Quadrat
20 x 20 2/08/2018 Q10 VA9 0713392 8612830
Shallow slope Excellent moderate GHD
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG
APPENDIX H: 2017 BAT REPORT
Bat call analysis summary report - 432128722 Ultrasonic detection surveys The primary method of recording ultrasonic bat calls was the SongMeter SM4BAT FS bioaccoustic recorder (Wildlife Acoustics Inc., USA). Bat calls were recorded between sunset and sunrise across consecutive nights with audio settings designed to optimise detection for microchiropteran bats. Recorded call data were saved as date and time imprinted WAV audio files.
Call analysis
Craig Grabham from GHD completed the analysis of all data collected during the survey using ultrasonic bat detectors. Data from SM units was downloaded and viewed using Kaleidoscope Pro (version 4.3.1, Wildlife Acoustics Inc 2016) as full-spectrum files. WAV files were also converted to Anabat sequence files (zero-crossing format) suitable for analysis in AnalookW version 4.2n (Corben 201).
WAV files were viewed and bat calls were identified by visually comparing the Kaleidoscope Viewer spectrogram and call characteristics (e.g. characteristic frequency and call shape) with reference calls and/or species call descriptions from available reference material (e.g. McKenzie and Bullen 2009; Armstrong and Cole 2007). The spectrogram displayed each call sequence (see below for call definition) with information on the number and timing of calls.
Calls were also identified using zero-crossing analysis and AnalookW by visually comparing the time-frequency graph and call characteristics (e.g. characteristic frequency (Fc) and call shape) with reference calls and/or species call descriptions from available reference material.
The Key to the Bat Calls of the Tope End of the Northern Territory (Milne et al. 2002) was used to assist call analysis. Call identification was also assisted by consulting distribution information for possible species (Churchill 2008; Van Dyck et al. 2013, Milne and Pavey 2011) and records from the NT database (DLRM 2017). No reference calls were collected during the survey.
A call (pass) was defined as a sequence of three or more consecutive pulses of similar frequency and shape. Calls with less than three defined consecutive pulses of similar frequency and shape were not unambiguously identified to a species but were used as part of the activity count for the survey area. Due to variability in the quality of calls and the difficulty in distinguishing some species the identification of each call was assigned a confidence rating (see Mills et al. 1996 & Duffy et al. 2000) as summarised in Table 1. Due to the absence of reference calls from the study area, high level of variability within a bat call and overlap in call characteristics between some species, a conservative approach was taken when analysing calls.
Species nomenclature follows van Dyck et al. (2013), and Reardon et al. (2104).
Identification Description D - Definite Species identification not in doubt. Call sequence contains three or more
consecutive pulses of similar frequency and shape. Call characteristics match those in referenced material or species reference calls.
PR - Probable Call most likely to represent a particular species, but there exists a low probability of confusion with species of similar call type or call lacks sufficient detail (e.g. number of pulses).
SG - Species Group X = Call made by one of two or more species. Call characteristics overlap making it too difficult to distinguish between species.
The echolocation calls were recorded for a single night at four sites within the survey area, for a total of approximately 44 hours survey effort. Approximately 4650 WAV files were recorded of which > 90% were bat calls of some description.
Five species were positively (definite) identified of the 24 or so species that are known to occur from this part of the NT (Milne and Pavey 2011). As many as four other species may also have been
recorded (probable) using bat detectors, but data quality and/or interspecific call similarities precluded reliable identification of additional species.
Generally, calls were good quality and consisted of short to long sequences of many pulses. The majority of pulses were of a suitably quality to enable definite and in most cases probable identification. Consequently, many calls were lumped into species groupings (See below Table).
Saccolaimus saccoliamus – Critically endangered
Although not recorded, this species could potentially occur within the study area based of project location and habitats present. Furthermore, some calls group in with the Saccolaimus falviventris/Chaeroephon jobensis could belong to Saccolaimus saccoliamus. However without appropriate analysis and further investigation it cannot be confidently identified as a result of call analysis.
The tables below provide site location details and a summary of the results for each night.
Species or Species group Date and site Site 6 Site 2 Water body 1 Water body 2 9-10/6 10-11/6 11-12/6 12-13/6 Chaerophon jobensis D D D D Saccolaimus flaviventris Pr D D Pr Taphozous georgianus - - Pr - Chalinolobus nigrogriseus Pr - - Pipistrellus adamsi Pr - Pr Pr Miniopterus schreibersii orianae Pr D D D Vespadelus caurinus - - D Rhinonicteris aurantius (NT) - - Pr - Scotorepens greyii/sanborni D D D D Nyctophilus sp - X X X Taphozous sp/Mormopterus ozimops
lumsdenae
- X X -
P.westralis / P adamsi - X X X P.westralis / M. schreibersii X X X X Nyctophilus sp./M. Macropus - X - X No. files 251 695 2115 1552 Time first bat call/last call 1805-0436 1923-0627 1936-0629 1927-0628 Approximate survey effort 11 11 11 11 Approximate no. calls identified as bats >90% >90% >90% >90% Definite species recorded 2 4 5 3 Table notes Total number of species recorded for each night/site is based on definite (D) identification only. Total number of D species for each night includes one Nyctophilus species where recorded. See Table 1 for confidence rating e.g. D or Pr, - = not recorded. X = species group present. NT (near threatened) = Species listed under the Territory Parks and Wildlife Conservation Act 2000
Qualifications Craig Grabham has completed microchiropteran bat surveys and assessments in WA, NSW, QLD, Vic, Tasmania and the NT employing a variety of methods including harp trapping, light tagging, habitat surveys (e.g. cave assessments), roost surveillance (using infrared and thermal video cameras), and echolocation survey (Wildlife Acoustic’s SongMeter and Eco Meter devices and Titley Electronic Anabat devices) and analysis (Wildlife Acoustic’s SongScope and Chris Corben’s Analook). He has completed bat surveys for infrastructure, residential, and mining projects. Craig has also completed bat inventory surveys for National Parks, Nature Reserves, catchment management areas and private land conservation projects. His honours project investigated the use of remnant and revegetated habitats by microchiropteran bats across a fragmented rural landscape in the Eastern Billabong Catchment (south-west slopes) in NSW.
Craig has completed the following training courses with regard to ultrasonic call recording and analysis:
Anabat system training course – Titley Scientific (December 2012)
Wildlife Acoustic’s Song Meter and SongScope training – Faunatech/Austbat (July 2015).
To date Craig has completed echolocation analysis and reporting for more than 110 projects from WA, NSW, NT, QLD and Victoria since joining GHD in 2006 from calls collected during field surveys from Anabat detectors and/or Song Meter units and identified using Analook or SongScope software.
References Armstrong, K. N. (2011). The current status of bats in Western Australia. In: ‘The biology and conservation of Australasian bats.’ (Eds B. Law, P. Eby, D. Lunney and L. Lumsden.) pp. 257–269. (Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales: Mosman.)
Bullen, R. D. and McKenzie, N. L. (2011). Recent developments in studies of the community structure, foraging ecology and conservation of Western Australian bats. In ‘The biology and conservation of Australasian bats.’ (Eds B. Law, P. Eby, D. Lunney and L. Lumsden.) pp. 31-43. (Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales: Mosman.)
Churchill, S 2008. Australian Bats, Allen and Unwin, Australia.
Department of the Environment, Water, Heritage and the Arts, (2010). Survey guidelines for Australia’s threatened bats Guidelines for detecting bats listed as threatened under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.
Duffy, AM, Lumsden, LF, Caddle, CR, Chick, RR & Newell, GR (2000). The efficacy of Anabat ultrasonic detectors and harp traps for surveying microchiropterans in southeastern Australia, Acta Chiropterologica 2: 127-144.
Law, B, Anderson, J & Chidel, M (1998). A bat survey in State Forests on the south-west slopes of New South Wales with suggestions of improvements for future surveys, Australian Zoologist 30(4): 467-479.
Law, BS, Anderson, J Chidel, M (1999). Bat communities in a fragmented forest landscape on the south-west slopes of New South Wales, Australia, Biological Conservation 88(3): 333-345.
Mills, DJ, Norton, TW, Parnaby, HE, Cunningham, RB & Nix, HA (1996), Designing surveys for microchiropteran bats in complex forest landscapes – a pilot study from south-east Australia. Forest Ecology and management 85(1-3):149-161.
McKenzie, N. L., and Bullen, R. D. (2009). The echolocation calls, habitat relationships, foraging niches and communities of Pilbara microbats. Records of the Western Australian Museum Supplement 78: 123–155.
McKenzie, N. L., and Bullen, R. D. (2012). An acoustic survey of zoophagic bats on islands in the Kimberley, Western Australia, including data on the echolocation ecology, organisation and habitat relationships of regional communities. Records of the Western Australian Museum Supplement 81: 67–108.
Milne. D.J, and Pavey. C.R 2011, The status and conservation of bats in the Northern Territory. Pp. 208–225 in The Biology and Conservation of Australasian Bats, edited by Bradley Law, Peggy Eby, Daniel Lunney and Lindy Lumsden. Royal Zoological Society of NSW, Mosman, NSW, Australia. 2011.
Milne. D.J, 2002, Key to bat calls of the top end of the Northern Territory. Technical report No. 71. Parks and wildlife Commission of the Northern Territory.
Reardon, T. B., McKenzie, N. L., Cooper, S.J.B., Appleton., B., Carthew, S. and Adams, M 2014 A molecular and morphological investigation of species boundaries and phylogenetic relationships in Australian free-tailed bats Mormopterus (Chiroptera : Molossidae). Australian Journal of Zoology 62: 109-136.
Van Dyke. S, Gynther. I, and Baker. A. (2013). Field Companion To The Mammals of Australia. New Holland Publishers.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG
APPENDIX I: 2019 BAT REPORT
Acoustic analysis and bat call identification from near Darwin, Northern Territory Prepared for Animal Plant Mineral Pty Ltd Version 24 June 2019 SZ project reference SZ490 Prepared by Dr Kyle Armstrong and Yuki Konishi Specialised Zoological ABN 92 265 437 422 Tel +61 (0)404 423 264 [email protected] http://szool.com.au © Copyright - Specialised Zoological, ABN 92 265 437 422. This document and its content are copyright and may not be copied, reproduced or distributed (in whole or part) without the prior written permission of Specialised Zoological other than by the Client for the purposes authorised by Specialised Zoological (“Intended Purpose”). The Client acknowledges that the Final Report is intended for the sole use of the Client, and only to be used for the Intended Purpose. Any representation or recommendation contained in the Final Report is made only to the Client. Specialised Zoological will not be liable for any loss or damage whatsoever arising from the use and/or reliance on the Final Report by any third party. To the extent that the Intended Purpose requires the disclosure of this document and/or its content to a third party, the Client must procure such agreements, acknowledgements and undertakings as may be necessary to ensure that the third party does not copy, reproduce, or distribute this document and its content other than for the Intended Purpose. This disclaimer does not limit any rights Specialised Zoological may have under the Copyright Act 1968 (Cth).
This report should be included as an appendix in any larger submission to Government, and cited as: Specialised Zoological (2019). Acoustic analysis and bat call identification from near Darwin, Northern
Territory. Unpublished report by Specialised Zoological for Animal Plant Mineral Pty Ltd, 24 June 2019, project reference SZ490.
SZ490: Acoustic analysis and bat call identification from near Darwin, Northern Territory
Page 2 of 10
Summary Bat identifications from acoustic recordings are provided from near Darwin, Northern Territory. The identification of bat species from full spectrum WAV-format recordings of their echolocation calls was based on measurements of characteristic frequency, observation of pulse shape, and the pattern of harmonics. At least nine species of bat were identified as being present (Tables 1 and 2). Representative echolocation calls for each identification are illustrated (Figure 1), as recommended by the Australasian Bat Society (ABS 2006). Further details are available should verification be required. Methods The data provided were recorded in full spectrum WAV format with Titley Scientific AnaBat Swift bat detectors (sampling rate 500 kHz, set to turn on automatically at sunset and off at sunrise). A multi-step acoustic analysis procedure developed to process large full spectrum echolocation recording datasets from insectivorous bats (Armstrong and Aplin 2014; Armstrong et al. 2016) was applied to the recordings made on the survey. Firstly, the WAV files were scanned for bat echolocation calls using several parameter sets in the software SCAN'R version 1.8.3 (Binary Acoustic Technology), which also provides measurements (SCAN’R parameters) from each putative bat pulse. The outputs were then used to determine if putative bat pulses measured in SCAN'R could be identified to species. This was done using a custom [R] language script that performed three tasks: 1. undertook a Discriminant Function Analysis on training data from representative calls from northern Australia; 2. from the measurements of each putative bat pulse from SCAN’R, calculated values for the first two Discriminant Functions that could separate the echolocation call types derived from the analysis of training data, and plotted these resulting coordinates over confidence regions for the defined call types; and 3. facilitated an inspection in a spectrogram of multiple examples of each call type for each recording night by opening the original WAV files containing pulses of interest in Adobe Audition CS6 version 5.0.2. The [R] language script also included a separate process that repeated the above steps using training data that included signals from low-frequency-emitting bats in northern Australia. Species were identified based on information in Milne (2002), Churchill (2008), and the author’s own unpublished material; and nomenclature follows Jackson and Groves (2015). Comments on some identifications Most species were identified unambiguously, but some call types have more than one possibility for their source. For example, calls with a characteristic frequency between c. 36–42 kHz could have been derived from the Hoary Wattled Bat Chalinolobus nigrogriseus, Little Broad-nosed Bat Scotorepens greyii or the Northern Broad-nosed Bat Scotorepens
sanborni.
SZ490: Acoustic analysis and bat call identification from near Darwin, Northern Territory
Page 3 of 10
Likewise, the calls of the Northern Bent-winged Bat Miniopterus orianae orianae are similar to those of the Northern Pipistrelle Pipistrellus westralis, and the Pygmy Long-eared Bat N.
walkeri is a candidate for call sequences observed with a minimum frequency a few kilohertz higher. These three species were not separated in this report. Several sequences were consistent with descriptions of the call of the Arnhem Sheath-tailed Bat Taphozous kapalgensis. The identification was made based on harmonic patterning typical of Taphozous and characteristic call frequency (c. 24 kHz at the second dominant harmonic). In addition, the duration of pulses was generally less than 5 msec. As recommended by Milne (2002), identifications of T. kapalgensis were made from sequences of short duration pulses that consisted of 8 or more pulses. An alternative identification is the Common Sheath-tailed Bat T. georgianus, from an individual that was only just within range of the microphone. There were no echolocation call sequences in the dataset that were attributed to the Bare-rumped Sheath-tailed Bat Saccolaimus saccolaimus. An assessment for evidence of the presence of S. saccolaimus was made in the context of seven criteria that can be helpful in separating several northern Australian bat species that emit calls with a relatively low characteristic frequency (25 kHz and lower; Table 3). Candidate calls of Saccolaimus saccolaimus met criteria 1–4, but all examples observed in spectrograms were attributable to the Yellow-bellied Sheath-tailed Bat S. flaviventris or a species of Taphozous sp. instead (Figures 1 and 2). A single WAV file, with a single unambiguous pulse of the Orange Leaf-nosed Bat Rhinonicteris aurantia was present in the dataset, and observed easily with the analysis method employed.
SZ490: Acoustic analysis and bat call identification from near Darwin, Northern Territory
Page 4 of 10
Limitations The identifications presented in this report have been made within the following context: 1. The identifications made herein were based on the ultrasonic acoustic data recorded
and provided by a ‘third party’ (the client named on the front of this report).
2. The scope of this report extended to providing information on the identification of bat species in bulk ultrasonic recordings. Further comment on these species and the possible impacts of a planned project on bat species were not part of the scope.
3. In the case of the present report, the recording equipment was set up and supplied by Specialised Zoological. The equipment was operated by the third party during the survey.
4. Other than the general location of the study area, Specialised Zoological has not been provided with detailed information of the survey area, has not made a visit to observe the habitats available for bats, nor have we visited the specific project areas on a previous occasion.
5. Specialised Zoological has had no input into the overall design and timing of this bat survey, recording site placement, nor the degree of recording site replication.
6. While Specialised Zoological has made identifications to the best of our ability given the available materials, and reserves the right to re-examine the data and revise any identification following a query, it is the client’s and / or proponent’s responsibility to provide supporting evidence for any identification, which might require follow-up trapping effort or non-invasive methods such as video recordings. Specialised Zoological bears no liability for any follow-up work that may be required to support an identification based initially on the analysis of acoustic recordings undertaken and reported on here.
7. There are a variety of factors that affect the ‘detectability’ of each bat species, given the frequency, power and shape characteristics of their calls. Further information on the analysis and the various factors that can impinge on the reliability of identifications can be provided upon request.
8. The analysis of ultrasonic recordings is one of several methods that can be used to survey for bats, and comprehensive surveys typically employ more than one method. If an identification in the present report is ambiguous or in question, a trapping programme would help to resolve the presence of the possibilities in the project area.
SZ490: Acoustic analysis and bat call identification from near Darwin, Northern Territory
Page 5 of 10
References ABS (2006). Recommendations of the Australasian Bat Society Inc for reporting standards for
insectivorous bat surveys using bat detectors. The Australasian Bat Society Newsletter 27: 6–9. [ISSN 1448-5877]
Armstrong, K.N. and Aplin, K.P. (2014). Identifying bats in an unknown acoustic realm using a semi-automated approach to the analysis of large full spectrum datasets. Oral presentation at the 16th Australasian Bat Society Conference 22–25 April 2014, Townsville, Queensland. The Australasian Bat Society Newsletter 42: 35–36.
Armstrong, K.N., Aplin, K.P. and Crotty, S. (2016). A pipeline and app for massive filtering, and assisted inspection of enormous acoustic datasets. Poster presentation at the 17th Australasian Bat Society Conference, 29 March-1 April 2016, Hobart, Tasmania, Australia. The Australasian Bat Society Newsletter 46: 51.
Churchill, S.K. (2008). Australian bats. 2nd ed. Allen and Unwin, Crows Nest, NSW.
Coles, R., Britton, A., Boonman, A. and Clague, C. (2012). Discovery of a highly unusual alternating call frequency pattern used by the echolocating emballonurid bat Saccolaimus saccolaimus during foraging. Oral presentation at the 15th Australasian Bat Society Conference, Melbourne, Australia, 11–13 April 2012. The Australasian Bat
Society Newsletter 38: 35–36.
Coles, R., Lane D. and Kovachev, I. (2014). Echolocation ecology and distribution of the bare-rumped sheathtail bat Saccolaimus saccolaimus: the Bornean-Australian connection. Oral presentation at the 16th Australasian Bat Society Conference 22–25 April 2014, Townsville, Queensland. The Australasian Bat Society Newsletter 42: 33.
Corben C. (2010). Acoustic identification of Saccolaimus. Oral presentation at the 14th Australasian Bat Society conference, Darwin, Northern Territory, 12–14 July 2010. The
Australasian Bat Society Newsletter 35: 26.
Corben C. (2011). Bat calls of Borneo. Available at URL: http://users.lmi.net/corben/BatsOfBorneo.htm#Bat%20Calls%20of%20Borneo
Jackson, S.M. and Groves, C.P. (2015). Taxonomy of Australian mammals. CSIRO Publishing, Victoria.
Meutstege, R., Coles, R. and Spencer, H. (2014). Observations on the foraging and roosting behaviour of the bare-rumped sheathtail bat Saccolaimus saccolaimus in the Cape Tribulation region of Queensland, Australia. Oral presentation at the 16th Australasian Bat Society Conference 22–25 April 2014, Townsville, Queensland. The Australasian
Bat Society Newsletter 42: 34.
Milne, D.J. (2002). Key to the bat calls of the Top End of the Northern Territory. Parks and Wildlife Commission of the Northern Territory, Technical Report No. 71.
Milne, D.J., Jackling, F.C., Sidhu, M., and Appleton, B.R. (2009). Shedding new light on old species identifications: morphological and genetic evidence suggest a need for conservation status review of the critically endangered bat, Saccolaimus saccolaimus. Wildlife Research 36: 496–508.
SZ490: Acoustic analysis and bat call identification from near Darwin, Northern Territory
Page 6 of 10
Table 1. Species identified in the present survey from all sites combined.
EMBALLONURIDAE
Yellow-bellied Sheath-tailed Bat Saccolaimus flaviventris Arnhem Sheath-tailed Bat Taphozous kapalgensis
RHINONYCTERIDAE
Orange Leaf-nosed Bat (Orange Diamond-faced Bat) Rhinonicteris aurantia
VESPERTILIONIDAE
Large-footed Myotis Myotis macropus Forest Pipistrelle Pipistrellus adamsi Ambiguous identifications Hoary Wattled Bat / Chalinolobus nigrogriseus / and/or Little Broad-nosed Bat / and/or Scotorepens greyii / and/or Northern Broad-nosed Bat and/or Scotorepens sanborni Pygmy Long-eared Bat / Nyctophilus walkeri / and/or Northern Pipistrelle / and/or Pipistrellus westralis / and/or Northern Bent-winged Bat (Miniopteridae) and/or Miniopterus orianae orianae
MOLOSSIDAE
Greater Northern Free-tailed Bat Chaerephon jobensis Northern Coastal Free-tailed Bat Ozimops (=Mormopterus) cobourgianus
SZ490: Acoustic analysis and bat call identification from near Darwin, Northern Territory
Page 7 of 10
Table 2. Species identifications, with the degree of confidence indicated by a code. Date and recording unit number correlates with site; see Table 1 for full species names.
C. j
oben
sis
C. n
igro
gris
eus
/ S
. gre
yii /
S
. san
born
i
M. o
riana
e /
N. w
alke
ri /
P. w
estr
alis
M. m
acro
pus
O. c
obou
rgia
nus
P. a
dam
si
R. a
uran
tia
S. f
lavi
vent
ris
T. k
apal
gens
is?
Date Coordinates Swift 497962 25/04/2019 12.553450 S, 130.966875 E ◆ NC NC — — — — ◆ — 26/04/2019 12.553532 S, 130.966997 E ◆ NC NC — — — — ◆ — 27/04/2019 12.553550 S, 130.966970 E ◆ NC NC — — ◆ — ◆ — 28/04/2019 12.553513 S, 130.966980 E ◆ NC NC — — ◆ — ◆ — 29/04/2019 12.553533 S, 130.966938 E ◆ NC NC — — ◆ — ◆ NC 30/04/2019 12.553565 S, 130.966992 E ◆ NC NC — — ◆ — ◆ NC 1/05/2019 12.553540 S, 130.966968 E ◆ NC NC — — ◆ — ◆ —
Swift 498038 25/04/2019 12.565415 S, 130.965518 E ◆ NC NC — — ◆ — ◆ NC 26/04/2019 12.565940 S, 130.965573 E ◆ NC NC — — ◆ — ◆ — 27/04/2019 12.565923 S, 130.965572 E ◆ NC NC ◆ — ◆ — ◆ — 28/04/2019 12.565867 S, 130.965647 E ◆ NC NC — ◆ ◆ — ◆ — 29/04/2019 12.565852 S, 130.965610 E ◆ NC NC — ◆ ◆ — ◆ — 30/04/2019 12.565925 S, 130.965605 E ◆ NC NC — ◆ ◆ — ◆ — 1/05/2019 12.565962 S, 130.965613 E ◆ NC NC ◆ ◆ — — ◆ —
Swift 536846 24/04/2019 12.542598 S, 130.970280 E ◆ — NC — — — — — — 25/04/2019 12.542727 S, 130.970583 E ◆ — NC — — — — ◆ — 26/04/2019 12.542647 S, 130.970395 E ◆ NC NC ◆ — — — ◆ — 27/04/2019 12.542568 S, 130.970377 E ◆ — NC — ◆ — — — — 28/04/2019 12.576957 S, 130.963115 E — NC NC — — — — — — 29/04/2019 12.576948 S, 130.963090 E ◆ NC NC — — ◆ — ◆ —
Swift 536887 25/04/2019 12.544055 S, 130.959267 E ◆ NC NC — ◆ ◆ — ◆ — 26/04/2019 12.544000 S, 130.959377 E ◆ NC NC — ◆ ◆ — ◆ — 27/04/2019 12.543930 S, 130.959360 E — NC NC — — ◆ ◆ ◆ — 28/04/2019 12.543982 S, 130.959397 E ◆ NC NC — — ◆ — — — 29/04/2019 12.543755 S, 130.959833 E ◆ NC NC — ◆ ◆ — ◆ — 30/04/2019 12.542662 S, 130.970375 E ◆ NC NC — — ◆ — ◆ — 1/05/2019 12.542623 S, 130.970437 E ◆ — NC — — — — ◆ —
Definition of confidence level codes — Not detected. ◆ Unambiguous identification of the species at the site based on measured call characteristics and comparison with available reference material. Greater confidence in this ID would come only after capture and supported by morphological measurements or a DNA sequence. NC Needs Confirmation. Either call quality was poor, or the species cannot be distinguished reliably from another that makes similar calls. Alternative identifications are indicated in the Comments on identifications section of this report. If this is a species of conservation significance, further survey work might be required to confirm the record.
SZ490: Acoustic analysis and bat call identification from near Darwin, Northern Territory
Page 8 of 10
Table 3. Criteria used to attribute call types to the Bare-rumped Sheath-tailed Bat Saccolaimus saccolaimus. A tick or a cross indicates whether an observation consistent with that particular criterion was observed in the recordings from the present survey.
Indicative of a species of Saccolaimus
✓ 1. Characteristic frequency of the second (loudest, based on microphone sensitivity)
harmonic between c. 20 and 25 kHz (Milne et al. 2009; K.N. Armstrong unpublished data; evident in AnaBat or full spectrum format data). This criterion is indicative of, but not exclusively characteristic of Saccolaimus.
✓
2. In multi-harmonic representations available from full spectrum recordings, the characteristic frequency of the fundamental at around 10–12 kHz, and of the third harmonic around 30–35 kHz (K.N. Armstrong unpublished data; evident sometimes in AnaBat or more usually full spectrum format data; see examples of harmonic fragments in the AnaBat-recorded calls presented by Milne et al. 2009). This criterion is indicative of, but not exclusively characteristic of Saccolaimus, as two species of Taphozous can produce calls with a characteristic frequency slightly below 24 kHz.
✓
3. A pulse shape that is either curvilinear or serpentine (a typical curvilinear chirp with a terminal droop) (Milne et al. 2009; K.N. Armstrong unpublished data; evident in AnaBat or full spectrum format data). Pulses meeting this criterion are indicative of, but not exclusively characteristic of Saccolaimus.
✓
4. Measurements from pulses that fall within the confidence region of S. saccolaimus in an ordination plot constructed from the Discriminant Function Analysis of a range of low frequency emitting bats from northern Australia (K.N. Armstrong unpublished raw data; see example in Figure 2). Pulses meeting this criterion are indicative of, but not exclusively characteristic of S. saccolaimus. Note that there is often variation from other low frequency emitting species and other non-mammalian signals that can fall close to the cluster centroid of S. saccolaimus, so points falling within the confidence region of this species are not absolutely diagnostic. The original WAV files represented by points in the confidence region for S.
saccolaimus were checked in a spectrogram.
5. Feeding buzz shape differing from that of the Yellow-bellied Sheath-tailed Bat S.
flaviventris as described by Corben (2010, 2011), which is diagnostic in the absence of the Papuan Sheath-tailed Bat S. mixtus (K.N. Armstrong unpublished data; evident in AnaBat or full spectrum format data). Attack phase calls also have strongly drooped terminating portions.
Diagnostic of the species Saccolaimus saccolaimus (given criteria 1–5) in sympatry with S. mixtus.
6. Alternation of high and low characteristic frequency in successive pulses within the
band 20–25 kHz (Milne et al. 2009; evident in AnaBat or full spectrum format data).
7. Repeated triplet or doublet pulse sequences as described by Coles et al. (2012, 2014) and Meutstege et al. (2014) (evident in full spectrum format data only).
SZ490: Acoustic analysis and bat call identification from near Darwin, Northern Territory
Page 9 of 10
Figure 1. Top: Representative echolocation call sequence portions of the species identified (A: Chaerephon jobensis; B: Saccolaimus
flaviventris; C: Taphozous kapalgensis?; D: Ozimops cobourgianus; E: Myotis macropus; F: Chalinolobus nigrogriseus / Scotorepens greyii / S.
sanborni; G: Pipistrellus adamsi; H, I, J: Miniopterus orianae / Nyctophilus walkeri / Pipistrellus westralis; K: Rhinonicteris aurantia; time between pulses has been compressed). Bottom: Diagnostic feeding buzzes of Saccolaimus flaviventris, without the serpentine shape of the approach and buzz pulses indicative of S. saccolaimus.
SZ490: Acoustic analysis and bat call identification from near Darwin, Northern Territory
Page 10 of 10
Figure 2. Discriminant Function Analysis ordinations with plotted coordinates from anonymously-recorded pulses (red points). Ellipses are 68% confidence regions based on measurements from reference calls of low-frequency-emitting species (Cj: Chaerephon jobensis; Sf: Saccolaimus
flaviventris; Sm: Saccolaimus mixtus; Ss: Saccolaimus saccolaimus; Tg: Taphozous georgianus). In this case, points (=pulses) in the confidence ellipse of S. saccolaimus were attributable to a species of Taphozous, probably T. kapalgensis.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG
APPENDIX J: ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION AND BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION ACT 1999 DEFINITIONS OF CONSERVATION CATEGORIES
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 1 Listed threatened species and ecological communities
179 Categories of threatened species
(1) A native species is eligible to be included in the extinct category at a particular time if, at that time,
there is no reasonable doubt that the last member of the species has died.
(2) A native species is eligible to be included in the extinct in the wild category at a particular time if, at
that time:
(a) it is known only to survive in cultivation, in captivity or as a naturalised population well
outside its past range; or
(b) it has not been recorded in its known and/or expected habitat, at appropriate seasons,
anywhere in its past range, despite exhaustive surveys over a time frame appropriate to its
life cycle and form.
(3) A native species is eligible to be included in the critically endangered category at a particular time if,
at that time, it is facing an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild in the immediate future, as
determined in accordance with the prescribed criteria.
(4) A native species is eligible to be included in the endangered category at a particular time if, at that
time:
(a) it is not critically endangered; and
(b) it is facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild in the near future, as determined in
accordance with the prescribed criteria.
(5) A native species is eligible to be included in the vulnerable category at a particular time if, at that
time:
(a) it is not critically endangered or endangered; and
(b) it is facing a high risk of extinction in the wild in the medium-term future, as determined in
accordance with the prescribed criteria.
(6) A native species is eligible to be included in the conservation dependent category at a particular time
if, at that time:
(a) the species is the focus of a specific conservation program the cessation of which would
result in the species becoming vulnerable, endangered or critically endangered; or
(b) the following subparagraphs are satisfied:
(i) the species is a species of fish;
(ii) the species is the focus of a plan of management that provides for management actions
necessary to stop the decline of, and support the recovery of, the species so that its chances
of long term survival in nature are maximised;
(iii) the plan of management is in force under a law of the Commonwealth or of a State or
Territory;
(iv) cessation of the plan of management would adversely affect the conservation status of the
species.
(7) In subsection (6):
(a) fish includes all species of bony fish, sharks, rays, crustaceans, molluscs and other marine
organisms, but does not include marine mammals or marine reptiles.
182 Critically endangered, endangered and vulnerable communities
(1) An ecological community is eligible to be included in the critically endangered category at a particular
time if, at that time, it is facing an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild in the immediate
future, as determined in accordance with the prescribed criteria.
(2) An ecological community is eligible to be included in the endangered category at a particular time if,
at that time:
(a) it is not critically endangered; and
(b) it is facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild in the near future, as determined in
accordance with the prescribed criteria.
(3) An ecological community is eligible to be included in the vulnerable category at a particular time if, at
that time:
(a) it is not critically endangered nor endangered; and
(b) it is facing a high risk of extinction in the wild in the medium-term future, as determined in
accordance with the prescribed criteria.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 2 Migratory species
209 Listed migratory species
(1) In this Act:
migratory species has the meaning given by Article I of the Bonn Convention.
Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals
Article I
Interpretation
1. For the purpose of this Convention:
a) "Migratory species" means the entire population or any
geographically separate part of the population of any
species or lower taxon of wild animals, a significant
proportion of whose members cyclically and predictably
cross one or more national jurisdictional boundaries.
From: Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species 1979. Bonn,
Germany.
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 4 Listed marine species
248 Listed marine species
(1) The Minister must, by legislative instrument, establish a list of marine species for the purposes of this
Part.
(2) The list, as first established, must contain only the following:
(a) all species in the Family Hydrophiidae (sea-snakes);
(b) all species in the Family Laticaudidae (sea-snakes);
(c) all species in the Family Otariidae (eared seals);
(d) all species in the Family Phocidae (“true” seals);
(e) all species in the Genus Crocodylus (crocodiles);
(f) all species in the Genus Dugong (dugong);
(g) all species in the Family Cheloniidae (marine turtles);
(h) the species Dermochelys coriacea (leatherback turtles);
(i) all species in the Family Syngnathidae (seahorses, sea-dragons and pipefish);
(j) all species in the Family Solenostomidae (ghost pipefish);
(k) all species in the Class Aves (birds) that occur naturally in Commonwealth marine areas.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG
APPENDIX K: NT GOVERNMENT DEFINITIONS OF CONSERVATION CATEGORIES (FOLLOWING IUCN RED LIST GUIDELINES)
Red List Guidelines 11
Box 2.1. The IUCN Red List Categories
EXTINCT (EX)A taxon is Extinct when there is no reasonable doubt that the last individual has died. A taxon is presumed Extinct when exhaustive surveys in known and/or expected habitat, at appropriate times (diurnal, seasonal, annual), throughout its historic range have failed to record an individual. Surveys should be over a time frame appropriate to the taxon’s life cycles and life form.
EXTINCT IN THE WILD (EW)A taxon is Extinct in the Wild when it is known only to survive in cultivation, in captivity or as a naturalized population (or populations) well outside the past range. A taxon is presumed Extinct in the Wild when exhaustive surveys in known and/or expected habitat, at appropriate times (diurnal, seasonal, annual), throughout its historic range have failed to record an individual. Surveys should be over a time frame appropriate to the taxon's life cycle and life form.
CRITICALLY ENDANGERED (CR)A taxon is Critically Endangered when the best available evidence indicates that it meets any of the criteria A to E for Critically Endangered, and it is therefore considered to be facing an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild.
ENDANGERED (EN)A taxon is Endangered when the best available evidence indicates that it meets any of the criteria A to E for Endangered, and it is therefore considered to be facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild.
VULNERABLE (VU)A taxon is Vulnerable when the best available evidence indicates that it meets any of the criteria A to E for Vulnerable, and it is therefore considered to be facing a high risk of extinction in the wild.
NEAR THREATENED (NT)A taxon is Near Threatened when it has been evaluated against the criteria but does not qualify for Critically Endangered, Endangered or Vulnerable now, but is close to qualifying for or is likely to qualify for a threatenedcategory in the near future.
LEAST CONCERN (LC)A taxon is Least Concern when it has been evaluated against the criteria and does not qualify for Critically Endangered, Endangered, Vulnerable or Near Threatened. Widespread and abundant taxa are often included in this category.
DATA DEFICIENT (DD)A taxon is Data Deficient when there is inadequate information to make a direct, or indirect, assessment of its risk of extinction based on its distribution and/or population status. A taxon in this category may be well studied, and its biology well known, but appropriate data on abundance and/or distribution are lacking. Data Deficient is therefore not a category of threat. Listing of taxa in this category indicates that more information is required and acknowledges the possibility that future research will show that threatened classification is appropriate. It is important to make positive use of whatever data are available. In many cases great care should be exercised in choosing between DD and a threatened status. If the range of a taxon is suspected to be relatively circumscribed, or a considerable period of time has elapsed since the last record of the taxon, threatened status may well be justified.
NOT EVALUATED (NE)A taxon is Not Evaluated when it is has not yet been evaluated against the criteria.
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG
From: IUCN Standards and Petitions Committee. (2019). Guidelines for Using the IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria. Version 14. Prepared by the Standards and Petitions Committee. http://www.iucnredlist.org/documents/RedListGuidelines.pdf
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG
APPENDIX L: INTRODUCED FLORA DATABASE SEARCH
Family Scientificname Family ScientificnameASTERACEAE Acanthospermum hispidum FABACEAE Crotalaria pallida
FABACEAE Aeschynomene americana FABACEAE Crotalaria pallida var. obovata
FABACEAE Aeschynomene paniculata APOCYNACEAE Cryptostegia madagascariensis
FABACEAE Aeschynomene villosa POACEAE Cynodon dactylon var. dactylon
AMARANTHACEAE Alternanthera brasiliana POACEAE Cynodon radiatus
AMARANTHACEAE Alternanthera pungens CYPERACEAE Cyperus brevifolius
AMARANTHACEAE Amaranthus spinosus CYPERACEAE Cyperus compressus
AMARANTHACEAE Amaranthus viridis CYPERACEAE Cyperus flavescens
ACANTHACEAE Andrographis paniculata CYPERACEAE Cyperus metzii
POACEAE Andropogon gayanus CYPERACEAE Cyperus rotundus
ANNONACEAE Annona reticulata CYPERACEAE Cyperus sphacelatus
ANNONACEAE Annona squamosa POACEAE Dactyloctenium aegyptium
POLYGONACEAE Antigonon leptopus FABACEAE Dalbergia sissoo
PRIMULACEAE Ardisia elliptica SOLANACEAE Datura ferox
POACEAE Arundo donax FABACEAE Delonix regia
APOCYNACEAE Asclepias curassavica FABACEAE Desmodium scorpiurus
MELIACEAE Azadirachta indica FABACEAE Desmodium tortuosum
ACANTHACEAE Barleria lupulina FABACEAE Desmodium triflorum
ACANTHACEAE Barleria prionitis POACEAE Digitaria bicornis
POACEAE Bothriochloa pertusa POACEAE Digitaria ciliaris
CABOMBACEAE Cabomba caroliniana POACEAE Digitaria violascens
FABACEAE Calopogonium mucunoides DIOSCOREACEAE Dioscorea alata
SOLANACEAE Capsicum annuum PONTEDERIACEAE Eichhornia crassipes
ARECACEAE Caryota mitis POACEAE Eleusine indica
APOCYNACEAE Cascabela thevetia ASTERACEAE Eleutheranthera ruderalis
FABACEAE Cassia fistula ASTERACEAE Emilia sonchifolia
APOCYNACEAE Catharanthus roseus ASTERACEAE Emilia sonchifolia var. sonchifolia
AMARANTHACEAE Celosia argentea POACEAE Eragrostis amabilis
POACEAE Cenchrus brownii POACEAE Eragrostis minor
POACEAE Cenchrus ciliaris POACEAE Eragrostis pilosa
POACEAE Cenchrus echinatus ORCHIDACEAE Eulophia graminea
POACEAE Cenchrus pedicellatus EUPHORBIACEAE Euphorbia cyathophora
POACEAE Cenchrus pedicellatus subsp. unispiculus EUPHORBIACEAE Euphorbia heterophylla
POACEAE Cenchrus polystachios EUPHORBIACEAE Euphorbia hirta
POACEAE Cenchrus setaceus EUPHORBIACEAE Euphorbia hyssopifolia
POACEAE Cenchrus setiger CONVOLVULACEAEEvolvulus nummularius
POACEAE Cenchrus setosus AMARANTHACEAE Gomphrena celosioides
FABACEAE Centrosema molle MALVACEAE Gossypium hirsutum
FABACEAE Centrosema pascuorum MALVACEAE Grewia asiatica
FABACEAE Chamaecrista rotundifolia BORAGINACEAE Heliotropium indicum
POACEAE Chloris barbata MALVACEAE Hibiscus sabdariffa
POACEAE Chloris gayana ACANTHACEAE Hygrophila triflora
POACEAE Chloris pilosa POACEAE Hymenachne amplexicaulis
POACEAE Chrysopogon aciculatus POACEAE Hyparrhenia rufa
CLEOMACEAE Cleome aculeata FABACEAE Indigofera tinctoria
CLEOMACEAE Cleome rutidosperma CONVOLVULACEAEIpomoea hederifolia
FABACEAE Clitoria ternatea CONVOLVULACEAEIpomoea pes-tigridis
COMMELINACEAE Commelina benghalensis CONVOLVULACEAEIpomoea quamoclit
CAPPARACEAE Crateva adansonii subsp. axillaris CONVOLVULACEAEIpomoea triloba
FABACEAE Crotalaria goreensis EUPHORBIACEAE Jatropha curcas
Appendix E: Weeds listed on the NTFlora Atlas database as ocurring within 4 km of the Study Area
Family Scientificname Family ScientificnameEUPHORBIACEAE Jatropha gossypiifolia RUBIACEAE Richardia brasiliensis
MELIACEAE Khaya senegalensis RUBIACEAE Richardia scabra
VERBENACEAE Lantana camara ACANTHACEAE Ruellia tuberosa
LAMIACEAE Leonotis nepetifolia SALVINIACEAE Salvinia molesta
FABACEAE Leucaena leucocephala ASPARAGACEAE Sansevieria trifasciata
FABACEAE Leucaena leucocephala subsp. glabrata PLANTAGINACEAE Scoparia dulcis
FABACEAE Leucaena leucocephala subsp. leucocephalaFABACEAE Senegalia chundra
LYGODIACEAE Lygodium japonicum FABACEAE Senna alata
FABACEAE Macroptilium atropurpureum FABACEAE Senna obtusifolia
FABACEAE Macroptilium lathyroides var. semierectum FABACEAE Senna occidentalis
MALVACEAE Malachra fasciata var. lineariloba FABACEAE Senna tora
MALVACEAE Malvastrum americanum POACEAE Setaria sphacelata
MALVACEAE Malvastrum coromandelianum MALVACEAE Sida acuta
ANACARDIACEAE Mangifera indica MALVACEAE Sida cordifolia
POACEAE Megathyrsus maximus MALVACEAE Sida rhombifolia
POACEAE Megathyrsus maximus var. coloratus SOLANACEAE Solanum nigrum
POACEAE Megathyrsus maximus var. maximus SOLANACEAE Solanum torvum
POACEAE Melinis minutiflora POACEAE Sorghum almum
CONVOLVULACEAEMerremia aegyptia POACEAE Sorghum bicolor
LAMIACEAE Mesosphaerum suaveolens BIGNONIACEAE Spathodea campanulata subsp. campanulata
EUPHORBIACEAE Micrococca mercurialis RUBIACEAE Spermacoce articularis
FABACEAE Mimosa pigra RUBIACEAE Spermacoce latifolia
FABACEAE Mimosa pudica RUBIACEAE Spermacoce remota
FABACEAE Mimosa pudica var. hispida ASTERACEAE Sphagneticola trilobata
RUBIACEAE Mitracarpus hirtus POACEAE Sporobolus coromandelianus
COMMELINACEAE Murdannia nudiflora POACEAE Sporobolus jacquemontii
RUTACEAE Murraya koenigii POACEAE Sporobolus natalensis
RUBIACEAE Oldenlandia corymbosa POACEAE Sporobolus pyramidalis
RUBIACEAE Oldenlandia corymbosa var. corymbosa VERBENACEAE Stachytarpheta australis
POACEAE Oryza sativa VERBENACEAE Stachytarpheta cayennensis
OXALIDACEAE Oxalis corniculata VERBENACEAE Stachytarpheta jamaicensis
POACEAE Panicum miliaceum FABACEAE Stylosanthes guianensis
FABACEAE Parkinsonia aculeata FABACEAE Stylosanthes hamata
POACEAE Paspalum conjugatum FABACEAE Stylosanthes humilis
POACEAE Paspalum dilatatum FABACEAE Stylosanthes scabra
POACEAE Paspalum plicatulum FABACEAE Stylosanthes viscosa
PASSIFLORACEAE Passiflora foetida ASTERACEAE Synedrella nodiflora
PASSIFLORACEAE Passiflora suberosa FABACEAE Tamarindus indica
ARECACEAE Phoenix dactylifera POACEAE Themeda quadrivalvis
PHYLLANTHACEAE Phyllanthus amarus LINDERNIACEAE Torenia crustacea
PHYLLANTHACEAE Phyllanthus debilis AIZOACEAE Trianthema portulacastrum
PHYLLANTHACEAE Phyllanthus emblica ZYGOPHYLLACEAETribulus cistoides
SOLANACEAE Physalis minima ASTERACEAE Tridax procumbens
URTICACEAE Pilea microphylla MALVACEAE Triumfetta pentandra
PTERIDACEAE Pityrogramma calomelanos MALVACEAE Triumfetta rhomboidea
PTERIDACEAE Pityrogramma calomelanos var. calomelanosPOACEAE Urochloa humidicola
PORTULACACEAE Portulaca oleracea var. weedy POACEAE Urochloa mosambicensis
PORTULACACEAE Portulaca pilosa subsp. pilosa POACEAE Urochloa mutica
FABACEAE Prosopis pallida POACEAE Urochloa ramosa
FABACEAE Pterocarpus indicus RHAMNACEAE Ziziphus mauritiana
COMBRETACEAE Quisqualis indica
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG
APPENDIX M: GHD 2017 SPECIES-BY-SITE MATRIX
Genus Species OPP Q01 Q02 Q03 Q04 Q05 Q06 Q07 Q08 Q09 Q10 Q11 Q12 Q13 Q14 Q15 Q16 Q17Acacia holosericea yAcacia JT137 yAcacia latescens y yAcacia dimidiata y y yAcacia oncinocarpa y yAcacia mimula y yAcacia plectocarpa subsp. plectocarpa yAcacia neurocarpa yAlternanthera nodiflora yAvicennia marina y y yBlumea saxatilis yBreynia cernua yBridelia tomentosa yBruguiera exastata y yBuchnera linearis y y y y yCallitris intratropica yCalytrix exstipulata yCassytha filiformis yCayratia maritima yCenchrus JT044A y y y y yCeriops tagal y y y yCheilanthes tenuifolia y yClerodendrum JT093 yClerodendrum floribundum yCochlospermum fraseri y*Crotalaria goreensisCycas armstrongii y y y y y yCyperus JT040 y yCyperus JT042 y yCyperus JT059 yCyperus JT048 yDesmodium sp. 'Pine Creek' yDodonaea hispidula y yEleocharis JT045 y yEragrostis JT140 y
Appendix F Part 2. Species by Site Matrix for flora survey conducted in June 2017 by GHD
Genus Species OPP Q01 Q02 Q03 Q04 Q05 Q06 Q07 Q08 Q09 Q10 Q11 Q12 Q13 Q14 Q15 Q16 Q17Eriachne JT009 y y y yEriachne JT047 y y y y yErythrophleum chlorostachys y y y y y y y yFicus JT035 yFicus scobina yFimbristylis JT041 y y yFlagellaria indica yFlemingia parviflora y yFlueggea virosa yGoodenia JT091 yGrevillea heliosperma y y yGrevillea JT063 yGrevillea dryandri y y yGymnanthera oblonga yHeteropogon contortus y y y y y y y yHibbertia complanatum yLindsaea ensifolia yMelaleuca viridiflora y y y y yMelaleuca leucadendra y y y yMelaleuca JT115 yMicrostachys chamaelea y y y y*Passiflora foetida y yPersoonia falcata y y y y ySimilax australis y ySpermacoce JT066 y y*Stylosanthes humilisTerminalia ferdinandiana y y y y y y yThespesia populneoides y yUticularia JT098 yVigna vexillata var. angustifolia y yWaltheria indica y yXanthostemon paradoxus y y y y
NC02 yNC05 yNC09 yNC13 y
Genus Species OPP Q01 Q02 Q03 Q04 Q05 Q06 Q07 Q08 Q09 Q10 Q11 Q12 Q13 Q14 Q15 Q16 Q17NC13 yNC15 yNC20 yNC21 yNC21 yNC23 yNC24 yNC32 yNC33 yNC33 yNC34 yNC04 yNC13 yNC01 yNC02 yNC05 yNC10 yNC04 yNC06 yNC10 yNC29 yNC30 yNC31 yNC13 yNC04 yNC13 yNC25 yNC26 yNC27 yNC28 yNC29 yNC04 yNC13 yNC22 yNC01 yNC04 y
Genus Species OPP Q01 Q02 Q03 Q04 Q05 Q06 Q07 Q08 Q09 Q10 Q11 Q12 Q13 Q14 Q15 Q16 Q17NC13 yNC13 yNC18 yNC19 yNC17 yNC16 yNC01 yNC04 yNC05 yNC06 yNC13 yNC01 yNC04 yNC13 yNC01 yNC02 yNC04 yNC05 yNC10 yNC11 yNC12 yNC01 yNC02 yNC04 yNC05 yNC06 yNC07 yNC09 yJT015 yJT016 yJT037 yJT038 yJT057 yJT058 yJT069 yJT071 y
Genus Species OPP Q01 Q02 Q03 Q04 Q05 Q06 Q07 Q08 Q09 Q10 Q11 Q12 Q13 Q14 Q15 Q16 Q17JT083 yJT084 yJT085 yJT086 yJT087 yJT092 yJT095 yJT099 yJT100 yJT103 yJT118 yJT119 yJT120 yJT121 yJT133 yJT134 yJT135 yJT136 yJT138 yJT014 yJT004 yJT006 yJT010 yJT012 yJT004 yJT010 yJT012 yJT046 yJT006JT012JT006 yJT010 yJT090 yJT012 yJT096 yJT097 y
Genus Species OPP Q01 Q02 Q03 Q04 Q05 Q06 Q07 Q08 Q09 Q10 Q11 Q12 Q13 Q14 Q15 Q16 Q17JT109 yJT112 yJT114 yJT117 yJT046 yJT004 yJT012 yJT056 yJT092 yJT103 yJT125 yJT126 yJT127 yJT006 yJT046 yJT064 yJT004 yJT010 yJT012 yJT010 yJT004 yJT103 y
OPP = opportunistic collection
Codes indicate taxa unable to be idetified due to material in poor seasonal condition
* denotes non-native taxa
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
TNG
APPENDIX N: COMBINED FAUNA RESULTS
Family Scientific name Common Name TWPC EPBC Total Recorded
Birds (within Project Area)
Acanthizidae Gerygone chloronotus Green-backed Gerygone 3
Gerygone levigaster Mangrove Gerygone 7
Gerygone magnirostris Large-billed Gerygone 1
Gerygone olivacea White-throated Gerygone 1
Accipitridae Accipiter cirrocephalus Collared Sparrowhawk 1
Accipiter fasciatus Brown Goshawk 2
Aquila audax Wedge-tailed Eagle 3
Aquila morphnoides Little Eagle 1
Aviceda subcristata Pacific Baza 1
Haliaeetus leucogaster White-bellied Sea Eagle LC Ma 14
Haliastur indus Brahminy Kite 10
Haliastur sphenurus Whistling Kite 12
Milvus migrans Black Kite 10
Alcedinidae Alcedo azurea Azure Kingfisher 4
Anatidae Anas superciliosa Pacific Black Duck 2
Anhingidae Anhinga novaehollandiae Australasian Darter 2
Apodidae Apus pacificus Pacific Swift Mi, Ma 1
Ardea alba Great Egret Ma 13
Ardea pacifica White-necked Heron 2
Ardea picata Pied Heron 6
Ardea sumatrana Great-billed Heron 2
Butorides striata Striated Heron 15
Egretta garzetta Little Egret 16
Egretta novaehollandiae White-faced Heron 5
Egretta sacra Pacific Reef Heron LC Ma 7
Artamidae Artamus cinereus Black-faced Woodswallow 4
Artamus leucorynchus White-breasted Woodswallow 13
Artamus minor Little Woodswallow 4
Cracticus argenteus Silver-backed Butcherbird 6
Cracticus nigrogularis Pied Butcherbird 8
Cracticus quoyi Black Butcherbird 11
Cracticus tibicen Australian Magpie 4
Cracticus torquatus Grey Butcherbird 2
Burhinidae Burhinus grallarius Bush Stone-curlew NT 10
Cacatuidae Cacatua galerita Sulphur-crested Cockatoo 28
Cacatua sanguinea Little Corella 9
Calyptorhynchus banksii Red-tailed Black Cockatoo 32
Eolophus roseicapillus Galah 5
Campephagidae Coracina novaehollandiae Black-faced Cuckooshrike 13
Coracina papuensis White-bellied Cuckooshrike 24
Lalage leucomela Varied Triller 6
Family Scientific name Common Name TWPC EPBC Total Recorded
Lalage sueurii White-winged Triller 4
Charadriidae Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU VU, Mi, Ma 3
Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover LC 1
Vanellus miles Masked Lapwing 3
Ciconiidae Litoria tornieri Black-necked Stork 1
Cisticolidae Cisticola exilis Golden-headed Cisticola 6
Columbidae Ducula spilorrhoa Torresian Imperial Pigeon 33
Geopelia cuneata Diamond Dove 5
Geopelia humeralis Bar-shouldered Dove 56
Geopelia striata Peaceful Dove 25
Phaps chalcoptera Common Bronzewing 2
Coraciidae Eurystomus orientalis Oriental Dollarbird 11
Corvidae Corvus orru Torresian Crow 14
Cuculidae Cacomantis variolosus Brush Cuckoo 3
Centropus phasianinus Pheasant Coucal 13
Chalcites basalis Horsfield’s Bronze-Cuckoo 1
Chrysococcyx minutillus Little Bronze Cuckoo 3
Cuculus optatus Oriental Cuckoo LC Mi 1
Dicruridae Dicrurus bracteatus Spangled Drongo 4
Estrildidae Lonchura castaneothorax Chestnut-breasted Manikin 5
Neochmia phaeton Crimson Finch 6
Poephila acuticauda Long-tailed Finch 3
Taeniopygia bichenovii Double-barred Finch 8
Eurostopodidae Eurostopodus argus Spotted Nightjar 1
Falconidae Falco berigora Brown Falcon 5
Falco cenchroides Nankeen Kestrel 1
Gruidae Grus rubicunda Brolga 2
Halcyonidae Dacelo leachii Blue-winged Kookaburra 7
Todiramphus macleayii Forest Kingfisher 5
Todiramphus sanctus Sacred Kingfisher 4
Todiramphus sordidus Torresian Kingfisher 16
Hirundinidae Petrochelidon nigricans Tree Martin 27
Laridae Chlidonias hybrida Whiskered Tern 6
Gelochelidon nilotica Gull-billed Tern 3
Sternula albifrons Little Tern LC Mi, Ma 2
Maluridae Malurus melanocephalus Red-backed Fairywren 12
Megapodiidae Megapodius reinwardt Orange-footed Scrubfowl 2
Meliphagidae Certhionyx pectoralis Banded Honeyeater 11
Conopophila albogularis Rufous-banded Honeyeater 5
Conopophila rufogularis Rufous-throated Honeyeater 2
Entomyzon cyanotis Blue-faced Honeyeater 9
Lichenostomus unicolor White-gaped Honeyeater 8
Family Scientific name Common Name TWPC EPBC Total Recorded
Lichmera indistincta Brown Honeyeater 32
Manorina flavigula Yellow-throated Miner 8
Melithreptus albogularis White-throated Honeyeater 11
Melithreptus gularis Black-chinned Honeyeater 2
Myzomela erythrocephala Red-headed Myzomela 26
Philemon argenticeps Silver-crowned Friarbird 13
Philemon buceroides Helmeted Friarbird 27
Philemon citreogularis Little Friarbird 18
Ramsayornis fasciatus Bar-breasted Honeyeater 3
Meropidae Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater LC Ma 45
Monarchidae Grallina cyanoleuca Magpie-lark 14
Myiagra alecto Shining Flycatcher 4
Myiagra rubecula Leaden Flycatcher 4
Odontophoridae Coturnix ypsilophora Brown Quail 8
Oriolidae Oriolus flavocinctus Green Oriole 7
Oriolus sagittatus Olive-backed Oriole 2
Pachycephalidae Pachycephala rufiventris Rufous Whistler 1
Pandionidae Pandion cristatus Eastern Osprey LC 1
Pardalotus striatus Striated Pardalote 18
Pelecanidae Pelecanus conspicillatus Australian Pelican 4
Petroicidae Microeca flavigaster Lemon-bellied Flyrobin 4
Peneoenanthe pulverulenta Mangrove Robin 1
Phalacrocoracidae Microcarbo melanoleucos Little Pied Cormorant 2
Podargidae Podargus strigoides Tawny Frogmouth 2
Pomatostomidae Pomatostomus temporalis Grey-crowned Babbler 4
Psittacidae Aprosmictus erythropterus Red-winged Parrot 29
Platycercus venustus Northern Rosella 3
Psitteuteles versicolor Varied Lorikeet 16
Trichoglossus h. rubritorquis Red-collared Lorikeet 56
Ptilonorhynchidae Chlamydera nuchalis Great Bowerbird 5
Rallidae Eulabeornis castaneoventris Chestnut Rail 1
Rhipiduridae Hemidactylus frenatus Arafura Fantail 1
Rhipidura leucophrys Willie Wagtail 2
Rhipidura phasiana Mangrove Fantail 1
Rhipidura rufiventris Northern Fantail 3
Scolopacidae Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper LC Mi, Ma 116
Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew VU CR, Mi, Ma 30
Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel NT Mi, Ma 34
Tringa brevipes Grey-tailed Tattler NT 41
Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank LC Mi, Ma 19
Xenus cinereus Terek Sandpiper LC 38
Strigidae Ninox novaeseelandiae Southern Boobook 4
Family Scientific name Common Name TWPC EPBC Total Recorded
Sylviidae Megalurus timoriensis Tawny Grassbird 1
Threskiornithidae Platalea regia Royal Spoonbill 3
Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis LC 1
Threskiornis molucca Australian White Ibis 63
Threskiornis spinicollis Straw-necked Ibis 10
Timaliidae Zosterops luteus Yellow White-eye 11
Mammals
Emballonuridae Saccolaimus flaviventris Yellow-bellied Sheathtail Bat 24
Taphozous georgianus Common Sheathtail Bat 1
Taphozous kapalgensis ?Arnhem Sheath-tailed Bat NT 3
Hipposideridae Rhinonicteris aurantius Orange Leaf-nosed Bat NT 2
Macropodidae Notamacropus agilis Agile Wallaby 24
Molossidae Chaerophon jobensis Greater Northern Free - tailed Bat 26
Mormopterus cobourgianus Northern Coastal Free-tailed Bat 8
Muridae Hydromys chrysogaster Water Rat 1
Melomys burtoni Grassland Melomys 9
Mesembriomys gouldii Black-footed Tree-rat VU EN 19
Pseudomys delicatulus Delicate Mouse 1
Pseudomys nanus Western Chestnut Mouse NT 1
Rattus colletti Dusky Rat 1
Rattus tunneyi Pale Field-rat VU 3
Peramelidae Isoodon macrourus Northern Brown Bandicoot NT 175
Petauridae Petaurus breviceps Sugar Glider 1
Phalangeridae Trichosurus vulpecula Northern Brushtail Possum NT 20
Pteropodidae Pteropus alecto Black flying-fox 2
Tachyglossidae Tachyglossus aculeatus Echidna 1
Vespertilionidae Chalinolobus nigrogriseus Hoary Wattle Bat 24
Miniopterus orianae orianae ?Northern Bent - winged Bat 27
Miniopterus schreibersii orianae Common Bent-wing Bat 1
Myotis macropus Large-footed Myotis 3
Nyctophilus walkeri ?Pygmy Long - eared Bat 27
Pipistrellus adamsi Cape York Pipistrelle 19
Pipistrellus westralis ?Northern Pipistrelle 27
Scotorepens greyii ?Little Broad - nosed Bat 23
Scotorepens sanborn ?Northern Broad - nosed Bat 23
Vespadelus caurinus Northern Cave Bat 1
Reptiles
Agamidae Gowidon temporalis Swamplands Lashtail 1
Colubridae Dendrelaphis punctulata Green Tree Snake DD 1
Tropidonophis mairii Keelback 2
Crocodylidae Crocodylus porosus Salt-water Crocodile LC Mi, Ma 1
Family Scientific name Common Name TWPC EPBC Total Recorded
Diplodactylidae Amalosia rhombifer Zigzag Velvet Gecko 6
Elapidae Demansia papuensis Black Whipsnake 1
Pseudechis australis Mulga Snake NT 1
Gekkonidae Gehyra australis Northern Dtella 7
Heteronotia binoei Bynoe's Gecko 16
Pythonidae Antaresia childreni Childrens Python 1
Liasis fuscus Water Python 1
Scincidae Carlia amax Two-spined Rainbow Skink 8
Carlia gracilis Slender Rainbow Skink 32
Carlia munda Striped Rainbow Skink 14
Carlia rufilatus Red-sided Rainbow Skink 4
Cryptoblepharus cygnatus Swanson's Snake-eyed Skink 5
Cryptoblepharus metallicus Metallic Snake-eyed Skink 2
Ctenotus borealis White-faced Ctenotus 4
Ctenotus essingtonii Port Essington Ctenotus 28
Ctenotus robustus Robust Ctenotus 3
Eremiascincus isolepis Northern Bar-lipped skink 1
Morethia storri Storr's Fire-tailed Skink 11
Amphibians
Hylidae Cyclorana australis Northern Snapping Frog 1
Litoria bicolor Northern Dwarf Tree Frog 2
Litoria caerulea Green Tree Frog 1
Litoria inermis Bumpy Rocket Frog 5
Litoria nasuta Striped Rocket Frog 14
Litoria pallida Pallid Rocket Frog 3
Litoria rothii Roth's Tree Frog 2
Litoria tornieri Black-shinned Rocket Frog 7
Litoria wotjulumensis Wotjulum Frog 1
Limnodynastidae Limnodynastes convexiusculus Marbled Frog 3
Notaden melanoscaphus Northern Spadefoot 1
Platyplectrum ornatum Ornate Burrowing Frog 1
Myobatrachidae Crinia bilingua Bilingual Froglet 56
Uperoleia daviesae Howard Springs Toadlet VU 15
Introduced
Bufonidae Rhinella marina Cane Toad Int. 78
Canidae Canis lupus Dingo/Dog Int. 5
Felidae Felis catus Cat Int. 6
Gekkonidae Hemidactylus frenatus Asian House Gecko Int. 1
Muridae Rattus rattus Black Rat Int. 8
Suidae Sus scofa Pig Int. 2
Birds (recorded outside the Project Area, throughout the broader Darwin region during GHD 2016)
Acanthizidae Gerygone levigaster Mangrove Gerygone 2
Family Scientific name Common Name TWPC EPBC Total Recorded
Accipitridae Haliaeetus leucogaster White-bellied Sea Eagle LC Ma 2
Haliastur indus Brahminy Kite 2
Alcedinidae Alcedo pusilla Little Kingfisher 1
Ardeidae Ardea modesta Eastern Great Egret LC 4
Butorides striata Striated Heron 12
Egretta garzetta Little Egret 32
Egretta sacra Pacific Reef Heron LC Ma 12
Artamidae Artamus leucorynchus White-breasted Woodswallow 2
Cracticus quoyi Black Butcherbird 1
Burhinidae Esacus magnirostris Beach Stonecurlew 2
Cacatuidae Cacatua galerita Sulphur-crested Cockatoo 1
Campephagidae Coracina papuensis White-bellied Cuckooshrike 1
Lalage leucomela Varied Triller 1
Charadriidae Charadrius leschenaultii Greater Sand Plover VU VU, Mi, Ma 1260
Charadrius mongolus Lesser Sand Plover VU EN, Mi, Ma 112
Charadrius ruficapillus Red- capped Plover 10
Pluvialis fulva Pacific Golden Plover LC 10
Pluvialis squatarola Grey Plover NT Mi, Ma 30
Vanellus miles Masked Lapwing 6
Charadriiformes Calidris alba Sanderling LC Mi, Ma 20
Calidris canutus Red Knot VU EN, Mi, Ma 500
Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint LC 150
Calidris tenuirostris Great Knot VU CR, Mi, Ma 3581
Ciconiidae Litoria tornieri Black-necked Stork 1
Columbidae Geopelia humeralis Bar-shouldered Dove 2
Geopelia striata Peaceful Dove 1
Cuculidae Chrysococcyx minutillus Little Bronze Cuckoo 2
Eudynamys orientalis Eastern Koel 1
Haematopodidae Haematopus fuliginosus Sooty Oystercatcher 4
Haematopus longirostris Australian Pied Oystercatcher 3
Halcyonidae Dacelo leachii Blue-winged Kookaburra 2
Todiramphus chloris Collared Kingfisher 2
Todiramphus sanctus Sacred Kingfisher 1
Laridae Chroicocephalus novaehollandiae Silver Gull 10
Thalasseus bengalensis Lesser Crested Tern LC 11
Thalasseus bergii Crested Tern 101
Meliphagidae Conopophila albogularis Rufous-banded Honeyeater 1
Myzomela erythrocephala Red-headed Myzomela 2
Philemon argenticeps Silver-crowned Friarbird 1
Meropidae Merops ornatus Rainbow Bee-eater LC Ma 1
Monarchidae Myiagra alecto Shining Flycatcher 3
Pachycephalida Colluricincla megarhyncha Little Shrikethrush 1
Family Scientific name Common Name TWPC EPBC Total Recorded
Pandionidae Pandion cristatus Eastern Osprey LC 1
Pelecanidae Pelecanus conspicillatus Australian Pelican 1
Petroicidae Microeca flavigaster Lemon-bellied Flyrobin 2
Psittacidae Psitteuteles versicolor Varied Lorikeet 5
Trichoglossus moluccanus Rainbow Lorikeet 10
Rallidae Eulabeornis castaneoventris Chestnut Rail 1
Recurvirostridae Himantopus himantopus Black-winged Stilt 7
Scolopacidae Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper LC Mi, Ma 26
Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone NT Mi, Ma 82
Limosa lapponica Bar-tailed Godwit VU Mi, Ma (CR, VU) 19
Limosa limosa Black-tailed Godwit NT Mi, Ma 6
Numenius madagascariensis Eastern Curlew VU CR, Mi, Ma 14
Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel NT Mi, Ma 20
Tringa brevipes Grey-tailed Tattler NT 151
Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank LC Mi, Ma 9
Xenus cinereus Terek Sandpiper LC 22
Threskiornithidae Threskiornis molucca Australian White Ibis 1
